Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549 
 
FORM 10-K
 
(Mark One)
ý
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018
OR
¨
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                      to                     
Commission File Number: 001-38221
 
PQ Group Holdings Inc.
 
Delaware
 
81-3406833
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
 
300 Lindenwood Drive
Malvern, Pennsylvania
 
19355
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
(Zip Code)
 
(610) 651-4400
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
 
Name of exchange on which registered
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share
 
New York Stock Exchange
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  ý
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  ý
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ý   No  ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).    Yes  ý    No  ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    Yes  ý    No  ¨

Table of Contents

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
 
ý
  
Accelerated filer
 
¨
 
 
 
 
Non-accelerated filer
 
¨
  
Smaller reporting company
 
¨
 
 
 
 
Emerging growth company
 
¨
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  ý
The aggregate market value of PQ Group Holdings Inc. voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates as of June 29, 2018 (the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter) based on the closing sale price of $18.00 per share as reported on the New York Stock Exchange was $711,130,212.
The number of shares of common stock outstanding as of February 25, 2019 was 135,705,568.
 
 
 
 
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the PQ Group Holdings Inc. Proxy Statement for the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report.


Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC.

INDEX—FORM 10-K
December 31, 2018
 
 
Page
 
 
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
 
 
 
 
 
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
 
 
 
 
 
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.
 
 
 
 
 
Item 15.
Item 16.
 
 
 
 
 


i
Table of Contents

PART I
Forward-looking Statements
This Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Form 10-K”) includes statements that express our opinions, expectations, beliefs, plans, objectives, assumptions or projections regarding future events or future results and therefore are, or may be deemed to be, “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (the “Act”). The following cautionary statements are being made pursuant to the provisions of the Act and with the intention of obtaining the benefits of the “safe harbor” provisions of the Act. The words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “expect,” “should” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy, short- and long-term business operations and objections, and financial needs. Examples of forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements we make regarding our liquidity, including our belief that our current level of operations, cash and cash equivalents, cash flow from operations and borrowings under our credit facilities and other lines of credit will provide us adequate cash to fund the working capital, capital expenditure, debt service and other requirements for our business for the foreseeable future. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment and new risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed herein may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements. Some of the key factors that could cause actual results to differ from our expectations include risks related to:

•
our exposure to local business risks and regulations in different countries;
•
general economic conditions;
•
exchange rate fluctuations;
•
legal and regulatory compliance;
•
significant developments relating to the U.S. administration, U.S. courts’ or the United Kingdom’s referendum on membership in the European Union;
•
technological or other changes in our customers’ products;
•
our and our competitors’ research and development;
•
fluctuations in prices of raw materials and relationships with our key suppliers;
•
substantial competition;
•
non-payment or non-performance by our customers;
•
reliance on a small number of customers;
•
potential early termination or non-renewal of customer contracts in our refining services product group;
•
reductions in highway safety spending or taxes earmarked for highway safety spending;
•
seasonal fluctuations in demand for some of our products;
•
retention of certain key personnel;
•
realization of our growth projects;
•
potential product liability claims;
•
existing and potential future government regulation;
•
the extensive environmental, health and safety regulations to which we are subject;
•
disruption of production and distribution of our products;
•
risk of loss beyond our available insurance coverage;
•
product quality;
•
successful integration of acquisitions;
•
our joint venture investments;
•
our failure to protect our intellectual property and infringement on the intellectual property rights of third parties;
•
information technology risks;
•
potential labor disruptions;
•
litigation and other administrative and regulatory proceedings; and
•
our substantial indebtedness.

1
Table of Contents

The forward-looking statements included herein are made only as of the date hereof. You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, performance or events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this Form 10-K to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations.
ITEM 1.
BUSINESS.
PQ Group Holdings Inc. (“PQ Group Holdings” or the “Company”) was incorporated in Delaware on August 7, 2015. PQ Holdings Inc. (“PQ Holdings”), a manufacturer of specialty catalysts, materials and chemicals, was incorporated in Delaware on June 22, 2007. Founded in 1831, our business has a nearly 200-year history of innovation, enabling environmental improvements in fuel efficiency and emissions, safer highway and airport travel, and healthier personal care products, while improving sustainability of our planet. On October 3, 2017, PQ Group Holdings completed its initial public offering (“IPO”). Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the stock ticker “PQG”.
Eco Services Operations LLC (“Eco Services”), which acquired substantially all of the assets of Solvay USA Inc.’s sulfuric acid refining services business unit on December 1, 2014 (the “2014 Acquisition”), was incorporated in Delaware on July 30, 2014. On May 4, 2016, we consummated a series of transactions (the “Business Combination”) to reorganize and combine the businesses of PQ Holdings and Eco Services under a new holding company, PQ Group Holdings, pursuant to a reorganization and transaction agreement, dated August 17, 2015, as amended, by and among PQ Group Holdings, PQ Holdings, PQ Corporation, Eco Services, Eco Services Holdings LLC, Eco Services Group Holdings LLC and certain investment funds affiliated with CCMP Capital Advisors, LLC (now known as CCMP Capital Advisors, LP; “CCMP”). We refer to the business of PQ Holdings prior to the Business Combination as “legacy PQ” and the business of Eco Services prior to the Business Combination as “legacy Eco.” Unless the context otherwise indicates, the terms “PQ Group Holdings Inc.,” “we,”, “us,” “our,” or the “Company” mean PQ Group Holdings Inc. and subsidiaries.
Our Company
We are an integrated global provider of specialty catalysts, materials and chemicals, and services that enable environmental improvements, enhance consumer products, and improve personal safety. Our value-added products seek to address global demand trends that are often either the subject of significant environmental and safety regulations or are driven by consumer preferences for environmentally friendlier alternative products, which we believe positions us to grow sales in excess of gross domestic product growth rates and provides us with high-margin growth opportunities. Specifically, our products and solutions help companies produce vehicles with improved fuel efficiency and cleaner emissions. Our materials are critical ingredients in consumer products that make teeth brighter and skin softer. We produce highly engineered materials that make highways and airports safer for drivers and pilots. Because our products are predominantly inorganic and carbon-free, we believe we contribute to improving the sustainability of our planet.
We believe we are a leader in each of our product groups, holding what we estimate to be a number one or number two supply share position for products that generated more than 90% of our 2018 sales. We believe that our global footprint and efficient network of strategically located manufacturing facilities provide us with a strong competitive advantage in serving our customers both regionally as well as globally. We believe that we hold our leading supply share positions in the key regions that we serve.
We believe our products deliver significant value to our customers, as demonstrated by our profit margins. Our products typically constitute a small portion of our customers’ overall end-product costs yet are critical to product performance. Our catalysts are highly technical, customized products that require customer collaboration and significant lead and qualification time, capital investment resources, and intellectual property to develop. As a result, we have generally maintained stable margins through macro economic cycles.
In 2018, we served over 4,000 customers globally across many end uses and, as of December 31, 2018, operated 71 manufacturing facilities which are strategically located across six continents. We are highly diversified by business, geography, and end use, and in 2018 the majority of our sales were for applications that have historically had relatively predictable, consistent demand patterns driven by consumption or frequent replacement cycles.

2
Table of Contents

endusedestinationgeocustome.jpg
(1)
Percentage calculations include $156.7 million of total sales attributable to our Zeolyst Joint Venture (“Zeolyst JV”), which represents 50% of its total sales for the year ended December 31, 2018. Refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Basis of Presentation” for a description of the treatment of our Zeolyst Joint Venture in our consolidated financial information.
(2)
Based on the delivery destination for products sold in 2018.
Our Strategy
We intend to capitalize on our strong business foundation, market-based approach, and experienced management team to grow sales profitably, maintain high margins, deploy capital efficiently and generate free cash flow in order to create shareholder value. We believe that our long history of operational excellence and proven reliability, technology leadership, strong customer relationships, innovation track record and consistent business execution developed from our almost two centuries of combined industry experience positions us well to execute on our business strategy.
Our Industry
Our industry is characterized by constant development of new products and the need to support customers with new product innovation and technical services to meet their challenges, coupled with consistent product quality and a reliable source of supply in a safe and environmentally sustainable manner. Products sold to our customers can be a high value-add even when they represent only a small portion of the overall end product costs, and success can be achieved by helping customers improve their product performance, value, and quality. As a result, operating margins in this sector have historically been high and generally stable through economic cycles. In addition, many products in the specialty chemicals and materials industry benefit from economics that favor incumbent producers because the capital cost to expand existing capacity is typically significantly less than the capital cost necessary to build a new plant. The combination of attractive operating margins and generally predictable maintenance capital expenditure requirements can produce attractive cash flows.



3
Table of Contents

Our End Markets
The table below summarizes our key end use applications and products as well as the significant growth drivers in those applications.
 
 
 
2016 Pro Forma
Sales and
Zeolyst JV
Total Sales(1)(2)
 
 
 
2018 Sales and
Zeolyst JV
Total Sales(1)
2017 Sales and
Zeolyst JV
Total Sales(1)
 
 
 
 
 
Key End Uses
Significant Growth Drivers
Key PQ Products
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fuels & Emission Controls
21%
21%
20%
• Global regulatory requirements to:
• Refinery catalysts
 
 
 
 
• Remove nitrogen oxides from emissions
• Emission control catalysts
 
 
 
 
• Remove sulfur from diesel and gasoline
• Catalyst recycling services
 
 
 
 
• Increase gasoline octane in order to improve fuel efficiency while lowering vapor pressure to regulated levels
• Silicate for catalyst manufacturing
 
 
 
 
• Improve lubricant characteristics to improve fuel efficiencies
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer Products
16%
16%
18%
• Substitution of silicate materials for less environmentally friendly chemical additives in detergent and cleaning end uses
• Silica gels for edible oil and beer clarification
 
 
 
 
• Demand for improved quality and shelf life of beverages
• Precipitated silicas and zeolites for the surface coating, dentifrice, and dishwasher and laundry detergent applications
 
 
 
 
• Demand for improved oral hygiene and appearance
 
 
 
 
 
 
Highway Safety & Construction
19%
17%
16%
• Demand for enhanced "dry and wet" visibility of road and airport markings to improve safety
• Reflective markings for roadways and airports
 
 
 
 
• Drive for weight reduction in cements
• Hollow glass beads, or microspheres, for cement additives
 
 
 
 
 
 
Packaging & Engineered Plastics
17%
17%
17%
• Demand for increased process efficiency and reduction of by-products in production chemicals
• Catalysts for high-density polyethlene and chemicals syntheses
 
 
 
 
• Demand for high-density polyethlene lightweighting of automotive components
• Antiblocks for film packaging
 
 
 
 
• Enhanced properties in plastic composites for the automotive and electronics industries
• Solid and hollow microspheres for composite plastics
 
 
 
 
 
 
Industrial & Process Chemicals
20%
21%
21%
• Demand in the tire industry for reduced rolling resistance
• Silicate precursors for the tire industry
 
 
 
 
• Usage of silicate in municipal water treatment to inhibit corrosion in aging pipelines
• Glass beads, or microspheres, for metal finishing end uses
 
 
 
 
• Growth in manufacturing North America driving demand for metal finishing

 
 
 
 
 
 
Natural Resources
7%
8%
8%
• More environmentally friendly drilling fluids for oil and gas production
• Silicates for drilling muds
 
 
 
 
• Recovery in global oil drilling/U.S. copper production
• Sulfuric acid for mining
 
 
 
 
• Growing demand for lighter weight cements in oil and natural gas wells
• Microspheres for oil well cements
 
 
 
 
 
• Silicates and alum for water treatment mining
 
 
 
 
 
• Bleaching aids for paper

4
Table of Contents

 
(1)
Percentage calculations include $156.7 million, $143.8 million and $131.3 million of total sales attributable to our Zeolyst Joint Venture, which represents 50% of its total sales for each of the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Basis of Presentation” for a description of the treatment of our Zeolyst Joint Venture in our consolidated financial information.
(2)
Pro forma information gives effect to the consummation of the Business Combination and the related financing transactions as if they occurred on January 1, 2015.

Our Competitive Strengths

Favorable Secular Growth Trends Across the Portfolio
We focus on serving end use applications where we believe significant future growth potential exists. Our products address our customers’ needs, which are typically driven either by regulatory regimes or consumer preferences, on a global basis. In addition, our product sales and development efforts are driven by regional infrastructure and development trends. In 2018, a majority of our sales were to end uses such as fuels and emission controls, consumer products, and highway safety and construction that generally do not exhibit as pronounced cyclicality as other applications. We believe that our products incorporate environmental and safety innovative solutions to address evolving customer demands, examples of which include the following:
Light- and heavy-duty diesel engines are subject to a broad set of regulatory requirements, and are expected to be subject to increasingly stricter standards. Countries typically adopt a set of standards that limit the amount of nitrogen oxides, carbon dioxide, and other emissions allowed for diesel engines. The US Environmental Protection Agency and European Union have led other nations in terms of standards that limit the amount of nitrogen oxides, carbon dioxide and other emissions for diesel engines. Current truck standards, Europe VI, have largely been in place since 2010 for North America and since 2014 for Europe. Other emerging regions are expected to implement similar standards over the next two years. Specifically, China announced that it is moving to China VI (equivalent to Euro VI) starting in 2020. India has also announced a similar plan starting in 2020. We believe that compliance with existing regulations as well as any future regulations will offer global opportunities for our zeolite catalyst product group to support our customers in meeting these standards through our sales of emission control catalysts.
Given stringent fuel efficiency standards that are driving the design of new engines and the resulting higher-octane gasoline requirements that can be achieved through alkylate blending, we believe that our refining services product group is well positioned to benefit from any related growth in demand for alkylates.
Increased use of plastics as a substitute for heavier and less versatile materials such as glass and metal is driving increased global demand for polyethylene capacity expansions and production. In particular, these expansions are shifting towards silica-based technology, which we believe will drive growth for our silica catalysts product group.
We believe that additional demand and higher standards for retroreflectivity (or visibility) for roadway and aviation markings will continue to benefit our materials product group. We benefit from increased use and density per mile of road markings that include our products, such as some states and municipalities instituting wider highway striping lines. Further, we anticipate a benefit from recent innovations, including our ThermoDrop® product, which simplifies the road striping operations for our customers by using a new durable thermal plastic road marking material and a new, faster-drying road marking system, Visilok®, which can reduce traffic disruption during striping operations and improve road worker safety by reducing the amount of time needed to complete the road marking process.
We also expect to benefit from trends towards the use of more environmentally friendly products where we believe we have opportunities to displace other less environmentally friendly materials through our Performance Chemicals group. Most of our products are manufactured from commonly found materials such as industrial sand and soda ash, which are more environmentally friendly than carbon-based products. For example, precipitated silicas are displacing carbon black in tires, and solid and hollow microspheres are displacing plastic volumes in lightweighting applications. We have also developed a family of gentle silica-based dentifrice abrasives that produce more effective cleaning toothpastes and we have developed a product family, Britesil silicates, which improves convenience while eliminating phosphates in automatic dishwashing applications.

5
Table of Contents


Leading Supply Positions in Key Product Groups
We believe that we maintain a leading supply position in each of our major product groups, holding what we estimate to be the number one or two supply share position in 2018 for products that generated more than 90% of our sales. We believe that our global footprint and efficient network of strategically located manufacturing facilities provides us with a strong competitive advantage in serving our customers both globally and regionally, and that it would be costly for our competitors to replicate our network. These leadership positions serve industries that are attractive due to the need for customized and innovative products, stability of demand, and growth potential driven by the regulatory environment and consumer preferences. We produce value-added products that we believe are critical to the performance characteristics of our customers’ products.
In our Environmental Catalysts and Services business, we primarily compete on a global basis with the exception of our refining services product group, where we operate in North America and hold an estimated number one supply share position in the United States in sulfuric acid regeneration based on 2018 sales volume with an estimated supply share of greater than 50%. We are a leading supplier of refinery hydrocracking finished and support catalysts used to remove sulfur, and emission control catalysts used in the heavy- and light-duty diesel industries to reduce nitrogen oxide emissions. We are also a global supplier of silica catalysts and supports for polyethylene manufacturers and the exclusive supplier of methyl methacrylate (“MMA”) catalysts used in the patented Alpha process practiced by the global MMA leader.
In our Performance Chemicals and Materials business, where we are a leading supplier in the United States, Europe and Latin America, we largely support customers with regional and local production due to costs of shipping. For the chemicals product group, we estimate that we had approximately three times the sodium silicate supply share of our nearest competitor based on 2018 sales volume.

Innovation Track Record
Many of our products require close customer collaboration to address application challenges that are constantly evolving. As a result, we work with our customers over many years in order to develop products to meet customized specifications and performance characteristics while also maintaining strict quality standards. While we are unable to predict future shifts in customer demand, the long lead-time required for product development and commercialization, which can be up to ten years in our Environmental Catalysts and Services business, provides the opportunity for us to build long-term relationships with customers.
These long-term relationships have allowed us to innovate together with our customers to meet evolving demands. For example, we have developed zeolite-based catalysts that are an effective and efficient method to reduce pollutants from heavy- and light-duty diesel engines and enable our customers to meet increasingly stringent vehicle emission standards worldwide. In personal care applications, we have collaborated with leading consumer products companies over a number of years to develop a family of gentle silica-based dentifrice abrasives that produce more effective cleaning toothpastes. In addition, our proprietary silica catalyst has enabled development of a high strength high-density polyethylene (“HDPE”) resin that is used for making lightweight plastic gasoline tanks for automobiles. While we believe we are well positioned to capitalize on future innovation opportunities, the constantly evolving needs of our customers make it difficult to predict the pace or scope of future innovation opportunities.

Long-Term, High-Quality Customer Relationship
We collaborate with leading multinational companies that often seek global solutions. Our customers include large industrial companies such as BASF, Honeywell, and 3M, and global catalyst producers such as Albemarle and W.R. Grace. We also supply catalysts to leading chemical and petrochemical producers such as BASF, Dow Chemical, Lucite, LyondellBasell, and Shell. We supply personal care ingredients and additives to leading consumer products companies such as Unilever and Colgate-Palmolive. We have long-term relationships with our top ten customers, based on 2018 sales, that average more than 50 years. In addition, our customer base is diversified, with our top ten customers in 2018 representing approximately 23% of our sales for the year ended December 31, 2018 and no customer representing more than 4% of our sales during this period. However, the percentage of our sales generated by our top customers may increase in the future as a result of changes in industry dynamics or shifts in customer demand and contracts.


6
Table of Contents

Pass-through of Raw Material Costs and Long Term Customer Arrangements
We have been able to mitigate the impact of raw material or energy price volatility using a variety of mechanisms, including hedging and raw material cost pass-through clauses in our sales contracts and other adjustment provisions. For the year ended December 31, 2018, approximately 40% of our Performance Chemicals sales (mostly comprised of sodium silicate sales) were derived from contracts that included raw material pass-through clauses. Most of our refining services contracts feature minimum volume protection and/or quarterly price adjustments for items such as commodity inputs, labor, the Chemical Engineering Plant Cost Index or natural gas. In 2018, approximately 80% of our refining services product group sales were sold under contracts that included some form of raw material pass-through clause. These price adjustments generally reflect our refining services actual cost structure in producing sulfuric acid, and tend to provide us with some protection against volatility in labor, fixed costs and raw material pricing. Freight expenses are generally passed through directly to customers.
Our products are predominantly inorganic and carbon-free, and are produced from readily available raw materials such as industrial sand and soda ash, which prices have historically been less volatile than oil. We also use natural gas in our furnaces where our North American facilities have benefited from the plentiful supplies of shale gas. In addition, we have long-term supply contracts with many of our key raw materials suppliers across our product groups.
Within our Environmental Catalysts and Services business, we partner with customers under long-term contract agreements, mutually exclusive product supply arrangements and/or specified products for certain license production processes. In our refining services product group, approximately 70% of our production capacity serves customers with five to ten year take or pay contracts for our regeneration product line. Excluding contracts with automatic evergreen provisions, approximately 60% of our sulfuric acid volume for the year ended December 31, 2018 was under contracts expiring at the end of 2020 or beyond.
In our silica catalysts product group, we supply under various term agreements ranging from 1 to 10 years for each of polyolefin catalysts, silica supports and support catalysts, and are a mutually exclusive supplier of methyl methacrylate catalyst to a leading global producer. In our zeolite catalysts product group, we operate with a mix of evergreen and various term contracts ranging from 1 to 3 years to supply catalysts and zeolite powders for the refining, petrochemical and chemical industries and nitrogen oxide control catalysts for diesel transportation industries. Within the Performance Chemicals and Materials business, our performance chemical product group operates under customer supply contracts ranging from 1 to 5 years. Our performance materials product group typically operates under customer supply contracts that typically last one year.

Stable Margins and Cash Flow Generation Across Macroeconomic Cycles
We have demonstrated the ability to maintain stable margins while continuing to grow our business in different macroeconomic environments. We believe that the stability of our margins and cash flows during this period is because our value-added products, which are critical to the performance of our customers’ products, typically represent only a small portion of our customers’ overall end-product costs.
Our cash flow generation has been driven, in part, by our disciplined capital investment and tax attributes that may also provide cash flow benefits in the future. As of December 31, 2018, we had $284.2 million of net operating losses for U.S. federal income tax purposes, along with related net operating losses for state tax purposes, and $344.2 million of tax deductible intangibles and goodwill, both of which may provide us with additional cash tax savings in future years in which we generate taxable income.

Experienced Management Team
Our senior management team has substantial industry experience and a proven track record. Their cumulative industry experience extends to a broad range of execution capabilities, including acquisition integration, strategic management, operations, sales and marketing, and new product and application development. In 2016, our management team integrated legacy Eco into our Environmental Catalysts and Services business while also growing the business and successfully implementing cost reduction initiatives. Our senior management team has also reorganized our company from a products-based business to a markets-based business to better align our offerings with the needs of our customers. There is a renewed focus on serving our customers by developing solutions through technical sales, services, and product development, and we have added additional management personnel experienced in innovation and market driven organizations.

7
Table of Contents


Our Business Segments
We are an integrated, global provider of specialty catalysts, materials and chemicals, and services that share common end uses, manufacturing techniques, and process technology. For example, all of our product groups address challenges faced by global automotive companies to meet increasingly strict fuel efficiency standards. Our manufacturing platform is based on furnace technology and proprietary knowledge developed from almost two centuries of combined experience applying silicates chemistry production and the development of applications across a broadening set of end uses. All of our product groups produce materials through our furnace process, other than our silica catalysts and zeolite catalysts product groups, which are derivatives of our Performance Chemicals product group. We believe we have a differentiated capability around furnace operations that enables us to operate more efficiently than most of our competitors.
We conduct operations through two reporting segments: (1) Environmental Catalysts and Services, and (2) Performance Materials and Chemicals. In our Environmental Catalysts and Services segment, we have three product groups: silica catalysts, zeolite catalysts, and refining services. We operate our zeolite catalyst product group through Zeolyst International and Zeolyst C.V. (our 50% owned joint venture with CRI Zeolites, an affiliate of Royal Dutch Shell plc. that we refer to collectively as our “Zeolyst Joint Venture”). In our Performance Materials and Chemicals segment, we have two product groups: performance materials and performance chemicals.
The table below summarizes certain information regarding our two reporting segments and our five product groups for the year ended December 31, 2018.
 
 
Year ended December 31, 2018
Segments and Product Groups
 
Sales
 
% of Total Sales
 
Zeolyst Joint Venture Sales(1)
 
% of Total Sales and Zeolyst Joint Venture Sales(1)(2)
 
Net Income
 
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
 
% of Total Adjusted EBITDA(1)(3)
 
 
(in millions, except percentages)
Environmental Catalysts & Services
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Silica Catalysts
 
$
72.1

 
4.5
 %
 
$
—

 
4.1
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
Zeolite Catalyst
 
—

 
—
 %
 
156.7

 
8.9
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
Refining Services
 
455.6

 
28.3
 %
 
—

 
25.8
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
Subtotal
 
$
527.7

 
32.8
 %
 
$
156.7

 
38.7
 %
 
 
 
$
257.6

 
51.4
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance Materials & Chemicals
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance Chemicals
 
$
717.3

 
44.6
 %
 
$
—

 
40.6
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance Materials
 
378.3

 
23.5
 %
 
—

 
21.4
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales Eliminations
 
(11.8
)
 
(0.7
)%
 
—

 
(0.7
)%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Subtotal
 
$
1,083.8

 
67.4
 %
 
$
—

 
61.3
 %
 
 
 
$
243.4

 
48.6
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eliminations/Corporate
 
(3.3
)
 
(0.2
)%
 
—

 
 
 
 
 
(37.0
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
$
1,608.2

 
100.0
 %
 
$
156.7

 
100.0
 %
 
$
58.3

 
$
464.0

 
100.0
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)
Percentage calculations include $156.7 million of total sales attributable to our Zeolyst Joint Venture, which represents 50% of its total sales for the year ended December 31, 2018. Refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Basis of Presentation” for a description of the treatment of our Zeolyst Joint Venture in our consolidated financial information.
(2)
Percentage calculations exclude $3.3 million in intersegment sales eliminations.
(3)
Percentage calculations exclude $37.0 million in corporate expenses.


8
Table of Contents

Environmental Catalysts & Services
Our Environmental Catalysts and Services business is a leading global innovator and producer of catalysts for the refinery, emissions control, and petrochemical industries and is also a leading provider of catalyst recycling services to the North American refining industry. We believe our products are critical for our customers in these growing applications and impart essential functionality in chemical and refining production processes and in emission control for engines. Our catalysts are highly technical and customized for our customers, and can require up to ten years of development and collaboration with customers in order to commercialize. Catalyst specifications are constantly evolving in order to address changing customer demands and requirements for lower cost and improved quality. As a result, we must continuously collaborate with our customers to create new and more efficient pathways for the production of chemicals and fuels.
Silica Catalysts. In our silica catalysts product group, we sell both the finished catalyst and catalyst supports, which are critical catalyst components for the production of HDPE, a high strength and high stiffness plastic used in packaging films, bottles, containers, and other molded applications. We also produce a catalyst that is used globally for the production of methyl methacrylate, the monomer for acrylic engineering resins, a clear scratch-resistant plastic used in sheet or molded form to replace glass and as a durable surface coating. Because these catalysts are highly technical and customized for our customers to produce resins with specific properties, they are often covered under long-term supply agreements and, in some cases, we are a customer’s sole source supplier. In addition, we produce silica products that are used to prevent opposite faces of polyolefin and polyester films from adhering to one another during manufacturing or otherwise.
Zeolite Catalysts. Our zeolite catalysts product group is a leading global supplier of emission control catalysts as well as a supplier of specialty catalysts, precursors, and formulations to refineries and downstream petrochemicals and chemical companies. We operate this product group through our 50% share in our Zeolyst Joint Venture. These specialty zeolite-based catalysts are sold to the emission control industry for use in diesel emission control units in both on-road and non-road diesel engines. In addition, our zeolite catalysts product group is a leading supplier to the hydrocracking catalyst industry as a direct seller and supplier to other catalyst suppliers.
 
Many of our zeolite powders are used in an advanced emission control technology called selective catalytic reduction. This process uses ammonia to react with engine exhaust gases via our catalysts in order to convert nitrogen oxides (NOx), a pollutant, into nitrogen and water. We believe that our zeolite catalysts can enable selective catalytic reduction technology to reduce the amount of nitrogen oxides in such exhaust gases by more than 90%. We believe that this technology is one of the most cost-effective methods to reduce diesel engine emissions. Emission control regulations have created demand for this technology, and we believe that future regulations will generate additional growth and development opportunities for this technology and, as a result, our zeolite catalysts and precursors.
Refining Services. In 2018, we estimate that our refining services product group had a regenerated sulfuric acid supply share in excess of 50% in the United States, which we believe is substantially larger than our closest competitor.
Sulfuric acid is the primary catalyst used in the production of alkylates for gasoline production at refineries. Alkylate is a critical gasoline additive that increases octane and lowers vapor pressure. Alkylate is also a major component of premium gasoline which is needed in order for turbocharged engines to meet increasingly stringent fuel efficiency standards. Our refining services product group provides recycling and end-to-end logistics for refiners who use sulfuric acid in their alkylation units. These recycling units also produce virgin sulfuric acid and sodium bisulfate, which we sell into the water treatment, mining, and general industrial and chemicals industries.  
After sulfuric acid is used in an alkylation unit, it becomes spent acid, which is diluted with water and hydrocarbons, and then needs to be recycled before it can be reused. Sulfuric acid regeneration enables refineries to manage their spent acid and obtain fresh acid for reuse in their alkylation processes. Because storage space for fresh and spent acid is typically limited, and the cost to refineries of interruption to their alkylation units would be significant, refineries seek to have a continuous and reliable source of supply for sulfuric acid. By providing regeneration services, as well as purchasing by-product sulfur from customers as a source of energy and for use in manufacturing virgin sulfuric acid, we believe that we provide our refining customers with a full solution for their sulfuric acid needs.
Sulfuric acid is created either through the burning of sulfur in furnaces, or as a by-product of other industrial processes, primarily the smelting of copper and other base metals. We produce a range of high quality virgin sulfuric acid products by burning sulfur in our plants for supply to a diverse set of end uses. Sulfur-burned acid is generally considered to be of higher purity and quality than smelter-produced acid and, as a result, smelter-produced acid is not suitable for some industrial users including several of our larger customers who require higher quality and differentiated sulfuric acid products, such as super-saturated sulfuric acid (oleum) and other high purity specialty acids. Virgin sulfuric acid and regenerated sulfuric acid are

9
Table of Contents

manufactured in our regeneration plants using the same production equipment and, in addition, we have one facility in Houston, Texas that produces only virgin sulfuric acid from sulfur.
Competition
Our silica catalysts and zeolite catalysts products groups are leading global catalyst platforms that primarily produce catalysts and services for customers in the petrochemicals and refining industries. In these areas we primarily compete with other global producers such as W.R. Grace, BASF, UOP, and Albemarle, as well as other niche competitors such as Tosoh, Axens, and Haldor Topsoe, and we typically compete on the basis of performance, product consistency, reliability, and responsiveness to changes in customer demand.
Our refining services product group is highly regionalized due to shipping costs and our customer integration requirements. Our network of facilities is concentrated in the major areas of growth in sulfuric acid demand in the United States. Approximately 60% of United States refining capacity is located in the Gulf Coast region and California and our plant locations in these key refining regions enables us to maintain highly efficient supply chain networks with our customers, including in some cases captive pipelines connecting us to our refinery customers. In addition product can be shipped by barge, rail and truck. We compete in the North American refining services industry with competitors such as Chemtrade and Veolia and we compete on the basis of price, reliability, and responsiveness to changes in customer demand, which is a function of scale, proximity to customer locations and operational expertise. We believe that we benefit from industry economics that favor incumbent producers because the capital cost to expand existing capacity is typically significantly less than the capital cost necessary to build a new plant and new plants can involve more challenges in obtaining the necessary local, regional and state permits. In addition, existing supply chains, including captive pipeline connections and other transportation logistics add to the competitive advantages available to incumbent producers. As a result, we believe that our integrated and strategically located network of facilities and end-to-end logistics assets in the United States provide us with a significant competitive advantage and would be costly for our competitors to replicate.
Manufacturing
We manufacture our zeolyst-based catalyst products using sodium silicate liquids purchased directly from our performance chemicals product group to make specialty zeolite products. These zeolites are either used directly to produce catalysts or are sold as a precursor to other catalyst manufacturers.

Catalyst Manufacturing Platform

catalystmanufacturingplatfoa.jpg

10
Table of Contents

We produce regenerated sulfuric acid and virgin sulfuric acid through our furnace operations. Regenerated sulfuric acid is produced by breaking down the spent acid in our furnace into the usable components of sulfuric acid and water. Virgin sulfuric acid is produced by burning sulfur and certain sulfur-rich components at high temperatures within a furnace. The chart below summarizes the manufacturing platform for our refining services product group.

Refining Services Manufacturing Platform

refiningservicesmanufacturin.jpg

Performance Materials & Chemicals
Our Performance Materials and Chemicals business is a silicates and specialty materials producer with leading supply positions for the majority of our products sold in North America, Europe, South America, Australia and Asia, except China, serving diverse and growing end uses such as personal and industrial cleaning products, highway beads, fuel efficient tires (“green tires”), surface coatings, and food and beverage. Our products are essential additives, ingredients, and precursors that are critical to the performance characteristics of our customers’ products, yet typically represent only a small portion of our customers’ overall end-product costs. We believe that our global footprint enables us to compete more effectively on a global basis due to the costs associated with shipping these products over extended distances. We believe that our network of strategically located manufacturing facilities allows us to serve our customers at a lower cost than our competitors and with quicker delivery times for our products. Our products are also used in some cases as a substitute for less environmentally friendly materials. For example, specialty silicates are displacing phosphates in dish detergents, precipitated silicas are displacing carbon black in tires, and hollow and solid microspheres are displacing plastic volumes in transportation lightweighting applications. Our Performance Materials and Chemicals business consists of two product groups: performance chemicals and performance materials.
Performance Chemicals. Our performance chemicals product group includes silicate products and derivatives, which are used in a variety of applications such as matting agents in surface coatings, clarifying agents for edible oils and beverages, precursors for green tires, and additives for cleaning and personal care products. Silicates are a family of products manufactured primarily from readily available materials, such as industrial sand and soda ash. These raw materials are typically fused in a furnace and then dissolved in water under pressure to form water-soluble silicates for use in our downstream products, such as precipitated silica and silica gels. We sell our performance chemicals products to customers who use silicates as precursors, such as sodium silicates that are used in the growing precipitated silica end uses, as well as for downstream derivative products, such as silicas used as additives in toothpaste formulation and silica gels that are used as adsorbents in food and beverage manufacturing.
Our performance chemicals product group, which is the backbone of our additives and catalyst platform, is highly regionalized because of the expense of shipping sodium silicates extended distances due to their water content. As a result, our network of regional silicate plants is strategically located to support the customers that we serve. In addition, we maintain

11
Table of Contents

a few larger dedicated facilities to service our derivative products. Our performance chemicals product technology requires significant know-how and scale in order to be able to operate in a cost effective manner. We believe that we are the only global silicates producer who can supply all of the major regions, excluding China, and we estimate that we have three times the sodium silicates supply share as our nearest competitor based on 2018 sales volume. Key end uses for our performance chemicals products include catalyst precursors, food and beverage, personal care, cleaning products, coatings, tires, soil stabilization and paper de-inking.
Silicates. Silicates and their family of derivatives, such as silicas, have functional attributes that are used as additives and ingredients to enhance product performance as binders, fillers, flow control agents, and carriers in our customers’ products. Our silicates are used in a diverse range of applications. In detergents and cleaning products, silicates provide corrosion inhibition, alkalinity, emulsification, and deflocculation. In construction materials such as roofing granules, cement, ceramics, adhesives, and coatings, our products are used as a binding agent. In addition, our products are ingredients in consumer products, including personal care and consumer cleaning products, where customers are seeking more environmentally friendly products without loss of effectiveness or performance. We believe that our products have the environmental and safety profile to address these evolving customer demands. Silicates and silicate derivatives are recognized on the Safer Chemicals Ingredients List of the EPA’s Safer Choice program, which we believe positively impacts our ability to compete in consumer product applications.
Silicate Derivatives. Silica derivatives include specialty silicas, zeolite products, spray dry silicates, magnesium silicate, and other specialty chemicals. Silica derivatives are used in personal care products as a binder in pharmaceutical products, and as a source of alkaline in cleaning products, such as industrial cleaners. In addition, our silica derivatives are used in natural resources applications such as in drilling fluids as a lubricant binder. Some of our silicas and zeolites are used by our Environmental Catalysts and Services business to produce catalysts and catalyst precursors. We believe that this internal source of supply is a competitive advantage both for our performance chemicals product group, which can take advantage of opportunities to maximize the use of our sodium silicates production capacity and for our silica catalysts and zeolite catalysts product groups, which are able to access a consistent quality source of precursors.
Silica Gels. Silica gels are used as drying agents or adsorbents and desiccants for food and industrial products. For example, silica gels are used in the brewing industry to remove certain compounds that cause chilled beer to look cloudy, and are used as clarification agents for wines and fruit juices, and as an adsorbent of free fatty acid and other contaminants in the refining of cooking oils. In personal care, silica gels are used as carriers for vitamins and pharmaceuticals, and as a flow conditioner and an oil absorption agent in face powders. In industrial and engineered plastics, silica gels are used for gloss control in coil, wood, general industrial, leather and other high-performance surface coatings applications. In addition, highly-porous specialty silica gels are used in ink-receptive coatings for inkjet media. Some recently developed silica-based products are designed for ultraviolet-cured coatings and other low solvent formulations that offer more environmentally friendly characteristics. Silica gels are also used to create coatings that have significant capacity to absorb ink in order to allow for quick setting of colorants and faster ink dry times, which can improve color density and reduce ink bleed.
Precipitated Silicas. Precipitated silicas represent the largest volume of specialty silica products based on 2018 sales volume, but are also concentrated among a limited number of suppliers. Precipitated silica applications include filler in rubber for green tire applications and gel dentifrice formulations used in toothpaste as an abrasive or thickener. Precipitated silicas are an alternative to calcium carbonates because of their compatibility with different fluorides and their softness. In addition, precipitated silicas are used as functional filler in polyethylene membranes for lead-acid batteries, which are used in most automobiles. In agricultural end uses, precipitated silicas are used as carriers for liquid ingredients in dry animal feeds and as a flow aid and dispersant in insecticide formulations for crop care. We continue to collaborate with our customers to innovate in this industry. For example, we recently worked with certain customers to deliver enhanced products for whitening applications that offer improved cleaning performance with low abrasion.
Zeolites. We produce zeolites by combining sodium silicate with aluminum trihydrate and other materials. These products are used as builders in detergents. We also use these products to serve newer applications such as stabilizers in the production of polyvinylchloride, a titanium dioxide replacement for paints and coatings, and coatings applications for food grade paper.
Other Specialty Silicates. Other specialty silicates that we produce are used for a variety of industrial, personal care, and cleaning products. End uses include refractory, cleaning products, oil processing, hair bleach, fire retardants, water treatment, and adhesives. Our specialty silicate products are also used in drilling fluids for oil and gas wells to maintain drill hole integrity.

12
Table of Contents

Performance Materials. Our performance materials product group includes specialty glass products, such as highly engineered microspheres made from either recycled glass or fresh batch material using our proprietary furnace operations. We believe that we are an industry leader in North America, Europe, South America, and Asia, excluding China, in microspheres. These products are used in the reflective markings used on roads and runways to enhance visibility at night and in poor weather to improve safety. Our microspheres, which can be solid or hollow, are also used as additives in plastics for lightweighting and in abrasive media, where they are used to clean, peen and debur metal surfaces, such as for turbine blades used in aerospace and power generation industries.
In the highway safety applications, our microspheres are used with a variety of binders, such as water- and solvent-borne paint, epoxy coatings, and thermoplastics. Our microspheres are mixed in with, and/or dropped onto, these binders as pavement markings are being applied. These microspheres remain partly exposed after the markings dry and provide retroreflectivity that increases the visibility of the road markings at night and during inclement weather. We sell these microspheres primarily to federal and state government agencies, municipalities, highway contractors, binder manufacturers and airport agencies. Demand for our performance materials products has grown as a result of increased spending for maintenance and upgrading of existing roads and the construction of new roads around the world. Demand for our highway safety products is principally driven by replacement demand and new road construction and, as such, demand for these products has grown through economic cycles without exhibiting as pronounced cyclicality as other end uses. Highway safety budgets in the United States are typically funded by taxes on gasoline and are not typically tied to economic cycles or to the state and local government budgeting process. The United States federal government has taken an active role in implementing regulations and initiating infrastructure development in an effort to improve highway safety. In addition, the continuing need to maintain and upgrade an aging United States highway infrastructure has translated into relatively consistent government expenditure in this area. The most recent innovation from our performance materials product group is our ThermoDrop® product, which simplifies the road striping operations for our customers by using a new durable thermal plastic road marking material. We have also introduced a new faster-drying road marking system, Visilok®, which can reduce traffic disruption during striping operations and improve road worker safety by reducing the amount of time needed to complete the road marking process.
We also sell highly specialized solid and hollow microspheres and metal coated particles for a variety of uses such as plastic additives, conductive applications, metal finishing, and other industrial and consumer applications. For metal finishing, our performance materials are propelled from blasting equipment to clean, peen, debur, and finish metal in industrial and process chemical end uses. Our performance material products offer the ability to design lighter parts while maintaining strength and reliability. Our performance materials are often a preferred substitute for other media such as industrial sand, aluminum oxide, iron and steel because they do not damage parts and they allow for better process control, limit surface contamination, and can be more environmentally friendly.
Other applications for our microspheres include additives into paints and coatings for thermal insulation, to reduce weight and ingredients in cosmetics to improve feel attributes and improve flow functionality. Our microspheres are also used in drilling fluids to provide lubrication and strength. Within the natural resources industry, our performance materials are used in oil-drilling muds to improve lubricity and reduce friction in horizontal drilling. In addition, our hollow microspheres are used as sensitizers for water-based industrial explosives in mining, quarrying, and construction. Sensitizers are also used in explosives to increase the energy of a detonation.
Competition
In our Performance Materials and Chemicals business, we primarily compete with other global producers such as OxyChem, Grace and Evonik. We believe that our industry leadership position, scale, and industry presence provides us with a competitive advantage over competitors who compete only in particular end uses. We believe that it would be costly and difficult for a new entrant or existing competitor to replicate our breadth or economies of scale in the production of microspheres.
We believe that we are the only global silicates producer with operations in North America, Europe, South America and Australia, and we believe that we have technical and cost advantages in all of these regions as compared to our competitors as a result of the scale and breadth of our product offerings and operations. We compete primarily on a regional basis due to the costs associated with shipping sodium silicates, and we estimate that we had approximately three times the sodium silicate supply share of our nearest competitor based on 2018 sales volume. Our network of regional silicate plants is strategically located to support the industries that we serve. In addition, we maintain a few larger dedicated facilities to service our derivative products. We believe that our network of strategically located manufacturing facilities allows us to serve our customers at a lower cost than our competitors and with quicker delivery times for our products. In the industry

13
Table of Contents

served by our Performance Materials and Chemicals business, we compete primarily on the basis of performance, product consistency, quality, reliability, and ability to innovate in response to customer demands. Our competitors are primarily regional suppliers.
Manufacturing
Performance chemicals are produced through an integrated supply chain beginning with regional and large scale upstream production of sodium silicates and downstream derivatives. Sodium silicates are produced regionally because of the expense of shipping sodium silicates extended distances due to their water content. Our sodium silicates are produced by fusing industrial sand and soda ash in our proprietary furnace operations. We dissolve the molten silicate from the furnace into water and sell these products in liquid form. Downstream derivatives are produced through a variety of chemical operations that create aqueous, solid, and gel forms for our products.
For the year ended December 31, 2018, approximately 40% of our North American silicate sales, which represented a significant portion of our performance chemicals product group sales, were derived from contracts that included raw material cost pass-through clauses. Under these contracts, there is usually a time lag of between three and nine months for cost changes to pass-through, depending on the magnitude of the change, industry dynamics and the terms of the particular contract.

Performance Chemicals Manufacturing Platform

performancechemicalsmana05.jpg

14
Table of Contents

We produce our highway safety products and other microspheres by crushing raw materials, such as recycled glass or cullet, and then feeding these raw materials into a furnace. The product is coated or treated in other ways to meet particular customer and end use specifications. The beads are then bagged and stocked for shipment. The flowchart below outlines our performance materials’ production process.

Performance Materials Manufacturing Platform

pottersprocessv2usefor10ka05.jpg
Raw Materials
We estimate that our raw materials costs represent approximately 40% of total cost of goods sold in the year ended December 31, 2018. Our products are predominantly inorganic and carbon-free, and are produced from readily available raw materials such as industrial sand and soda ash, which prices have historically been less volatile than oil. We also use natural gas in our furnaces where our North American facilities have benefited from the plentiful supplies of shale gas. In addition, we have long-term supply contracts with many of our key raw materials suppliers across our product groups. We have also been able to mitigate the impact of raw material or energy price volatility using a variety of mechanisms, including hedging and raw material cost pass-through clauses in our sales contracts and other adjustment provisions.
We are able to negotiate our supply agreements for our key raw materials based on our leading industry position and global scale in an effort to achieve competitive pricing. We also maintain a raw material quality audit and qualification program designed to ensure that the material we purchase satisfies stringent quality requirements. Key raw materials for our product groups include:
Key Raw Materials
 
Product Group
 
 
 
Soda Ash
 
Performance Chemicals, Refining Services, Performance Materials
Sodium hydroxide ("caustic soda")
 
Performance Chemicals, Refining Services
Cullet
 
Performance Materials
Sulfur
 
Refining Services
Industrial sand
 
Performance Chemicals, Performance Materials
Aluminum trihydrate
 
Performance Chemicals, Refining Services
While natural gas is not a direct feedstock for any individual product, we use natural gas powered furnaces to heat raw materials and create the chemical reactions necessary to manufacture our products. We maintain multiple suppliers

15
Table of Contents

wherever possible and we seek to hedge our exposure to fluctuations in prices for natural gas through hedging activity in the United States, forward purchases of natural gas in the United States, Canada, and Europe, and the use of pass-through clauses for raw material and natural gas costs in our customer contracts. However, we may not be successful in passing through all increases in raw material costs or maintaining an uninterrupted supply of natural gas for all of our furnaces. See “Risk Factors-Risks Related to Our Business - If we are unable to pass on increases in raw material prices, including natural gas, to our customers or to retain or replace our key suppliers, our results of operations and cash flows may be negatively affected”.
Joint Ventures
We have entered into several long-standing joint ventures to supplement our businesses and access other geographic locations, minimize costs and accelerate growth in areas we believe have significant business potential, with the most significant of these joint ventures including the following:
Zeolyst Joint Venture. Our Zeolyst Joint Venture is a long-standing partnership with CRI Zeolites Inc., which is an affiliate of Royal Dutch Shell, that dates back to 1988 and is focused on the development, manufacture and sale of zeolite-containing catalysts through manufacturing facilities located in Kansas and the Netherlands. We combine our expertise in zeolite supply and technology with our partner’s expertise in global refinery catalyst sales and technology. We have a 50% ownership stake in our Zeolyst Joint Venture. We supply sodium silicates from our performance chemicals product group to the Zeolyst Joint Venture to make specialty zeolites, which are used as precursors in emission control and custom catalysts. We also produce specialty zeolites that are precursors for the production of hydrocracking catalysts and other refinery and petrochemical catalysts that are used by our other product groups and sold to third parties. We manage the production of these specialty zeolites due to our expertise in zeolite production. These catalysts include aromatic catalysts that upgrade aromatic by-product streams, dewaxing catalysts that improve lube oil performance and diesel cold flow performance, and paraffin isomerization catalysts that upgrade olefins to high octane gasoline blending components for refinery and petrochemical customers.
PQ Holdings Mexicana S.A. de C.V. PQ Holdings Mexicana was established in 2000 as a joint venture with Solvay Alkalis, Inc. for the manufacture, marketing and sale of various chemicals, including sodium silicate, through manufacturing facilities in Tlalnepantla and Guadalajara, Mexico. We have an 80% ownership stake in PQ Holdings Mexicana.
Research and Development
We benefit from the highly-skilled technical capabilities of our employees dedicated to new product development. We operate six research and development facilities in the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, the Netherlands, France and Spain. Our research and development activities are directed toward the development of new and improved products, processes, systems and applications for customers. Our research and development team is organized to support each of our operating businesses and staffed with experienced scientists, technical service representatives and process engineers with direct knowledge of our products. This business group and customer-oriented team structure provides strong links between our product development and manufacturing functions and our customer collaboration and specifications. These connections enable us to focus our development on timely and relevant products for our customers while remaining attentive to manufacturing considerations to enable us to produce new products profitably and in a timely manner. Product development activities are organized into research and development projects that are subject to regular reviews by the business teams in order to understand and address our customers’ evolving needs and invest in our growth by prioritizing innovation driven by these identified needs. In addition, we hold senior-level project reviews to ensure best practices are shared and consistent metrics are used to determine a project’s merit and the size of the potential opportunity.
Intellectual Property
We evaluate on a case-by-case basis how best to use patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets and other available intellectual property protections in order to protect our products and our critical investments in research and development, manufacturing and marketing. We focus on securing and maintaining patents for certain inventions such as composition-of-matter, while maintaining other inventions such as process improvements as trade secrets, derived from our market-based business model, in an effort to maximize the value of our product portfolio and manufacturing capabilities and reinforce our competitive advantage. Our policy is to seek appropriate intellectual property protection for significant product and process developments in the major areas where the relevant products are manufactured or sold. Patents may cover products, processes, intermediate products and product uses. Patents extend for varying periods in accordance with the date of patent application filing and the legal life of patents in the various countries in which the patents are registered. The protection

16
Table of Contents

afforded, which may also vary from country to country, depends upon the type of subject matter covered by the patent and the scope of the claims of the patent.
In most industrial countries, patent protection may be available for new substances and formulations, as well as for unique applications and production processes. However, given the geographical scope of our business and our continued growth strategy, there are regions of the world in which we do business or may do business in the future where intellectual property protection may be limited and difficult to enforce. Moreover, we monitor our competitors’ products and, if circumstances were to dictate that we do so, we would vigorously challenge the actions of others that conflict with our patents, trademarks and other intellectual property rights. We maintain appropriate information security policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure the safeguarding of confidential information including, where appropriate, data encryption, access controls and employee awareness training.
We own or have rights to a number of patents relating to our products and processes. As of December 31, 2018, we owned 52 patented inventions in the United States, with approximately 309 patents issued in countries around the world and approximately 120 patent applications pending worldwide covering more than 20 additional inventions. As of December 31, 2018, we also had trademark rights in approximately 613 trademark registrations worldwide, including approximately 77 U.S. trademark registrations. We also have approximately 37 pending trademark applications, which include applications in the United States and worldwide. In addition to our registered and applied-for intellectual property portfolio, we also claim ownership of certain trade secrets and proprietary know-how developed by and used in our business. Including our joint ventures, we are party to certain arrangements whereby we license in the right to use certain intellectual property rights in connection with our business.
Seasonality
Seasonal changes and weather conditions typically affect our performance materials and refining services product groups. In particular, our performance materials product group generally experiences lower sales and profit in the first and fourth quarters of the year because highway striping projects typically occur during warmer weather months. Additionally, our refining services product group typically experiences similar seasonal fluctuations as a result of higher demand for gasoline products in the summer months. As a result, our working capital requirements tend to be higher in the first and fourth quarters of the year, which can adversely affect our liquidity and cash flows. Because of this seasonality associated with certain of our product groups, results for any one quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be achieved for any other quarter or for the full year.
Employees
As of December 31, 2018, we had 3,188 employees worldwide, of which 1,455 were employed in the United States, 503 were employed in Canada, Mexico, Brazil and Argentina, 888 were employed throughout Europe, 38 were employed in South Africa and 99 were employed in Indonesia. Our remaining employees are dispersed throughout Asia and Australia, primarily in Australia, China, Thailand and Japan. As of December 31, 2018, approximately 50% of our employees were represented by a union, works council or other employee representative body. We believe we have good relationships with our employees and their respective works councils, unions or other bargaining representatives. There have been no labor strikes or work stoppages in these locations in recent history.
Environmental Regulations
Obtaining, producing and distributing many of our products involve the use, storage, transportation and disposal of toxic and hazardous materials. We are subject to extensive, evolving and increasingly stringent national and local environmental laws and regulations, which address, among other things, the following:
•
emissions to the air;
•
discharges to soils and surface and subsurface waters;
•
other releases into the environment;
•
prevention, remediation or abatement of releases of hazardous materials into the indoor or outdoor environment;
•
generation, handling, storage, transportation, treatment and disposal of waste materials;
•
maintenance of safe conditions in the workplace;

17
Table of Contents

•
registration and evaluation of chemicals;
•
production, handling, labeling or use of chemicals used or produced by us; and
•
stewardship of products after manufacture.
We apply the principles of the Environmental Management standard of the International Organization for Standardization (ISO 14001) at our facilities throughout the world. For chemical facilities in the United States, we also adhere to the Responsible Care RC14001 Technical Specifications of the American Chemistry Council.
We maintain policies and procedures to monitor and control environmental, health and safety risks, and to monitor compliance with applicable state, national, and international environmental, health and safety requirements. We have a strong environmental, health and safety organization. We have a staff of professionals who are responsible for environmental health, safety and product regulatory compliance. We have implemented a corporate audit program for all of our facilities. However, we cannot provide assurance that we will at all times be in full compliance with all applicable environmental laws and regulations. We expect that stringent environmental regulations will continue to be imposed on us and our industry in general. Evolving chemical regulation programs throughout the world could impose testing requirements or restrictions on our chemical raw materials and products. These programs include the 2016 amendments to the U.S. Toxic Substances Control Act, under which the EPA will prioritize and evaluate chemicals for regulation, the E.U. REACH regulations, which have ongoing registration and evaluation requirements with associated testing costs and potential restrictions, the Korea REACH law, which is requiring registration and potentially testing of chemicals, and similar programs being developed in Taiwan, Turkey, India, and elsewhere. Based on our chemicals and the various regulations promulgated to date, we do not anticipate costly testing requirements or severe restrictions, but cannot guarantee that we will not be subject to requirements for our products or raw materials that could materially affect our operations.
Environmental Remediation. Environmental laws and regulations require mitigation or remediation of the effects of the disposal or release of chemical substances. Under some of these regulations, as the current or former owner or operator of a property, we could be held liable for the costs of removal or remediation of hazardous substances on or under the property, without regard to whether we knew of or caused the contamination, and regardless of whether the practices that resulted in the contamination were permitted at the time they occurred. Many of our current or former production sites have an extended history of industrial use, and it is impossible to predict precisely what effect these laws and regulations will have on us in the future. Soil and groundwater contamination requiring investigation and remediation has been discovered at some of the sites, and might occur or be discovered at other sites. Several active and former facilities currently are undergoing investigation and remediation, including sites in Rahway, NJ; Dominguez, CA; Martinez, CA; and Tacoma, WA.
Environmental Programs. We have comprehensive environmental, health and safety compliance, auditing and management programs in place to assist in our compliance with applicable regulatory requirements and with internal policies and procedures, as appropriate. Each facility has developed and implemented specific critical occupational health, safety, environmental, security and loss control programs.
We also have implemented a Health, Safety and Environmental (“HSE”) organizational structure with executive committee level leadership and dedicated environmental experts. We have Regional HSE Specialists and Managers who are embedded in the field and provide HSE expertise and support to operating sites. Certain, larger sites may have dedicated environmental or safety personnel. We have an established Product Safety/Stewardship management system compliant with the RC14001 technical specification along with two Product Stewardship Managers, one of which is a REACH Specialist. We conduct Product Stewardship reviews as part of new product development and routinely evaluate product safety risk for raw materials, intermediates and products.
 
Chemical Product Regulation
As a chemical company, we are subject to extensive and evolving regulations regarding the manufacture, processing, distribution, import, export, and labeling of our products and their raw materials. In the European Union, the REACH regulations initially went into effect in 2007, with implementation rolling out over time. REACH requires the registration of chemicals, along with a dossier of toxicological and ecotoxicity test results, or a plan to conduct such tests if they are currently unavailable. Registered chemicals then can be subject to further evaluation and potential restrictions. Our high-volume chemicals have been registered under REACH; up to 15 lower-volume chemicals (mainly catalysts) will be registered by the applicable 2018 deadline. To date, no testing has been required. A couple of our chemicals are being reviewed under REACH. Since the promulgation of REACH, other countries (e.g., China, Korea, Taiwan) have enacted and are in the

18
Table of Contents

process of implementing similar comprehensive regulation of chemicals. In the United States, legislation has been enacted that would require the EPA to review and require testing of certain chemicals. Based on our chemicals and the various regulations promulgated to date, we do not anticipate costly testing requirements or severe restrictions, but cannot guarantee that we will not be subject to requirements for our products or raw materials that could materially affect our operations. In particular, some of our products might be characterized as nanomaterials and then subjected to evolving, new nanomaterial regulations.
Available Information
Our website address is www.pqcorp.com. We make available free of charge through our website our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), as well as reports on Forms 3, 4 and 5 filed pursuant to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, as soon as reasonably practicable after such documents are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The SEC maintains an internet website, http://www.sec.gov, that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding our Company and other issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The information on our website is not, and shall not be deemed to be, a part of this report or incorporated into any other filings we make with the SEC.
Our Corporate Governance Guidelines, Code of Business Conduct and the charters of the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and Health, Safety and Environment Committee of our Board of Directors are also available on our website and are available in print to any shareholder upon request by writing to PQ Investor Relations, 300 Lindenwood Drive, Malvern, PA 19355. In accordance with SEC rules, we intend to disclose any amendment (other than any technical, administrative or other non-substantive) to the Code of Business Conduct, or any waiver of any provision thereof with respect to any of our executive officers, on our website within four business days following such amendment or waiver.

19
Table of Contents

ITEM 1A.
RISK FACTORS.
In addition to the other information contained in this Form 10-K, you should carefully consider the following risks that we believe are the material risks that we face. The risks described below could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations, and should be read together and in conjunction with the forward-looking statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in Item 7 of this Form 10-K, and our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes thereto.

Risks Related to Our Business
As a global business, we are exposed to local business risks in different countries, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
We have significant operations in many countries, including manufacturing sites, research and development facilities, sales personnel and customer support operations. As of December 31, 2018, we operated 71 manufacturing facilities across six continents. For the year ended December 31, 2018, our foreign subsidiaries accounted for 40% of our sales. Our operations are affected directly and indirectly by global regulatory, economic and political conditions, including:
•
new and different legal and regulatory requirements in local jurisdictions;
•
export duties or import quotas;
•
domestic and foreign customs and tariffs or other trade barriers, including the threat of escalating trade disputes that may result in higher tariffs;
•
potential difficulties in staffing and labor disputes;
•
potential difficulties in managing and obtaining support and distribution for local operations;
•
increased costs of, and availability of, raw materials, energy, transportation or shipping;
•
credit risk and financial condition of local customers and distributors;
•
potential difficulties in protecting intellectual property rights;
•
risk of nationalization of private enterprises by foreign governments;
•
potential imposition of restrictions on investments;
•
the imposition of withholding taxes or other taxes or royalties on our income, or the adoption of other restrictions on foreign trade or investment, including currency exchange controls;
•
capital controls;
•
potential difficulties in obtaining and enforcing legal judgments in jurisdictions outside the United States;
•
potential difficulties in obtaining and enforcing relief in the United States against parties located outside the United States;
•
potential difficulties in enforcing agreements and collecting receivables;
•
risks relating to environmental, health and safety matters; and
•
local political, economic and social conditions, including the possibility of hyperinflationary conditions and political instability in certain countries.
We may not be successful in developing and implementing policies and strategies to address the foregoing factors in a timely and effective manner at each location where we do business. Consequently, the occurrence of one or more of the foregoing factors could have a material adverse effect on our international operations or upon our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 

20
Table of Contents

We are affected by general economic conditions and an economic downturn could adversely affect our operations and financial results.
We sell performance chemicals, performance materials, catalysts and services that are used in manufacturing processes and as components of, or ingredients in, other products and, as a result, our sales are correlated with and affected by fluctuations in the level of industrial production and manufacturing output and by fluctuations in general economic activity. Producers of performance chemicals, in particular, are likely to reduce their output in periods of significant contraction in industrial and consumer demand, while demand for the products we manufacture often depends on trends in demand in the end uses our customers serve. General economic conditions and macroeconomic trends, including economic recessions and inflation, could affect overall demand for our products and any overall decline in such demand could significantly reduce our sales and profitability. In addition, volatility and disruption in financial markets could adversely affect our sales and results of operations by limiting our customers’ ability to obtain the financing necessary to maintain or expand their own operations.
Exchange rate fluctuations could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
As a result of our international operations, for the year ended December 31, 2018, we generated 40% of our sales and incurred a significant portion of our expenses in currencies other than U.S. dollars. We incur currency transaction risk whenever we enter into either a purchase or sale transaction using a currency other than the local currency of the transacting entity. The main currencies to which we are exposed, besides the U.S. dollar, are the Euro, British pound, Canadian dollar, Mexican peso and the Brazilian real. The exchange rates between these currencies and the U.S. dollar have fluctuated significantly in recent years and may continue to do so in the future. In many cases, we sell exclusively in those jurisdictions and do not have the ability to mitigate our exposure to currency fluctuations through our operations. Accordingly, to the extent that we are unable to match sales made in such foreign currencies with costs paid in the same currency, exchange rate fluctuations could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In the past, we have experienced economic loss and a negative impact on earnings as a result of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations and any future fluctuations may have similar or greater impacts. We expect that the amount of our sales denominated in non-U.S. dollar currencies may increase in future periods. Given the volatility of exchange rates, there can be no assurance that we will be able to effectively manage our currency transaction risks or that any volatility in currency exchange rates will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.”
Additionally, because our consolidated financial results are reported in U.S dollars, the translation of sales or earnings generated in other currencies into U.S. dollars can result in a significant increase or decrease in the amount of those sales or earnings in our financial statements, which also affects the comparability of our results of operations and cash flows between financial periods.
Our international operations require us to comply with anti-corruption laws, trade and export controls and regulations of the U.S. government and various international jurisdictions in which we do business.
Doing business on a worldwide basis requires us and our subsidiaries to comply with the laws and regulations of the U.S. government and various international jurisdictions, and our failure to successfully comply with these laws and regulations may restrict our operations, trade practices, investment decisions and partnering activities and may expose us to liabilities. Such laws and regulations apply to companies, individual directors, officers, employees and agents.
In particular, our international operations are subject to U.S. and foreign anti-corruption laws and regulations, such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) and the U.K. Bribery Act (“UKBA”). The FCPA prohibits us from providing anything of value to foreign officials for the purposes of influencing official decisions or obtaining or retaining business or otherwise obtaining favorable treatment, and requires us to maintain adequate record-keeping and internal accounting practices to accurately reflect our transactions. As part of our business, we may deal with state-owned business enterprises, the employees and representatives of which may be considered foreign officials for purposes of the FCPA and UKBA. In addition, some of the international locations in which we operate lack a developed legal system and have elevated levels of corruption. As a result of our international operations, we are exposed to the risk of violating anti-corruption laws.
In addition, we are subject to applicable export controls and economic sanctions laws and regulations imposed by the U.S. government and other countries. Changes in such laws and regulations may restrict our business practices, including cessation of business activities in sanctioned countries or regions or with sanctioned entities or individuals, and may result in modifications to compliance programs. Violations of these legal requirements are punishable by criminal fines and

21
Table of Contents

imprisonment, civil penalties, disgorgement of profits, injunctions, debarment from government contracts, loss of export privileges and other remedial measures.
We have established policies and procedures designed to assist us and our personnel in complying with applicable U.S. and international laws and regulations. These policies and procedures are codified in our Code of Conduct and other various policies. However, there can be no assurance that our policies and procedures will effectively prevent us from violating these laws and regulations in every transaction in which we may engage, and such a violation could subject us to governmental investigations and adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.
Significant developments stemming from the U.S. administration, U.S. courts’ or the United Kingdom’s referendum on membership in the European Union could have an adverse effect on us.
The U.S. administration has called for substantial changes to trade agreements, such as the North American Free Trade Agreement (“NAFTA”), and has raised the possibility of imposing significant increases on tariffs on goods imported into the United States, particularly from China and Mexico. For example, throughout 2018, the U.S. administration and China have been levying taxes on their respective imports. These changes, as well as any other changes in U.S. social, political, regulatory and economic conditions or laws and policies governing foreign trade, manufacturing and development and investment in the territories and countries where we or our customers operate could adversely affect our operating results and our business.
Additionally, in June 2016, the United Kingdom held a referendum and voted in favor of leaving the European Union and in March 2017, the government of the United Kingdom formally initiated the withdrawal process. This referendum has created political and economic uncertainty, particularly in the United Kingdom and the European Union, and this uncertainty may last for years. Our business could be affected during this period of uncertainty, and perhaps longer, by the impact of the United Kingdom’s referendum. In addition, our business could be negatively affected by new trade agreements between the United Kingdom and other countries, including the United States, and by the possible imposition of trade or other regulatory barriers in the United Kingdom. These possible negative impacts, and others resulting from the United Kingdom’s actual or threatened withdrawal from the European Union, may adversely affect our customers’ businesses and our operating results.
Alternative technology or other changes in our customers’ products may reduce or eliminate the need for certain of our products.
Many of the products that we sell are used in manufacturing processes and as components of or ingredients in other products and, as a result, changes in our customers’ end products or processes or alternative technology may enable our customers to reduce or eliminate consumption or use of our products. For example, the ongoing shift in customer preferences in the detergent industry from powders to liquid has resulted in lower demand for zeolites. Additionally, shifting consumer preference could result in a significant reduction in the future use of fossil fuels, which would have a negative impact on our zeolite catalysts and refining services. If we are unable to respond appropriately to such new developments, such changes could seriously impair our ability to profitably market certain of our products.
Our new product development and research and development efforts may not succeed and our competitors may develop more effective or successful products.
The industries in which we operate are subject to periodic technological changes and ongoing product improvements. In order to maintain our margins and remain competitive, we must successfully develop, manufacture and market new or improved products. As a result, we must commit substantial resources each year to new product research and development. Ongoing investments in new product research and development could result in higher costs without a proportional increase in revenues. Additionally, for any new product program, there is a risk of technical or market failure, in which case we may need to commit additional resources to the program and may not be able to develop the new products needed to maintain our competitive position. Moreover, new products may have lower margins than the products they replace or may not successfully attract end users.
We also expect competition to increase as our competitors develop and introduce new and enhanced products. As such products are introduced, our products may become obsolete or our competitors’ products may be marketed more effectively. If we fail to develop new products, maintain or improve our margins with our new products or keep pace with technological developments, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will suffer.

22
Table of Contents

Our substantial level of indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition.
We have substantial indebtedness, which, as of December 31, 2018, totaled approximately $2,148.4 million. Our substantial indebtedness, combined with our other financial obligations and contractual commitments, could have important consequences, including:
•
requiring us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing funds available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, selling and marketing efforts, product development and other purposes;
•
increasing our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions, which could place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have relatively less indebtedness;
•
limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industries in which we operate;
•
increasing our exposure to rising interest rates because certain of our borrowings are at variable interest rates;
•
restricting us from making investments, strategic acquisitions or causing us to make non-strategic divestitures; and
•
limiting our ability to borrow additional funds, or to dispose of assets to raise funds, if needed, for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, product development and other corporate purposes.
Although the terms of the agreements governing our outstanding indebtedness contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, such restrictions are subject to a number of important exceptions and indebtedness incurred in compliance with such restrictions could be substantial. If we and our restricted subsidiaries incur significant additional indebtedness, the related risks that we face could increase.
If we are unable to pass on increases in raw material prices, including natural gas, to our customers or to retain or replace our key suppliers, our results of operations and cash flows may be negatively affected.
We purchase significant amounts of raw materials, including soda ash, cullet, industrial sand, aluminum trihydrate, sodium hydroxide (commonly known as caustic soda) and sulfur (including hydrogen sulfite), in our performance chemicals, performance materials and refining services product groups, and we purchase significant amounts of natural gas to supply the energy required in our production process. The cost of these raw materials represents a substantial portion of our operating expenses and our results of operations have been, and could in the future be, significantly affected by increases in the costs of such raw materials. In addition, we obtain a significant portion of our raw materials from certain key suppliers. If any of those suppliers is unable to meet its obligations under current supply agreements, we may be forced to pay higher prices to obtain the necessary raw materials. Furthermore, if any of the raw materials that we use become unavailable within the geographic area from which we currently source them, we may not be able to obtain suitable and cost-effective substitutes. Any interruption of supply or any price increase of raw materials could adversely affect our profitability.
While we attempt to match raw material price increases with corresponding product price increases, our ability to pass on increases in the cost of raw materials to our customers is, to a large extent, dependent upon our contractual arrangements and market conditions. There may be periods of time during which we are not able to recover increases in the cost of raw materials due to our contractual arrangements or weakness in demand for, or oversupply of, our products. Specifically, timing differences between price adjustments of raw materials, which may occur daily, and adjustments to our product prices, which in many cases are adjusted quarterly or less often, have had and may continue to have a negative effect on our profitability. Even in periods during which raw material prices decline, we may suffer decreasing profits if customers seek relief in the form of lower sales prices or if the raw material price reductions occur at a slower rate than decreases in the selling prices of our products. Furthermore, some of our performance chemicals customers may take advantage of fluctuating prices by building inventories when they expect product prices to increase and reducing inventories when they expect product prices to decrease. Such volatility can result in commercial disputes with customers and suppliers with respect to interpretations of complex contractual arrangements, the adverse resolution of which could reduce our profitability.
In the past, we have entered into long-term supply contracts for certain of our raw materials, including for certain of our North American soda ash purchases. As these contracts expire, we may not be able to renegotiate or enter into new long-term supply contracts that will offer similar protection from price increases and other fluctuations on terms that are satisfactory to us or at all.

23
Table of Contents

In addition, we have attempted to mitigate our exposure to the significant price volatility of natural gas by implementing a hedging program in the United States and entering into forward purchases in the United States, Canada, Europe and other parts of the world. Our hedging strategy may not be successful and if energy prices rise, our profitability could be adversely affected. With the exception of such natural gas contracts, we typically do not enter into long-term forward contracts to hedge against raw material price volatility.
We face substantial competition in the industries in which we operate.
The industries in which we operate are highly competitive and we face significant competition from large international producers and, particularly in Europe and certain Asia-Pacific regions, smaller regional competitors. Our silica catalysts and zeolite catalysts primarily compete with other global producers in the petrochemicals and refining industries such as W.R. Grace, BASF, UOP, and Albemarle, as well as other niche competitors such as Tosoh, Axens, and Haldor Topsoe. We compete in the North American refining services industry with competitors such as Chemtrade and Veolia. Additionally, our Performance Materials and Chemicals business primarily competes with other global producers such as OxyChem, PPG and Evonik. We believe that we typically compete on the basis of performance, product consistency, quality, reliability, and ability to innovate in response to customer demands.
Our competitors may improve their competitive position in our core end use applications by successfully introducing new products, improving their manufacturing processes, expanding their capacity or manufacturing facilities or responding more effectively than us to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements. Some of our competitors may be able to lower prices for products that compete with our products if their costs are lower. In addition, consolidation among our competitors or customers may result in reduced demand for our products or make it more difficult for us to compete. Some of our competitors’ financial, technological and other resources may be greater than ours or they may have less debt than we do and, as a result, may be better able to withstand changes to industry conditions. The occurrence of any of these events could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
We are subject to the risk of loss resulting from non-payment or non-performance by our customers.
Our credit procedures and policies may not be adequate to minimize or mitigate customer credit risk. Our customers may experience financial difficulties, including bankruptcies, restructurings and liquidations. These and other financial problems our customers may experience, as well as potential financial weakness in the industries in which we operate, may increase our risk in extending trade credit to customers. A significant adverse change in a customer’s financial position could cause us to limit or discontinue business with such customer, require us to assume more credit risk relating to such customer’s receivables or limit our ability to collect accounts receivable from such customer, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
We rely on a limited number of customers for a meaningful portion of our business. A loss of one or more of these customers could adversely impact our profitability.
A loss of any significant customer, including a pipeline customer, or a decrease in the provision of products to any significant customer could have an adverse effect on our business until alternative arrangements are secured. Any alternative arrangement to replace the loss of a customer could result in increased variable costs relating to product shipment. In addition, any new customer agreement entered into by us may not have terms as favorable as those contained in our current customer agreements, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. For the year ended December 31, 2018 our top 10 customers represented approximately 23% of our sales and no single customer represented more than 4% of our sales.
Refineries, which represent a sizable subset of our Environmental Catalysts and Services business customers, have undergone significant consolidation and additional consolidation is possible in the future. Such consolidation could further increase our reliance on a small number of customers and further increase our customers’ leverage over us, resulting in downward pressure on prices and an adverse effect on our profitability.
Multi-year customer contracts in our refining services product group are subject to potential early termination and such contracts may not be renewed at the end of their respective terms.
Many of the customer contracts in our refining services product group are multi-year agreements. Sulfuric acid regeneration customer contracts are typically on five- to ten-year terms and virgin sulfuric acid customer contracts are typically on one- to five-year terms, with larger customers typically favoring longer terms. Excluding contracts with

24
Table of Contents

automatic evergreen provisions, approximately 60% of our sulfuric acid volume for the year ended December 31, 2018 was under contracts expiring at the end of 2020 or beyond. In addition, our sulfuric acid regeneration contracts with major refinery customers typically allow for termination with advance notice of one to two years. We cannot provide assurance that our existing contracts will not be subjected to early terminations or that our expiring contracts will be renewed at the end of their terms. If we receive a significant number of such contract terminations or experience non-renewals from key customers in our refining services product group, our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows may be materially adversely affected.
Reductions in highway safety spending or taxes earmarked for highway safety spending could result in a decline in our sales.
Approximately 15% of our sales for the year ended December 31, 2018 were derived from products sold into highway safety applications. Sales of our performance materials products for highway safety uses are, in part, dependent upon federal, state, local and foreign government budgets. A decrease in, or termination of, governmental budgeting for new highway safety programs or a significant decrease in the use of our performance materials products in any new highway safety projects could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows by decreasing the profitability of our performance materials product group.
Our quarterly results of operations are subject to fluctuations because the demand for some of our products is seasonal.
Seasonal changes and weather conditions typically affect our performance materials and refining services product groups. In particular, our performance materials product group generally experiences lower sales and profit in the first and fourth quarters of the year because highway striping projects typically occur during warmer weather months. Additionally, our refining services product group typically experiences similar seasonal fluctuations as a result of higher demand for gasoline products in the summer months. As a result, our working capital requirements tend to be higher in the first and fourth quarters of the year, which can adversely affect our liquidity and cash flows. Because of this seasonality associated with certain of our product groups, results for any one quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be achieved for any other quarter or for the full year.
If we lose certain key personnel or are unable to hire additional qualified personnel, we may not be able to execute our business strategy and our business could be adversely affected.
Our success depends, in part, upon the continued services of our highly skilled personnel involved in management, research, production and distribution and, in particular, upon the efforts and abilities of our key officers. Although we believe that we are adequately staffed in key positions, we may not be able to retain such personnel on acceptable terms or at all, and such personnel may seek to compete with us in the future. If we lose the service of any of our key personnel, we may not be able to hire replacements with the same level of industry experience and knowledge necessary to execute our business strategy, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Our growth projects may result in significant expenditures before generating revenues, if any, which may materially and adversely affect our ability to implement our business strategy.
We have made and continue to make significant investments in each of our businesses. These projects require us to commit significant capital to, among other things, implement engineering plans and obtain the necessary permits before we generate revenues related to our investments in these businesses. Such projects may take longer to complete or require additional unanticipated expenditures and may never generate profits. If we fail to recover our investment, or these projects never become profitable, our ability to implement our business strategy may be materially and adversely affected.
We may be liable for damages based on product liability claims brought against us or our customers for costs associated with recalls of our or our customers’ products.
Even though we are generally a materials and services supplier rather than a manufacturer of finished goods, the sale of our products involves the risk of product liability claims and voluntary or government-ordered product recalls. For example, certain of the products that we manufacture provide critical performance functions to our customers’ end products and are used in and around other chemical manufacturing facilities, highways, airports and other locations where personal injury or property damage may occur or are used in certain consumer goods such as beverages, personal care products and

25
Table of Contents

medicinal applications. While we attempt to protect ourselves from product liability claims and exposures through our adherence to standards and specifications and through contractual negotiations and provisions, there can be no assurance that our efforts will ultimately protect us from any such claims. A product liability claim or voluntary or government-ordered product recall could result in substantial and unexpected expenditures, affect consumer or customer confidence in our products and divert management’s attention from other responsibilities. A product recall or successful product liability claim or series of claims against us in excess of our insurance coverage and for which we are not otherwise indemnified could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
We are required to comply with a wide variety of laws and regulations, and are subject to regulation by various federal, state and foreign agencies, and our failure to comply with existing and future regulatory requirements could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
We compete in industries in which we and our customers are subject to federal, state, local, international and transnational laws and regulations. Such laws and regulations are numerous and sometimes conflicting, and any future changes to such laws and regulations could adversely affect us. For example, our performance materials product group sells products used in highway safety applications, and such products are subject to laws and regulations that vary by state. If we fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations, we may be subject to civil remedies, including fines, injunctions, recalls or seizures, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
In order to obtain regulatory approval for certain of our new products, we must, among other things, demonstrate to the relevant authority that the product is safe and effective for its intended uses and that we are capable of manufacturing the product in accordance with current regulations. The process of seeking approvals can be costly, time-consuming and subject to unanticipated and significant delays. Any delay in obtaining, or any failure to obtain or maintain, these approvals would adversely affect our ability to introduce new products and to generate sales from those products, and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Our products, including the raw materials we handle, are subject to rigorous chemical registration and industrial hygiene regulations and investigation. There is risk that a key raw material, chemical or substance, or one of the end products of which our products are a part, may be recharacterized as having a toxicological or health-related impact on the environment, our customers or our employees. Industrial hygiene regulations are continually strengthened and if such recharacterization occurs, the relevant raw material, chemical or product may be banned or we may incur increased costs in order to comply with new requirements. Changes in industrial hygiene regulations also affect the marketability of certain of our products, and future regulatory changes may have a material adverse effect on our business.
New laws and regulations, and changes in existing laws and regulations, may be introduced in the future and could prevent or inhibit the development, distribution and sale of our products, including as a result of additional compliance costs, seizures, confiscation, recall or monetary fines. For example, as discussed in more detail in “Business-Environmental Regulations” and “Business-Chemical Product Regulation,” we may be materially impacted by regulatory initiatives worldwide with respect to chemical product safety such as the 2016 amendments to the U.S. Toxic Substances Control Act, the E.U. regulation “Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation and Restriction of Chemical Substances” (“REACH”), or similar regulations being enacted in other countries (e.g., China REACH; Korea REACH). Additionally, the current U.S. administration may seek to reduce current environmental standards and regulations, such as the Corporate Average Fuel Economy standards, which could have a material adverse effect on our sales into the fuels and emission controls industries.
We are subject to extensive environmental, health and safety regulations and face various risks associated with potential non-compliance or releases of hazardous materials.
Like other chemical companies, our operations and properties are subject to extensive and stringent federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations. U.S. federal environmental laws that affect us include the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (“RCRA”), the Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act and the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”). These laws govern, among other things, emissions to the air, discharges or releases of hazardous substances to land, surface, subsurface strata and water, wastewater discharges and the generation, handling, storage, transportation, treatment, disposal and remediation of hazardous materials and petroleum products. We are also subject to other federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations regarding chemical and product safety as well as employee health and safety matters, including process safety requirements. These laws and regulations may become more stringent over time and the failure to comply with such laws and regulations can result in significant fines or penalties.

26
Table of Contents

We have in the past been and currently are the subject of investigations and enforcement actions pursuant to environmental laws, including the Clean Air Act. Some of these matters were resolved through the payment of significant monetary penalties and a requirement to implement corrective actions at our facilities. For instance, we remain subject to a 2007 Consent Decree that resolves certain alleged Clean Air Act violations at our seven refining services operating locations involving New Source Review, Prevention of Significant Deterioration and New Source Performance Standard obligations under the U.S. federal rules for the pollutants sulfur dioxide and sulfuric acid mist. The Consent Decree required Solvay (the owner at the time) to pay a $2 million penalty and spend approximately $34 million on air pollution controls at our facilities, the majority of which was received from customers in contractual arrangements. Work under the Consent Decree has proceeded since 2007, and we believe that all of the significant capital improvements related to the Consent Decree have been completed. One of our operating locations has been released from the scope of the Consent Decree and we are seeking release of the other locations covered by the Consent Decree.
We are required by these environmental laws and regulations to obtain registrations, licenses, permits and other approvals in order to operate, to make disclosures to public authorities about our chemical handling and usage activities and to install expensive pollution control and spill containment equipment at our facilities, or to incur other capital expenditures aimed at achieving or maintaining compliance with such laws and regulations. We are preparing to implement a substantial environmentally-driven capital improvement project over the next three years and failure to complete this project or to timely identify and implement other capital projects required to achieve or maintain compliance could expose us to enforcement and penalty.
Under CERCLA and analogous statutes in local and foreign jurisdictions, current and former owners and operators of land impacted by releases of hazardous substances are strictly liable for the investigation and remediation of the contamination resulting from the release. Liability under CERCLA and analogous laws is strict, unlimited, joint, several and retroactive, may be imposed regardless of fault and may relate to historical activities or contamination not caused by the affected property’s current owner or operator. We could be held responsible for all cleanup costs at a site, whether currently or formerly owned or operated, regardless of fault, knowledge, timing or cause of the contamination. Further, under CERCLA and analogous laws, we may be jointly and severally liable for contamination at third party sites where we or our predecessors in interest have sent waste for treatment or disposal, even if we complied with applicable laws. In addition, we may face liability for personal injury, property damage and natural resource damage resulting from environmental conditions attributable to hazardous substance releases at or from facilities we currently own or operate or formerly owned or operated or to which we sent waste. As such, a product spill or emission at one of our facilities or otherwise resulting from our operations could have adverse consequences on the environment and surrounding community and could result in significant liabilities with respect to investigation and remediation.
Our facilities have an extended history of industrial use, and soil and groundwater contamination exists at some of our sites. As of December 31, 2018, we had current investigation, remediation or monitoring obligations at several of our current or former sites, including Rahway, New Jersey; Dominguez, California; Martinez, California; and Tacoma, Washington. As of December 31, 2018, we had established reserves of approximately $3.4 million to cover anticipated expenses at these sites, all of which have reached relatively mature stages of either the investigation, remediation or monitoring process. Actual costs to complete these projects may exceed our current estimates. In addition, we have unresolved liability at several sites to which we or our predecessors allegedly arranged for the disposal or treatment of hazardous wastes. For example, at the Boyertown Sanitary Disposal site in Gilbertsville, Pennsylvania, we are participating in a group of parties who disposed of materials at the site to fund investigatory and remedial work.
As of December 31, 2018, our total reserves associated with environmental remediation and enforcement matters were $4.7 million. In addition to the ongoing remediation and monitoring activities discussed above, there is risk that the long-term industrial use at our facilities may have resulted in, or may in the future result in, contamination that has yet to be discovered, which could require additional, unplanned investigation and remediation efforts by us for which no reserves have been established, potentially without regard to whether we knew of, or caused, the release of such contaminants. Discovery of additional or unknown conditions at our facilities could have an adverse impact on our business by substantially increasing our capital expenditures, including compliance, investigation and remediation costs. Such environmental liabilities attached to our properties, or for properties that we are otherwise responsible for, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

27
Table of Contents

Existing and proposed regulations to address climate change by limiting greenhouse gas emissions may cause us to incur significant additional operating and capital expenses.
Certain of our operations result in emissions of greenhouse gases (“GHGs”), such as carbon dioxide. Growing concern about the sources and impacts of global climate change has led to a number of domestic and foreign legislative and administrative measures, both proposed and enacted, to monitor, regulate and limit carbon dioxide and other GHG emissions. In the European Union, our emissions are regulated under the E.U. Emissions Trading System (the “E.U. ETS”), an E.U.-wide trading scheme for industrial GHG emissions. The E.U. ETS is anticipated to become progressively more stringent over time, including by reducing the number of allowances to emit GHGs that E.U. member states will allocate without charge to industrial facilities. In the United States, the EPA has promulgated federal GHG regulations under the Clean Air Act that affect certain sources. For example, the EPA has issued mandatory GHG reporting requirements, under which our Dominguez, California and Baton Rouge, Louisiana facilities currently report. Moreover, California has enacted the Global Warming Solutions Act of 2006 (“Assembly Bill 32”), a law that establishes a comprehensive program to reduce GHG emissions from all sources throughout the state and contains reporting requirements under which our Dominguez and Martinez facilities currently report. Our Dominguez facility also participates in the emissions trading market established under Assembly Bill 32. Although we believe it is likely that GHG emissions will continue to be regulated in at least some regions of the United States and in other countries (in addition to the European Union) in the future, we cannot yet predict the form such regulation will take (such as a cap-and-trade program, technology mandate, emissions tax or other regulatory mechanism) or, consequently, estimate any costs that we may be required to incur in respect of such requirements, which could, for example, require that we install emission control equipment, purchase emissions allowances, administer and manage our GHG emissions program or address other regulatory obligations. Such requirements could also adversely affect our energy supply or the costs and types of raw materials that we use for fuel. Accordingly, regulations controlling or limiting GHG emissions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations, including by reducing demand for our products.
Production and distribution of our products could be disrupted for a variety of reasons, and such disruptions could expose us to significant losses or liabilities.
Certain of the hazards and risks associated with our manufacturing processes and the related storage and transportation of raw materials, products and wastes may disrupt production at our manufacturing facilities and the distribution of products to our customers. These potentially disruptive risks include, but are not limited to, the following:
•
pipeline and storage tank leaks and ruptures;
•
explosions and fires;
•
inclement weather and natural disasters;
•
terrorist attacks;
•
failure of mechanical, process safety and pollution control equipment;
•
chemical spills and other discharges or releases of toxic or hazardous substances or gases; and
•
exposure to toxic chemicals.
These hazards could expose employees, customers, the community and others to toxic chemicals and other hazards, contaminate the environment, damage property, result in personal injury or death, lead to an interruption or suspension of operations, damage our reputation and adversely affect the productivity and profitability of a particular manufacturing facility or our business as a whole. Such hazards could also result in the need for remediation, governmental enforcement, regulatory shutdowns, the imposition of government fines and penalties and claims brought by governmental entities or third parties. Legal claims and regulatory actions could subject us to both civil and criminal penalties, which could affect our product sales, reputation and profitability.
If disruptions at our manufacturing facilities or in our distribution channels occur, alternative options with sufficient capacity or capabilities may not be available, may cost substantially more or may require significant time to start production or distribution. Any of these scenarios could negatively affect our business and financial performance. If one of our manufacturing facilities or distribution channels is unable to produce or distribute our products for an extended period of time, our sales may be reduced by the shortfall caused by the disruption and we may not be able to meet our customers’ needs, which could cause them to seek other suppliers. Furthermore, to the extent a production disruption occurs at a manufacturing facility that has been operating at or near full capacity, the resulting shortage of our product could be

28
Table of Contents

particularly harmful because production at the manufacturing facility may not be able to reach levels achieved prior to the disruption. Such risks are heightened in our refining services product group, which has operations and customers primarily located in the Gulf Coast, which is susceptible to a heightened risk of hurricanes, and Northern California, which is susceptible to a heightened risk of earthquakes. For example, in August 2017 we shut down our Houston and Baytown refining services facilities in coordination with our refinery partners in anticipation of Hurricane Harvey. The operational interruption at these facilities negatively impacted our sales in 2017 by approximately $7.7 million.
The insurance that we maintain may not fully cover all potential exposures.
We maintain property, business interruption, casualty and other types of insurance, but such insurance may not cover all risks associated with the operation of our business or our manufacturing process and the related use, storage and transportation of raw materials, products and wastes in or from our manufacturing sites or distribution centers. While we have purchased what we deem to be adequate limits of coverage and broadly worded policies, our coverage is subject to exclusions and limitations, including higher self-insured retentions or deductibles and maximum limits and liabilities covered. Notwithstanding diligent efforts to successfully procure specialty coverage for environmental liability and remediation, we may incur losses beyond the limits or outside the terms of coverage of our insurance policies, including liabilities for environmental remediation. In addition, from time to time, various types of insurance for companies in the industries in which we operate have not been available on commercially acceptable terms or, in some cases, at all. We are potentially at additional risk if one or more of our insurance carriers fail. Additionally, severe disruptions in the domestic and global financial markets could adversely impact the ratings and survival of some insurers. Future downgrades in the ratings of enough insurers could adversely impact both the availability of appropriate insurance coverage and its cost. In the future, we may not be able to obtain coverage at current levels, if at all, and our premiums may increase significantly on coverage that we maintain.
We could be subject to damages based on claims brought against us by our customers or lose customers as a result of the failure of our products to meet certain quality specifications.
Our products provide important performance attributes to our customers’ products. If a product fails to perform in a manner consistent with quality specifications, or has a shorter useful life than that which was guaranteed, a customer could seek replacement of the product or damages for costs incurred as a result of the product failing to perform as guaranteed. A successful claim or series of claims against us could cause reputational harm and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations and could result in a loss of one or more customers.
We may engage in strategic acquisitions or dispositions of certain assets or businesses that could affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
We may selectively pursue complementary acquisitions, such as the Business Combination, and joint ventures, such as our Zeolyst Joint Venture, each of which inherently involves a number of risks and presents financial, managerial and operational challenges, including:
•
potential disruption of our ongoing business and distraction of management;
•
difficulty with integration of personnel and financial and other systems;
•
hiring additional management and other critical personnel; and
•
increasing the scope, geographic diversity and complexity of our operations.
In addition, we may encounter unforeseen obstacles or costs in the integration of acquired businesses. For example, the presence of one or more material liabilities of an acquired company that are unknown to us at the time of acquisition may have a material adverse effect on our business. Our acquisition and joint venture strategy may not be received positively by customers, and we may not realize any anticipated benefits from acquisitions or joint ventures.
We may also opportunistically pursue dispositions of certain assets and businesses, which may involve material amounts of assets or lines of business, which could adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity. If any such dispositions were to occur, under the terms of the agreements governing our outstanding indebtedness, we may be required to apply the proceeds of the sale to repay such indebtedness.

29
Table of Contents

The pro forma and non-GAAP financial information included in this Form 10-K is presented for informational purposes only and may not be an indication of our financial condition or results of operations in the future.
The unaudited pro forma combined financial information included in this Form 10-K is presented for informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of what our actual financial condition or results of operations would have been had the Business Combination been completed on the date indicated. The assumptions used in preparing the pro forma financial information may not prove to be accurate and other factors may affect our financial condition or results of operations. Accordingly, our financial condition and results of operations in the future may not be consistent with, or evident from, such pro forma financial information. The non-GAAP financial information included in this Form 10-K includes information that we use to evaluate our past performance, but you should not consider such information in isolation or as an alternative to measures of our performance determined under GAAP.
Our joint ventures may not operate according to their business plans if our partners fail to fulfill their obligations or differences in views among our partners results in delayed decisions or failures to agree on major issues, which may adversely affect our results of operations and force us to dedicate additional resources to these joint ventures.
We currently participate in a number of joint ventures and may enter into additional joint ventures in the future. The nature of a joint venture requires us to share control with unaffiliated third parties and we sometimes have joint and several liability with our joint venture partners. If our joint venture partners do not fulfill their obligations, or if differences in views among the joint venture participants results in delayed decisions or failures to agree on major issues, the affected joint venture may not be able to operate according to its business plan. For example, our Zeolyst Joint Venture is structured as a general partnership in which we are equal partners with CRI Zeolites Inc. Accordingly, we do not control the Zeolyst Joint Venture and cannot unilaterally undertake strategies, plans, goals and operations or determine when cash distributions will be made to us. Furthermore, we are liable on a joint and several basis with CRI Zeolites Inc. for all of the partnership’s liabilities if it does not have sufficient assets to satisfy such liabilities. Such factors may adversely affect our results of operation and force us to dedicate additional and unexpected resources to our joint ventures.
Our failure to protect our intellectual property rights could adversely affect our future performance and growth.
Protection of our proprietary processes, methods, compounds and other technologies is important to our business. We depend upon our ability to develop and protect our intellectual property rights to distinguish our products from those of our competitors. Failure to protect our existing intellectual property rights may allow our competitors to copy our products and may result in the loss of valuable proprietary technologies or other intellectual property. Failure to protect our innovations and trademarks by securing intellectual property rights could also result in our having to pay other companies for infringing on their intellectual property rights. We rely on a combination of patent, trade secret, trademark and copyright law as well as regulatory and judicial enforcement to protect such technologies and trademarks. In addition, the laws of many foreign countries do not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. As of December 31, 2018, we owned 52 patented inventions in the United States, with approximately 309 patents issued in countries around the world and approximately 120 patent applications pending worldwide covering more than 20 additional inventions. Some of these patents are licensed to others. In addition, we have acquired certain rights under patents and inventions of others through licenses. Should any of these licenses granted to us by third parties terminate prior to the expiration of the licensed intellectual property, we would need to cease using the licensed intellectual property, and either develop or license alternative technologies. In such a case, there can be no assurance that alternative technologies exist or that we would be able to obtain such a license on favorable terms.
Competitors and third parties may infringe on our patents or violate our intellectual property rights. Defending and enforcing our intellectual property rights can involve litigation and can be expensive and time consuming. Such proceedings could put our patents at risk of being invalidated and confidential information may be disclosed through the discovery process; these costs and diversion of resources could harm our business.
We cannot provide any assurances that any of our pending applications will mature into issued patents, or that any patents that have issued or may issue in the future do or will include claims with a scope sufficient to provide any competitive advantage. Patents involve complex legal and factual questions and, therefore, the issuance, scope, validity and enforceability of any patent claims we have or may obtain cannot be predicted with certainty. Patents may be challenged, deemed unenforceable, invalidated or circumvented. Patents may be challenged in the courts, as well as in various administrative proceedings before the United States Patent and Trademark Office or foreign patent offices. We are currently and may in the future be a party to various adversarial patent office proceedings involving our patents or the patents of third parties. Such challenges can result in some or all of the claims of the challenged patent being invalidated, deemed unenforceable,

30
Table of Contents

or interpreted narrowly which, in the case of challenges to our own patents, may be adverse to our interests. Accordingly, the issuance of patents is not conclusive of the validity, scope, or enforceability of such patents. Moreover, even if valid and enforceable, competitors may be able to design around our patents or use pre-existing technologies to compete with us.
We also rely upon unpatented proprietary know-how, continuing technological innovation and other trade secrets to develop and maintain our competitive position, which may not provide us with complete protection against competitors. Misappropriation or unauthorized disclosure of our proprietary know-how could harm our competitive position or have an adverse effect on our business. While it is our policy to enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees and third parties to protect our intellectual property rights and we strive to maintain the physical security of our properties and the security of our IT systems, there can be no assurances that:
•
our confidentiality agreements will not be breached;
•
our security measures will not be breached;
•
such agreements will provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets or proprietary know-how; or
•
adequate remedies will be available in the event of an unauthorized use or disclosure of such trade secrets and know-how.
In addition, there can be no assurances that others will not obtain knowledge of these trade secrets through independent development or other access by legal means.
Measures taken by us to protect these assets and rights may not provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets or proprietary manufacturing expertise and adequate remedies may not be available in the event of an unauthorized use or disclosure of our trade secrets or manufacturing expertise. In addition, as noted above, our patents and other intellectual property rights may be challenged, invalidated, circumvented or rendered unenforceable.
Furthermore, we cannot provide assurance that any pending patent or trademark application filed by us will result in an issued patent or registered trademark or, if patents are issued to us, that those patents will provide meaningful protection against competitors or against competitive technologies. The failure of our patents or other measures to protect our processes, apparatuses, technology, trade secrets and proprietary manufacturing expertise, methods and compounds or trademarks and provide us with freedom to exclude competition could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. See “Business-Intellectual Property.”
Our products may infringe the intellectual property rights of others, which may cause us to incur unexpected costs or prevent us from selling our products.
Our industry is characterized by vigilant pursuit of intellectual property rights, particularly with respect to our silica catalysts and zeolite catalysts product groups. Like us, our competitors rely on intellectual property rights to maintain profitability and competitiveness. As the number of products and competitors has increased, the likelihood of intellectual property disputes has risen. Although it is our policy and intention not to infringe valid patents of which we are aware, our processes, apparatuses, technology, proprietary manufacturing expertise, methods, compounds and products may infringe on issued patents or infringe or misappropriate other intellectual property rights of others. Accordingly, we continually monitor third-party intellectual property to confirm our freedom to operate. Nevertheless, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of our business, including claims of alleged infringement of the patents or trademarks or infringement or misappropriation of other intellectual property rights of third parties by us or our licensees in connection with their use of our products. Intellectual property litigation is expensive and time-consuming, regardless of the merits of any claim, and could divert the attention of our management and technical personnel away from operating our business. If we were to discover that our processes, apparatuses, technology, products or trademarks infringe the valid intellectual property rights of others, we might need to obtain licenses from these parties or substantially reengineer or rebrand our products in order to avoid infringement. We may not be able to obtain the necessary licenses on acceptable terms, or at all, or be able to reengineer our products successfully or at an acceptable cost. Moreover, if we are sued for infringement and lose the suit, we could be required to pay substantial damages and/or be enjoined from using or selling the infringing products or technology or using the infringing trademark. Additionally or alternatively, we may seek to challenge third-party patents in administrative proceedings before the United States patent office or one or more foreign patent offices. Any of the foregoing could cause us to incur significant costs and prevent us from selling our products, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Even if we ultimately prevail, the existence of lawsuits could prompt our customers to switch to alternative products. In addition, we have agreed,

31
Table of Contents

and will continue to agree, to indemnify certain customers for certain intellectual property infringement claims related to intellectual property relating to our products and the manufacture thereof. Should there be infringement claims against our licensees, we could be required to indemnify them for losses resulting from such claims or to refund amounts they have paid to us.
Losses and damages in connection with information technology risks could adversely affect our operations.
Our operations materially depend on the reliable performance of a complex, worldwide and highly available information technology infrastructure with integrated processes. The networks and data centers we use are subject to damage by material events such as major disruptions to public infrastructure, including power outages, cyber or terrorist attacks, viruses, malware, physical or electronic break-ins and fires. Despite various disaster recovery plans, there can be no assurance that our systems are appropriately redundant even though we control the operations at the back-up facility we use. Accordingly, such an event could cause material disruptions in our operations.
The broad use of information technology systems has increased the risk of unauthorized access to confidential data, such as customer information, strategic projects, product formulas and other trade secrets, and the risk of destruction or manipulation of material data by employees or third parties. Release of third party confidential information could materially harm our reputation, affect our relationships with such parties and expose us to liability. Although we have introduced many security measures, including firewalls and information technology security policies, these measures may not offer the appropriate level of security. A security breach or other compromise of our information security safeguards could expose our confidential information, including third party confidential information in our possession (such as customer information) to theft and misuse, which could in turn adversely affect our relationships with such third parties and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
We depend on good relations with our workforce, and any significant disruptions could adversely affect our operations.
As of December 31, 2018, we had 3,188 employees globally, approximately 50% of which were represented by a union, works council or other employee representative body. As of December 31, 2018, approximately 70% of our U.S. unionized employees were covered under collective bargaining agreements that will expire on or before December 31, 2019. Failure to reach agreement with any of our unionized work groups regarding the terms of their collective bargaining agreements or annual pay increases may result in a labor strike, work stoppage or slowdown. In addition, a large number of our employees are employed in countries in which employment laws provide greater bargaining or other rights to employees than the laws of the United States. Such employment rights require us to work collaboratively with the legal representatives of the employees to effect any changes to labor arrangements. For example, many of our employees in Europe are represented by works councils that must approve any changes in conditions of employment, including salaries, benefits and staff changes, and may impede efforts to restructure our workforce. Although we believe that we have a good working relationship with our employees, a strike, work stoppage or slowdown by our employees or a dispute with our employees could result in a significant disruption to our operations or higher ongoing labor costs. In addition, our ability to make adjustments to control compensation and benefit costs, or otherwise adapt to changing business needs, may be limited by the terms and duration of our collective bargaining agreements.
We are subject to certain risks related to litigation filed by or against us, as well as administrative and regulatory proceedings, and adverse results may harm our business.
We cannot predict with certainty the cost of defense, the cost of prosecution or the ultimate outcome of litigation and other administrative and regulatory proceedings filed by or against us, including remedies or damage awards, and adverse results in any litigation or other administrative and regulatory proceedings may materially harm our business. Litigation and other administrative and regulatory proceedings may include, but are not limited to, actions relating to intellectual property, commercial arrangements, environmental, health and safety matters, joint venture agreements, labor and employment matters, domestic and foreign antitrust matters or other harms resulting from the actions of individuals or entities outside of our control. In the case of intellectual property litigation and proceedings, adverse outcomes could include the cancellation, invalidation or other loss of material intellectual property rights used in our business and injunctions prohibiting our use of our processes, apparatuses, technology, trade secrets and proprietary manufacturing expertise, methods and compounds that are subject to third-party patents or other third-party intellectual property rights. Litigation based on environmental matters or exposure to hazardous substances in the workplace or from our products could result in significant liability for us. For example, we are currently subject to various asbestos premises liability claims that relate to employee

32
Table of Contents

or contractor exposure to asbestos contained in certain building materials at our sites. Furthermore, our international operations expose us to potential administrative and regulatory proceedings in foreign jurisdictions. Antitrust authorities in Brazil have publicly announced that they are investigating alleged cartel activities by Brazilian silicate manufacturers, including our Brazilian subsidiary (“PQ Brazil”). The authorities allege that the activities occurred over an approximately 10-year period beginning in the late 1990s, which is prior to the time we owned PQ Brazil. PQ Brazil is fully cooperating with the authorities. Adverse outcomes in any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business.
The terms of our indebtedness restrict our current and future operations, particularly our ability to respond to change or to take certain actions.
The indentures governing our outstanding indebtedness contain a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and may limit our ability to engage in acts that may be in our long-term best interest, including restrictions on our ability to incur additional indebtedness, make investments, acquisitions, loans and advances, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of our assets or incur liens. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources—Debt.” In addition, the restrictive covenants in the agreements governing our senior secured credit facilities require us to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy other financial condition tests. Our ability to meet these financial ratios and tests can be affected by events beyond our control.
A breach of such covenants could result in an event of default unless we obtain a waiver to avoid such default. If we are unable to obtain a waiver, such a default may allow our creditors to accelerate the related debt and may result in the acceleration of, or default under, any other debt to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies. In the event our lenders or noteholders accelerate the repayment of our borrowings, we and our subsidiaries may not have sufficient assets to repay that indebtedness.
We may be adversely affected by changes in LIBOR reporting practices or the method in which LIBOR is determined.
LIBOR, the London interbank offered rate, is the basic rate of interest used in lending between banks on the London interbank market and is widely used as a reference for setting the interest rate on loans globally. Our senior secured term loan facility and asset-based revolving credit facility use LIBOR as a reference rate such that the interest due to our creditors under those facilities is calculated using LIBOR. As of December 31, 2018, we had outstanding approximately $1,157.5 million of debt that was indexed to LIBOR.
On July 27, 2017, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, announced that it intends to phase out LIBOR by the end of 2021. It is unclear if LIBOR will cease to exist at that time or if new methods of calculating LIBOR will be established such that it continues to exist after 2021. The U.S. Federal Reserve, in conjunction with the Alternative Reference Rates Committee, a steering committee comprised of large U.S. financial institutions, is considering replacing U.S. dollar LIBOR with a new index calculated by short-term repurchase agreements, backed by Treasury securities. The future of LIBOR at this time is uncertain and any changes in the methods by which LIBOR is determined or regulatory activity related to LIBOR’s phaseout could cause LIBOR to perform differently than in the past or cease to exist. If LIBOR ceases to exist, we may need to renegotiate our credit agreements that utilize LIBOR as a factor in determining the interest rate to replace LIBOR with the new standard that is established.
Because our operations are conducted through our subsidiaries and joint ventures, we are dependent on the receipt of distributions and dividends or other payments from our subsidiaries and joint ventures for cash to fund our operations and expenses, including to make future dividend payments, if any.
Our operations are conducted through our subsidiaries and joint ventures. As a result, our ability to make future dividend payments, if any, is dependent on the earnings of our subsidiaries and joint ventures and the payment of those earnings to us in the form of dividends, loans or advances and through repayment of loans or advances from us. Payments to us by our subsidiaries and joint ventures will be contingent upon our subsidiaries’ or joint ventures’ earnings and other business considerations and may be subject to statutory or contractual restrictions. We do not currently expect to declare or pay dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future; however, to the extent that we determine in the future to pay dividends on our common stock, the agreements governing our outstanding indebtedness significantly restrict the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or otherwise transfer assets to us.

33
Table of Contents

We may need to recognize impairment charges related to goodwill, identified intangible assets and fixed assets.
We are required to test goodwill and any other intangible asset with an indefinite life for possible impairment on the same date each year and on an interim basis if there are indicators of a possible impairment. We are also required to evaluate indefinite-lived intangible assets and fixed assets for impairment if there are indicators of a possible impairment.
There is significant judgment required in the analysis of a potential impairment of goodwill, identified intangible assets and fixed assets. If, as a result of a general economic slowdown or deterioration in one or more of the industries in which we operate or in our financial performance or future outlook, or if the estimated fair value of our long-lived assets decreases, we may determine that one or more of our long-lived assets is impaired. An impairment charge would be determined based on the estimated fair value of the assets and any such impairment charge could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position.
Our ability to utilize our net operating losses is uncertain.
As of December 31, 2018, we had $284.2 million of net operating losses for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Our ability to utilize these net operating losses to offset future income tax liabilities depends on our future financial performance and our future taxable income. In addition, $144.4 million of these net operating losses are currently subject to limitation under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), potentially impacting our ability to realize the benefits of these net operating losses.
Generally, if an ownership change occurs within three years of the closing date of the most recent change in control transaction, any existing net operating losses and certain built-in losses would be subject to an additional limitation pursuant to Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”). Change in control as defined by Section 382 occurs when there is an ownership change among stockholders owning directly or indirectly 5% or more of our common stock and that results in an aggregate ownership change with respect to such stockholders of more than 50% of our common stock.
We have analyzed our transactional history and determined that the most recent change in control occurred in December of 2014. The Business Combination that occurred in May of 2016 did not result in a change in control as defined by Section 382, and as such, did not further limit the net operating losses available to us.
Our management believes that it is more likely than not that we will realize the entire $144.4 million of net operating losses subject to limitation in future years. The remaining $139.9 million relates to periods after the most recent change in control and would not be subject to Section 382 limitations.
On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“TCJA”) was signed into law. The TCJA mandated significant changes to U.S. corporate taxation. Notable legislative changes include a reduction of the corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%, new additional limitations on the tax deductibility of interest, extensive changes to the regime governing the taxation of foreign earnings, immediate deductions for certain investments instead of deductions for depreciation expense over time, as well as modification or repeal of certain business deductions and credits. We are continuing to evaluate the overall impact of the TCJA, particularly as additional guidance is released by the U.S. Treasury and various tax jurisdictions. Any changes in tax laws or regulations could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.
We have unfunded and underfunded pension plan liabilities. We will require current and future operating cash flow to fund these shortfalls. We have no assurance that we will generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy these obligations.
We maintain defined benefit pension plans covering employees who meet age and service requirements. While some of our plans have been frozen, our net pension liability and cost is materially affected by the discount rate used to measure pension obligations, the longevity and actuarial profile of our workforce, the level of plan assets available to fund those obligations and the actual and expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. Significant changes in investment performance or a change in the portfolio mix of invested assets can result in corresponding increases and decreases in the valuation of plan assets, particularly equity securities, or in a change in the expected rate of return on plan assets. Assets available to fund the pension and other postemployment benefit obligations of our plans as of December 31, 2018 were approximately $287.5 million, or approximately $86.6 million less than the measured pension benefit obligation on a GAAP basis. In addition, any changes in the discount rate could result in a significant increase or decrease in the valuation of pension obligations, affecting the reported funded status of our pension plans as well as the net periodic pension cost in the following years. Similarly, changes in the expected return on plan assets can result in significant changes in the net periodic pension cost in the following years.

34
Table of Contents

We also contribute to two multi-employer pension plans on behalf of certain of our employees in the United States pursuant to union agreements that generally provide defined benefits to employees covered by collective bargaining agreements. A total of approximately 18 employees currently participate in such multi-employer pension plans. Funding requirements for benefit obligations of multi-employer pension plans are subject to certain regulatory requirements and we may be required to make cash contributions to one of these plans to satisfy certain underfunded benefit obligations. Absent an applicable exemption, a contributor to a U.S. multi-employer plan is liable upon its withdrawal from, or the termination of, a plan for its proportionate share of the plan’s underfunding, if any.
We also provide certain health care and life insurance benefits to certain of our employees and their dependents in the United States upon the retirement of such employee from us pursuant to union agreements. Costs of these other post-employment benefit plans are dependent upon numerous factors, assumptions and estimates.
Risks Related to our Common Stock
CCMP and INEOS continue to have significant influence over us, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including a change of control.
As of December 31, 2018, investment funds affiliated with CCMP beneficially owned approximately 45.7% of our outstanding common stock and INEOS beneficially owned approximately 22.3% of our outstanding common stock. For as long as affiliates of CCMP and INEOS continue to beneficially own a substantial percentage of the voting power of our outstanding common stock, they will continue to have significant influence over us. For example, they will be able to strongly influence or effectively control the election of all of the members of our board of directors and our business and affairs, including any determinations with respect to mergers or other business combinations, the acquisition or disposition of assets, the incurrence of additional indebtedness, the issuance of any additional shares of common stock or other equity securities, the repurchase or redemption of shares of our common stock and the payment of dividends.
Additionally, CCMP and INEOS are in the business of making investments in companies and may acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. CCMP and INEOS may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us.
Our stock price could be extremely volatile and, as a result, you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the price you paid for them.
Since launching our IPO in September 2017, the price of our common stock, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange, has ranged from a low of $12.88 on March 2, 2018 to a high of $18.69 on July 10, 2018. In addition, the stock market in general has been highly volatile. As a result, the market price of our common stock is likely to be similarly volatile, and investors in our common stock may experience a decrease, which could be substantial, in the value of their stock, including decreases unrelated to our operating performance or prospects, and could lose part or all of their investment. The price of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to a number of factors, including those described elsewhere herein and others such as:
•
variations in our operating performance and the performance of our competitors;
•
actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly or annual operating results;
•
publication of research reports by securities analysts about us, our competitors or our industry;
•
our failure or the failure of our competitors to meet analysts’ projections or guidance that we or our competitors may give to the market;
•
additions or departures of key personnel;
•
strategic decisions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions, divestitures, spin-offs, joint ventures, strategic investments or changes in business strategy;
•
the passage of legislation or other regulatory developments affecting us or our industry;
•
 
•
changes in legislation, regulation and government policy as a result of the U.S. presidential and congressional elections;

35
Table of Contents

•
speculation in the press or investment community;
•
changes in accounting principles;
•
terrorist acts, acts of war or periods of widespread civil unrest;
•
natural disasters and other calamities; and
•
changes in general market and economic conditions.
In addition, broad market and industry factors may negatively affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance, and factors beyond our control may cause our stock price to decline rapidly and unexpectedly. We are exposed to the impact of any global or domestic economic disruption, including any potential impact of the vote by the United Kingdom to exit the European Union, commonly referred to as “Brexit.”
In the past, securities class action litigation has often been initiated against companies following periods of volatility in their stock price. This type of litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources, and could also require us to make substantial payments to satisfy judgments or to settle litigation.
If we fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting and effective disclosure controls and procedures, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results in a timely manner or prevent fraud, which may adversely affect investor confidence in our company.
We are required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which requires management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports, and we are required to disclose significant changes made in our internal controls and procedures on a quarterly basis. In addition, we are required to make our first annual assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018. This assessment includes disclosure of any material weakness identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting.
If we identify a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to remediate the material weakness identified in a timely manner or maintain all of the controls necessary to remain in compliance with our reporting obligations. For example, we experienced a material weakness as a private company related to our control environment following the Business Combination, which was the result of the fact that Eco Services had insufficient resources and financial expertise to effectively carry out the accounting functions for its business. This material weakness was remediated as of March 31, 2017 and we have no newly identified material weaknesses as of December 31, 2018. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an unqualified opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in future periods, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the New York Stock Exchange, on which our securities are listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.
Your percentage ownership in us may be diluted by future issuances of capital stock, which could reduce your influence over matters on which stockholders vote.
Our board of directors has the authority, without action or vote of our stockholders, to issue all or any part of our authorized but unissued shares of common stock, including shares issuable upon exercise of options, or shares of our authorized but unissued preferred stock. Issuances of common stock or voting preferred stock would reduce your influence over matters on which our stockholders vote and, in the case of issuances of preferred stock, would likely result in your interest in us being subject to the prior rights of holders of that preferred stock.
There may be sales of a substantial amount of our common stock by our current stockholders, and these sales could cause the price of our common stock to fall.
As of December 31, 2018, there were 135,592,045 shares of our common stock outstanding. Approximately 45.7% and 22.3% of our outstanding common stock is held by affiliates of CCMP and by INEOS, respectively.
Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales will occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and make it difficult for us to raise funds through securities offerings in the future.

36
Table of Contents

Investment funds affiliated with CCMP may require us to register shares of our common stock held by them for resale under the federal securities laws, subject to reduction upon the request of the underwriter of the offering, if any. Registration of those shares would allow the investment funds affiliated with CCMP to immediately resell their shares in the public market. Any such sales or anticipation thereof could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.
In addition, we have registered shares of our common stock that are reserved for issuance under our 2016 Stock Incentive Plan and 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan.
Provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law may deter takeover efforts that may be beneficial to stockholder value.
In addition to investment funds affiliated with CCMP’s and INEOS’s beneficial ownership of a substantial percentage of our common stock, provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law could make it harder for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so might be beneficial to our stockholders. These provisions include a classified board of directors and the ability of our board of directors to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval that could be used to dilute a potential hostile acquiror. Our certificate of incorporation imposes some restrictions on mergers and other business combinations between us and any holder of 15% or more of our outstanding common stock other than INEOS and investment funds affiliated with CCMP. As a result, you may lose your ability to sell your stock for a price in excess of the prevailing market price due to these protective measures, and efforts by stockholders to change the direction or management of the company may be unsuccessful.
Our certificate of incorporation designates courts in the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.
Our certificate of incorporation provides that, subject to limited exceptions, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the sole and exclusive forum for:
•
any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf;
•
any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders;
•
any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws;
•
any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; or
•
 
•
any other action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine (each, a “Covered Proceeding”).
In addition, our certificate of incorporation provides that if any action the subject matter of which is a Covered Proceeding is filed in a court other than the specified Delaware courts without the approval of our board of directors (each, a “Foreign Action”), the claiming party will be deemed to have consented to (i) the personal jurisdiction of the specified Delaware courts in connection with any action brought in any such courts to enforce the exclusive forum provision described above and (ii) having service of process made upon such claiming party in any such enforcement action by service upon such claiming party’s counsel in the Foreign Action as agent for such claiming party.
Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to these provisions. These provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find these provisions of our certificate of incorporation inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition.
Our certificate of incorporation contains a provision renouncing our interest and expectancy in certain corporate opportunities, which could adversely impact our business.
Each of CCMP and INEOS, and the members of our board of directors who are affiliated with CCMP and INEOS, by the terms of our certificate of incorporation, are not required to offer us any corporate opportunity of which they become

37
Table of Contents

aware and can take any such corporate opportunity for themselves or offer it to other companies in which they have an investment. We, by the terms of our certificate of incorporation, expressly renounce any interest or expectancy in any such corporate opportunity to the extent permitted under applicable law, even if the opportunity is one that we or our subsidiaries might reasonably have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so. Our certificate of incorporation may not be amended to eliminate our renunciation of any such corporate opportunity arising prior to the date of any such amendment.
CCMP and INEOS are in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. These potential conflicts of interest could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects if CCMP or INEOS allocate attractive corporate opportunities to themselves or their affiliates instead of to us.
Regulations related to conflict minerals could adversely impact our business.
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 contains provisions to improve transparency and accountability concerning the supply of certain minerals, known as conflict minerals, originating from the Democratic Republic of Congo (the “DRC”) and adjoining countries. The SEC requires annual disclosure and reporting requirements for those companies who use conflict minerals mined from the DRC and adjoining countries in their products. There will be costs associated with complying with these disclosure requirements, including for diligence to determine the sources of conflict minerals used in our products and other potential changes to products, processes or sources of supply as a consequence of such verification activities. These rules could adversely affect the sourcing, supply and pricing of materials used in our products. As there may be only a limited number of suppliers offering “conflict free” conflict minerals, we cannot be sure that we will be able to obtain necessary conflict minerals from such suppliers in sufficient quantities or at competitive prices.
Because we have no current plans to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.
We may retain future earnings, if any, for future operations, expansion and debt repayment and have no current plans to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends may be limited by covenants of any existing and future outstanding indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur, including our credit facilities and outstanding notes. See “-Because our operations are conducted through our subsidiaries and joint ventures, we are dependent on the receipt of distributions and dividends or other payments from our subsidiaries and joint ventures for cash to fund our operations and expenses, including to make future dividend payments, if any.” As a result, you may not receive any return on an investment in our common stock unless you sell your common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

38
Table of Contents

ITEM 1B.
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.
None.
ITEM 2.
PROPERTIES.
Our operating headquarters are located in Malvern, Pennsylvania. As of December 31, 2018, we had 71 manufacturing facilities in 19 countries on six continents. We also had 14 administrative facilities and six research and development facilities located in 13 countries. Our joint ventures operated out of seven facilities located in six countries, including six manufacturing facilities. We also own or lease other properties, including office buildings, warehouses, testing facilities and sales offices.
The table below presents summary information regarding our principal facilities as of December 31, 2018.
Location
 
Approximate
Square Feet
 
Owned or 
leased
 
PM&C
 
EC&S
 
Principal Use or Key End Uses Served
Administrative facilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amersfoort, Netherlands
 
4,176

 
Leased
 
X
 
 
 
Administrative
Lenexa, Kansas, United States
 
14,489

 
Leased
 
X
 
X
 
Administrative
Malvern, Pennsylvania, United States
 
33,000

 
Leased
 
X
 
X
 
Administrative
Research and development facilities:
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Toronto, Canada
 
1,300

 
Leased
 
X
 
 
 
Research and Development
St. Pourcain-sur-Sioule, France
 
30,916

 
Owned
 
X
 
 
 
Research and Development; Highway Safety & Construction
Eijsden, Netherlands
 
4,306

 
Owned
 
X
 
 
 
Research and Development
Warrington, United Kingdom
 
14,155

 
Owned
 
X
 
X
 
Research and Development
Conshohocken, Pennsylvania, United States
 
74,968

 
Owned
 
X
 
X
 
Research and Development
Barcelona, Spain
 
20,548

 
Leased
 
X
 
 
 
Research and Development, Highway Safety & Construction
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Manufacturing facilities:
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Melbourne-Dandenong, Australia
 
59,599

 
Owned
 
X
 
 
 
Highway Safety & Construction and Consumer Products
Jacana, Brazil
 
43,753

 
Owned
 
X
 
 
 
Consumer Products and Industrial & Process Chemicals
Rio Claro, Brazil
 
193,750

 
Owned
 
X
 
X
 

Toronto, Canada
 
75,471

 
Owned
 
X
 
 
 
Highway Safety & Construction and Industrial & Process Chemicals
Lamotte, France
 
130,567

 
Leased
 
X
 
 
 
Industrial & Process Chemicals
Wurzen, Germany
 
124,915

 
Owned
 
X
 
 
 
Industrial & Process Chemicals and Natural Resources
Pasuruan, Indonesia
 
68,489

 
Owned
 
X
 
X
 
Consumer Products and Packaging & Engineered Plastics
Guadalajara, Mexico
 
105,866

 
Owned
 
X
 
 
 
Industrial & Process Chemicals
Tlalnepantla, Mexico
 
136,209

 
Owned
 
X
 
 
 
Industrial & Process Chemicals and Consumer Products
Eijsden, Netherlands
 
165,850

 
Owned/Leased(1)
 
X
 
 
 
Consumer Products and Industrial & Process Chemicals
Maastricht, Netherlands
 
70,073

 
Leased
 
X
 
 
 
Consumer Products and Industrial & Process Chemicals
Winschoten, Netherlands
 
134,548

 
Leased
 
X
 
 
 
Packaging & Engineered Plastics and Industrial & Process Chemicals
Delfzijl, Netherlands
 
38,373

 
Leased(2)
 
 
 
X
 
Fuels and Emission Controls
Bangkok, Thailand
 
12,056

 
Owned
 
X
 
 
 
Highway Safety & Construction
Warrington, United Kingdom
 
371,063

 
Owned
 
X
 
X
 
Consumer Products, Packaging & Engineered Plastics and Highway & Safety Construction
Augusta, Georgia, United States (Plant 500)
 
121,502

 
Leased
 
X
 
 
 
Highway Safety & Construction
Baton Rouge, Louisiana, United States
 
13,503,600

 
Owned
 
 
 
X
 
Fuels & Emission Controls
Baytown, Texas, United States
 
348,480

 
Owned
 
 
 
X
 
Fuels & Emission Controls

39
Table of Contents

Brownwood, Texas, United States
 
107,900

 
Owned
 
X
 
 
 
Highway Safety & Construction and Packaging & Engineered Plastics
Chester, Pennsylvania, United States
 
172,707

 
Owned
 
X
 
 
 
Industrial & Process Chemicals and Packaging & Engineered Plastics
Dominguez, California, United States
 
1,437,480

 
Owned
 
 
 
X
 
Fuels & Emission Controls
Gurnee, Illinois, United States
 
96,000

 
Owned
 
X
 
 
 
Industrial & Process Chemicals
Joliet, Illinois, United States
 
168,657

 
Owned
 
X
 
 
 
Highway Safety & Construction and Consumer Products
Hammond, Indiana, United States
 
1,132,560

 
Owned
 
 
 
X
 
Fuels & Emission Controls
Houston, Texas, United States
 
2,003,760

 
Owned
 
 
 
X
 
Fuels & Emission Controls
Kansas City, Kansas, United States
 
220,679

 
Owned(3)
 
 
 
X
 
Fuels & Emission Controls and Packaging & Engineered Plastics
Martinez, California, United States
 
5,096,520

 
Owned
 
 
 
X
 
Fuels & Emission Controls
Muscatine, Iowa, United States
 
105,072

 
Owned
 
X
 
 
 
Highway Safety & Construction
Rahway, New Jersey, United States
 
124,035

 
Owned
 
X
 
 
 
Consumer Products and Industrial & Process Chemicals
Paris, Texas, United States
 
147,158

 
Owned
 
X
 
 
 
Highway Safety & Construction
Portland, Oregon, United States
 
1,176,120

 
Owned
 
 
 
X
 
Fuels & Emission Controls
Potsdam, New York, United States
 
88,798

 
Owned
 
X
 
 
 
Highway Safety & Construction
St. Louis, Missouri, United States
 
44,034

 
Owned
 
X
 
 
 
Production for Consumer Products and Highway & Safety Construction
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) 
Approximately 89,911 square feet is owned and approximately 75,939 square feet is leased.
(2) 
The facility is used by our Zeolyst Joint Venture under a ground lease that we entered into with a third party.
(3) 
We lease a portion of the site to our Zeolyst Joint Venture.
ITEM 3.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.
From time to time we may be subject to various legal claims and proceedings incidental to the normal conduct of business, relating to such matters as personal injury, product liability and warranty claims, waste disposal practices, release of chemicals into the environment and other matters that may arise in the ordinary course of our business. We currently believe that there is no litigation pending that is likely to have a material adverse effect on our business. Regardless of the outcome, legal proceedings can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.
ITEM 4.
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.
Not applicable.

40
Table of Contents

PART II
ITEM 5.
MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.
Market Information, Holders and Dividends
Our common stock began trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “PQG” on September 29, 2017. As of February 25, 2019, there were 111 shareholders of record of our common stock. A substantially greater number of holders of our common stock hold their shares in “street name” through banks, brokers and other financial institutions.
We have not and do not currently intend to pay regular dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. The declaration and payment of any future dividends by our Board of Directors is subject to compliance with the covenants contained in the agreements governing our credit facilities, the indentures governing our outstanding notes, applicable law and other considerations. See Note 16 to our consolidated financial statements included in this Form 10-K for details regarding covenant restrictions on the payment of dividends under our debt agreements.
Stock Performance Graph
The graph below shows the cumulative total shareholder return of our common stock for the period from September 29, 2017 to December 31, 2018 as compared to the cumulative total return of the Russell 2000 Total Return Index and the S&P 1500 Specialty Chemicals Index, assuming an investment of $100 made at the respective closing prices on September 29, 2017. The information contained in the graph below is furnished and therefore not to be considered “filed” with the SEC, and is not incorporated by reference into any document that incorporates this Form 10-K by reference.

cumulativetotalreturna04.jpg
 
9/29/2017
 
12/31/2017
 
12/31/2018
PQG
$
100

 
$
95

 
$
86

Russell 2000
100

 
103

 
92

SP 1500 Spec Chem
100

 
106

 
99


41
Table of Contents

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Tax Withholdings
The following table contains information about shares of common stock delivered to the Company by employees to satisfy withholding tax obligations of the employees in connection with the vesting of restricted stock awards and restricted stock units during the fourth quarter of 2018.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maximum Number
(or Dollar Value) of
Shares of Common Stock
that May Yet Be
Purchased Under the
Plans or Programs
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Number of
Shares of Common Stock
Purchased as Part of
Publicly Announced
Plan or Programs
 
 
 
Total Number of
Shares of Common
Stock Purchased
 
Average Price
Paid per Share of
Common Stock
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
October 2018
 
116,740

 
$
17.68

 
N/A
 
N/A
November 2018
 
—

 
$
—

 
N/A
 
N/A
December 2018
 
6,376

 
$
13.80

 
N/A
 
N/A
Total
 
123,116

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


42
Table of Contents

ITEM 6.
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.
Selected financial data for the Company is presented in the following table and should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in Item 7 and our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included in this Form 10-K. Selected financial data has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for future periods.
Legacy Eco operated as a business unit of Solvay until the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Solvay’s Eco Services business unit by Eco Services on December 1, 2014, and therefore, the financial statements of legacy Eco contained in this Form 10-K for periods prior to such acquisition are not necessarily indicative of what legacy Eco’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows would have been had legacy Eco operated as a separate, standalone entity independent of Solvay. Accordingly, references to “Predecessor” include the period from January 1, 2014 to November 30, 2014. For 2014, the results include 11 months of legacy Eco operating activity (January 1, 2014 to November 30, 2014) and include amounts that have been “carved out” from Solvay’s financial statements using assumptions and allocations made by Solvay to reflect Solvay’s Eco Services business unit on a stand-alone basis. References to “Successor” refer to the period from inception of Eco Services (July 30, 2014) to December 31, 2014, but only include one month of legacy Eco operating activity (December 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014), because there was no operating activity for the period from inception (July 30, 2014) to November 30, 2014, and reflects legacy Eco on a stand-alone basis.
In addition to the analysis of historical results of operations, we have prepared unaudited supplemental pro forma results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. The unaudited pro forma statements of operations reflect pro forma adjustments to the results of PQ Group Holdings to give effect to the Business Combination and the related financing transactions as if they had occurred on January 1, 2015. The unaudited pro forma adjustments include:
•
elimination of intercompany sales between legacy PQ and legacy Eco;
•
adjustments to depreciation expense related to the step-up in fair value of property, plant and equipment;
•
adjustments to amortization expense related to the step-up in fair value of definite-lived intangible assets;
•
removal of non-recurring adjustments related to the step-up in the fair value of inventory;
•
adjustments to stock compensation expense to reflect charges as they relate to our new capital structure;
•
adjustments related to the amortization of the step-up in fair value of property, plant, equipment and definite-lived intangible assets related to our Zeolyst Joint Venture;
•
adjustments to interest expense related to the senior secured term loan facility;
•
adjustments related to the write-off of existing deferred financing fees, original issue discounts and prepayment penalties; and
•
the tax effect of the aforementioned adjustments, including the effect related to the change in tax status of Eco Services from a limited liability company to a C-corporation.
The unaudited pro forma statements of operations have been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X by combining the historical results of operations of legacy Eco and legacy PQ for the periods prior to May 4, 2016 and should be read in conjunction with our historical consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
The unaudited pro forma statements of operations have been prepared for illustrative purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of the combined results of operations that would have been realized had the pro forma transactions been completed as of the dates indicated, nor are they meant to be indicative of any anticipated future results of operations. The unaudited pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and assumptions we believe are factually supportable, directly attributable to the Business Combination and the related financing transactions, and with respect to the statement of operations, expected to have a continuing impact on our business, and that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. In addition, the unaudited pro forma statements of operations do not include any pro forma adjustments to reflect expected cost savings or restructuring actions which may be achievable or the impact of any non-recurring activity and transaction-related costs.
We believe that the unaudited pro forma statements of operations are a useful presentation of our results of operations as they provide comparative information, period-over-period, on a more comparable basis.

43
Table of Contents

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Successor
 
 
Predecessor
 
 
Historical
 
Pro Forma
 
Period from
inception
(July 30, 2014) to
December 31, 2014
 
 
Period
from
January 1, 2014 to
November 30, 2014
 
 
Year ended
December 31,
 
Year ended
December 31,
 
 
 
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
2016
 
2015
 
 
 
(In thousands, except per share data)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating Results:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales
 
$
1,608,154

 
$
1,472,101

 
$
1,064,177

 
$
388,875

 
$
1,403,041

 
$
1,413,201

 
$
35,539

 
 
$
361,823

Net (loss) income
 
59,621

 
58,563

 
(79,158
)
 
11,427

 
(57,707
)
 
(25,171
)
 
(22,061
)
 
 
30,545

Net (loss) income attributable to PQ Group Holdings Inc.
 
$
58,300

 
$
57,603

 
$
(79,746
)
 
$
11,427

 
$
(58,932
)
 
$
(26,942
)
 
$
(22,061
)
 
 
$
30,545

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) per share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic income (loss) per share
 
$
0.44

 
$
0.52

 
$
(1.02
)
 
$
0.51

 
$
—

 
$
—

 
$
(0.99
)
 
 
$
—

Diluted income (loss) per share
 
$
0.43

 
$
0.52

 
$
(1.02
)
 
$
0.51

 
$
—

 
$
—

 
$
(0.99
)
 
 
$
—

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
133,380,567

 
111,299,670

 
78,016,005

 
22,615,787

 
—

 
—

 
22,390,231

 
 
—

Diluted
 
134,684,931

 
111,669,037

 
78,016,005

 
22,615,787

 
—

 
—

 
22,390,231

 
 
—


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Successor
 
 
Predecessor
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Period
from
inception
(July 30, 2014) to
December 31, 2014
 
 
Period
from
January 1, 2014 to
November 30, 2014
 
 
Year ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
 
 
(In thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Position and Other Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
57,854

 
$
66,195

 
$
70,742

 
$
25,155

 
$
22,627

 
 
$
—

Property, plant and equipment, net
 
1,208,979

 
1,230,384

 
1,181,388

 
481,073

 
472,156

 
 
—

Total assets
 
4,327,425

 
4,415,455

 
4,259,671

 
1,007,636

 
1,025,094

 
 
—

Total debt, including current portion
 
2,113,957

 
2,230,486

 
2,562,198

 
673,101

 
675,254

 
 
—

Total stockholders' equity
 
1,664,145

 
1,631,919

 
1,027,944

 
235,293

 
217,824

 
 
—

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash provided by (used in):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating activities
 
$
248,644

 
$
165,173

 
$
122,708

 
$
44,715

 
$
(2,057
)
 
 
$
57,593

Investing activities
 
(119,290
)
 
(195,982
)
 
(1,915,763
)
 
(38,725
)
 
(888,347
)
 
 
(32,852
)
Financing activities
 
(137,225
)
 
19,833

 
1,858,445

 
(3,462
)
 
913,031

 
 
(24,741
)


44
Table of Contents

ITEM 7.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.
Overview
We are a global provider of specialty catalysts, materials, chemicals, and services with leading supply positions across our portfolio. We compete in the global specialty chemicals and materials industry where we seek to focus on attractive, high-growth applications. Our products and services provide critical performance to our customers’ products and we are able to offer many of our customers regionally sourced materials to reduce costs and improve delivery logistics. We provide our customers with a combination of product technology and applications knowledge, global supply chain capabilities, and local production and logistical support.
We conduct operations through two reporting segments: (1) Environmental Catalysts and Services, and (2) Performance Materials and Chemicals. Our Environmental Catalysts and Services business consists of three product groups: silica catalysts, zeolite catalysts, and refining services. Our Environmental Catalysts and Services business is a leading global innovator and producer of catalysts for the refinery, emissions control, and petrochemical industries and is also a leading provider of catalyst recycling services to the North American refining industry. We believe our products are critical for our customers in these growing applications and impart essential functionality in chemical and refining production processes and in emission control for engines. Our Performance Materials and Chemicals business consists of two product groups: performance chemicals and performance materials. Our Performance Materials and Chemicals business is a silicates and specialty materials producer with leading supply positions for the majority of our products sold in North America, Europe, South America, Australia and Asia, except China, serving diverse and growing end uses such as personal and industrial cleaning products, highway beads, fuel efficient tires (“green tires”), surface coatings, and food and beverage. Our products are essential additives, ingredients, and precursors that are critical to the performance characteristics of our customers’ products, yet typically represent only a small portion of our customers’ overall end-product costs. In 2018, we served over 4,000 customers globally across many end uses and, as of December 31, 2018, operated out of 71 manufacturing facilities, which are strategically located across six continents.
On February 21, 2019, we announced that we will change the structure of our internal organization to create four independent businesses in order to promote increased visibility to business unit performance, optimize the Company’s product portfolio and create efficiencies. The reorganization, which will be effective as of March 1, 2019, will lead to the recognition of four reportable segments as follows:
•Catalyst (including the Zeolyst Joint Venture)
•Performance Chemicals
•Performance Materials
•Refining Services
Beginning with the quarter ending March 31, 2019, the segment results and disclosures will reflect the new segment structure for all periods presented.
Basis of Presentation
In accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”), legacy Eco was the accounting acquirer in the Business Combination and, as such, legacy Eco is treated as our predecessor. Investment funds affiliated with CCMP held a controlling interest in legacy Eco and a non-controlling interest in legacy PQ prior to the Business Combination.
The following table summarizes, for each of the periods specified below and for which financial information is included for PQ Group Holdings in this Form 10-K, the portion, if any, of the financial results of legacy PQ and legacy Eco that is included in the financial results for such periods presented in accordance with GAAP.

45
Table of Contents

 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Operations of legacy Eco
 
Included
 
Included
 
Included
Operations of legacy PQ
 
Included
 
Included
 
Partially included (May 4 to December 31)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our zeolite catalysts product group operates through our Zeolyst Joint Venture, which we account for as an equity method investment in accordance with GAAP. We do not record sales by our Zeolyst Joint Venture as revenue and such sales are not consolidated within our results of operations. However, Adjusted EBITDA reflects our share of the earnings of our Zeolyst Joint Venture that have been recorded as equity in net income from affiliated companies in our consolidated statements of operations and includes Zeolyst Joint Venture adjustments on a proportionate basis based on our 50% ownership interest.
Key Performance Indicators
Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income
Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income are financial measures that are not prepared in accordance with GAAP and that we use to evaluate our operating performance, for business planning purposes and to measure our performance relative to that of our competitors. Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income are presented as key performance indicators as we believe these financial measures will enhance a prospective investor’s understanding of our results of operations and financial condition. EBITDA consists of net income (loss) attributable to PQ Group Holdings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA consists of EBITDA adjusted for (i) non-operating income or expense, (ii) the impact of certain non-cash, nonrecurring or other items included in net income (loss) and EBITDA that we do not consider indicative of our ongoing operating performance, and (iii) depreciation, amortization and interest of our 50% share of our Zeolyst Joint Venture. Adjusted net income consists of net income (loss) attributable to PQ Group Holdings adjusted for (i) non-operating income or expense and (ii) the impact of certain non-cash, nonrecurring or other items included in net income (loss) that we do not consider indicative of our ongoing operating performance. We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures provide investors with useful financial metrics to assess our operating performance from period-to-period by excluding certain items that we believe are not representative of our core business.
You should not consider adjusted EBITDA or adjusted net income in isolation or as alternatives to the presentation of our financial results in accordance with GAAP. The presentation of our adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income financial measures may differ from similar measures reported by other companies and may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures. In evaluating adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income, you should be aware that we are likely to incur expenses similar to those eliminated in this presentation in the future and that certain of these items could be considered recurring in nature. Our presentation of adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or nonrecurring items. Reconciliations of adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income to GAAP net income (loss) are included in the results of operations discussion that follows for each of the respective periods.
Key Factors and Trends Affecting Operating Results and Financial Condition
Sales
Our Environmental Catalysts and Services sales have grown primarily due to expansion into new end applications, including emission control catalysts, polymer catalysts, and refining catalysts, as well as continued supply share gains. Sales in our Environmental Catalysts and Services segment are made on both a purchase order basis and pursuant to long-term contracts.
Historically, our Performance Materials and Chemicals business has experienced relatively stable demand both seasonally and throughout economic cycles, due to the diverse consumer and industrial end uses that our products serve. Expansions into new applications, including personal care and consumer cleaning, as well as share gains in existing end

46
Table of Contents

uses, have added to our sales growth. Product sales from our performance chemicals product group are made on both a purchase order basis and pursuant to long-term contracts. In the performance materials product group, sales have been driven by the growth of spending on repair, maintenance and upgrade of existing highways and the construction of new highways and roads by governments around the world. Product sales in our performance materials product group are made principally on a purchase order basis. There may be modest fluctuations in timing of orders, but orders are mainly driven by demand and general economic conditions.
Cost of Goods Sold
Cost of goods sold consists of variable product costs, fixed manufacturing expenses, depreciation expense and freight expenses. Variable product costs include all raw materials, energy and packaging costs that are directly related to the manufacturing process. Fixed manufacturing expenses include all plant employment costs, manufacturing overhead and periodic maintenance costs. The primary raw materials for our Environmental Catalysts and Services business include spent sulfuric acid, sulfur, sodium silicates, acids, bases, and certain metals. Most of our refining services contracts feature take-or-pay volume protection and/or quarterly price adjustments for commodity inputs, labor, the Chemical Engineering Index (U.S. chemical plant construction cost index) and natural gas. Spent acid for our refining services product group is supplied by customers for a nominal charge as part of their contracts. Over 80% of our refining services product group sales for the year ended December 31, 2018 were under contracts featuring quarterly price adjustments. The price adjustments generally reflect actual costs for producing acid and tend to protect us from volatility in labor, fixed costs and raw material pricing.
The primary raw materials used in the manufacture of products in our Performance Materials and Chemicals business include soda ash, industrial sand, aluminum trihydrate, sodium hydroxide (also known as “caustic soda”), and cullet. For the year ended December 31, 2018, approximately 40% of our North American silicate sales, which is a significant portion of our performance chemicals product group sales, were derived from contracts that included raw material pass-through clauses. Under these contracts, there generally is a time lag of three to nine months for price changes to pass through, depending on the magnitude of the change in cost and other market dynamics. Freight expenses are generally passed through directly to customers.
While natural gas is not a direct feedstock for any product, all businesses use natural gas powered furnaces to heat raw materials and create the chemical reactions necessary to produce end-products. We maintain multiple suppliers wherever possible, hedge exposure to fluctuations in prices for natural gas purchases in the United States, make forward purchases of natural gas in the United States, Canada, and Europe to mitigate our exposure to price volatility, and structure our customer contracts when possible to allow for the pass-through of raw material and natural gas costs.
Joint Ventures
We account for our investments in our equity joint ventures under the equity method. Our largest joint venture, the Zeolyst Joint Venture, manufactures high performance, specialty, zeolite-based catalysts for use in the emission control industry, the petrochemical industry and other areas of the broader chemicals industry. We share proportionally in the management of our joint ventures with the other parties to each such joint venture.
Seasonality
Seasonal changes and weather conditions typically affect our performance materials and refining services product groups. In particular, our performance materials product group generally experiences lower sales and profit in the first and fourth quarters of the year because highway striping projects typically occur during warmer weather months. Additionally, our refining services product group typically experiences similar seasonal fluctuations as a result of higher demand for gasoline products in the summer months. As a result, our working capital requirements tend to be higher in the first and fourth quarters of the year, which can adversely affect our liquidity and cash flows. Because of this seasonality associated with certain of our product groups, results for any one quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be achieved for any other quarter or for the full year.
Foreign Currency
As a global business, we are subject to the impact of gains and losses on currency translations, which occur when the financial statements of foreign operations are translated into U.S. dollars. We operate a geographically diverse business with approximately 40% of our sales for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Because our consolidated financial results are reported in U.S. dollars, sales or earnings generated in currencies other

47
Table of Contents

than the U.S. dollar can result in a significant increase or decrease in the amount of those sales and earnings when translated to U.S. dollars. The foreign currencies to which we have the most significant exchange rate exposure include the Euro, British pound, Canadian dollar, Brazilian real and the Mexican peso.
Pro Forma Results of Operations
In addition to the analysis of historical results of operations, we have prepared unaudited supplemental pro forma results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2016. The unaudited pro forma statement of operations reflects pro forma adjustments to the results of PQ Group Holdings to give effect to the Business Combination and the related financing transactions as if they had occurred on January 1, 2015. The unaudited pro forma adjustments include:
•
elimination of intercompany sales between legacy PQ and legacy Eco;
•
adjustments to depreciation expense related to the step-up in fair value of property, plant and equipment;
•
adjustments to amortization expense related to the step-up in fair value of definite-lived intangible assets;
•
removal of non-recurring adjustments related to the step-up in the fair value of inventory;
•
adjustments to stock compensation expense to reflect charges as they relate to our new capital structure;
•
adjustments related to the amortization of the step-up in fair value of property, plant, equipment and definite-lived intangible assets related to our Zeolyst Joint Venture;
•
adjustments to interest expense related to the senior secured term loan facility;
•
adjustments related to the write-off of existing deferred financing fees, original issue discounts and prepayment penalties; and
•
the tax effect of the aforementioned adjustments, including the effect related to the change in tax status of Eco Services from a limited liability company to a C-corporation.
The unaudited pro forma statement of operations has been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X by combining the historical results of operations of legacy Eco and legacy PQ for the periods prior to May 4, 2016 and should be read in conjunction with our historical consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
The unaudited pro forma statement of operations has been prepared for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the combined results of operations that would have been realized had the pro forma transactions been completed as of the dates indicated, nor are they meant to be indicative of any anticipated future results of operations. The unaudited pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and assumptions we believe are factually supportable, directly attributable to the Business Combination and the related financing transactions, and with respect to the statement of operations, expected to have a continuing impact on our business, and that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. In addition, the unaudited pro forma statement of operations does not include any pro forma adjustments to reflect expected cost savings or restructuring actions which may be achievable or the impact of any nonrecurring activity and transaction-related costs.
We believe that the unaudited pro forma statement of operations is a useful presentation of our results of operations as it provides comparative information, period-over-period, on a more comparable basis.

48
Table of Contents

Results of Operations
Year Ended December 31, 2018 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2017
Highlights
The following is a summary of our financial performance for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared with the year ended December 31, 2017.
Sales
•
Sales increased $136.1 million to $1,608.2 million. The increase in sales was primarily due to increased volumes and higher average customer prices and favorable mix for the year ended December 31, 2018.
Gross Profit
•
Gross profit increased $4.9 million to $381.7 million. Our increase in gross profit was primarily due to higher pricing, increased volumes and the earnings contributed by the Sovitec acquisition, which were partially offset by higher manufacturing costs and the unfavorable impact on our product mix due to increased sales of lower-margin goods for the year ended December 31, 2018.
Operating Income
•
Operating income increased by $17.7 million to $183.6 million. Our increase in operating income was primarily due to an increase in gross profit, as noted above, and the favorable impact related to a long-term contract termination, which was partially offset by increased public-company costs for the year ended December 31, 2018.
Equity in Net Income of Affiliated Companies
•
Equity in net income of affiliated companies for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $37.6 million, compared with net income of $38.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The decrease was due to lower earnings of $3.4 million generated by our Zeolyst Joint Venture during the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2017 and $2.0 million of lower amortization on the fair value step-up of the underlying assets of our Zeolyst Joint Venture, which was a result of the Business Combination.

49
Table of Contents

The following is our consolidated statements of operations and a summary of financial results for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.
 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
Change
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
$
 
%
 
 
(in millions, except percentages)
Sales
 
$
1,608.2

 
$
1,472.1

 
$
136.1

 
9.2
 %
Cost of goods sold
 
1,226.5

 
1,095.3

 
131.2

 
12.0
 %
Gross profit
 
381.7

 
376.8

 
4.9

 
1.3
 %
Gross profit margin
 
23.7
%
 
25.6
%
 
 
 
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
 
168.6

 
146.7

 
21.9

 
14.9
 %
Other operating expense, net
 
29.5

 
64.2

 
(34.7
)
 
(54.0
)%
Operating income
 
183.6

 
165.9

 
17.7

 
10.7
 %
Operating income margin
 
11.4
%
 
11.3
%
 
 
 
 
Equity in net (income) from affiliated companies
 
(37.6
)
 
(38.8
)
 
1.2

 
(3.1
)%
Interest expense, net
 
113.7

 
179.0

 
(65.3
)
 
(36.5
)%
Debt extinguishment costs
 
7.8

 
61.9

 
(54.1
)
 
(87.4
)%
Other expense, net
 
11.1

 
24.4

 
(13.3
)
 
(54.5
)%
Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling interest
 
88.6

 
(60.6
)
 
149.2

 
(246.2
)%
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
 
29.0

 
(119.2
)
 
148.2

 
(124.3
)%
Effective tax rate
 
32.7
%
 
196.6
%
 
 
 
 
Net income
 
59.6

 
58.6

 
1.0

 
1.7
 %
Less: Net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest
 
1.3

 
1.0

 
0.3

 
30.0
 %
Net income attributable to PQ Group Holdings Inc.
 
$
58.3

 
$
57.6

 
$
0.7

 
1.2
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales
 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
Change
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
$
 
%
 
 
(in millions, except percentages)
Sales:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Silica Catalysts
 
$
72.1

 
$
75.3

 
$
(3.2
)
 
(4.2
)%
Refining Services
 
455.6

 
398.4

 
57.2

 
14.4
 %
Environmental Catalysts & Services
 
527.7

 
473.7

 
54.0

 
11.4
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance Chemicals
 
717.3

 
687.6

 
29.7

 
4.3
 %
Performance Materials
 
378.3

 
324.2

 
54.1

 
16.7
 %
Eliminations
 
(11.8
)
 
(10.0
)
 
(1.8
)
 
18.0
 %
Performance Materials & Chemicals
 
1,083.8

 
1,001.8

 
82.0

 
8.2
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Inter-segment sales eliminations
 
(3.3
)
 
(3.4
)
 
0.1

 
(2.9
)%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total sales
 
$
1,608.2

 
$
1,472.1

 
$
136.1

 
9.2
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

50
Table of Contents

Environmental Catalysts & Services: Sales in Environmental Catalysts and Services for the year ended December 31, 2018 were $527.7 million, an increase of $54.0 million, or 11.4%, compared to sales of $473.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase in sales was primarily due to higher average selling price and customer mix of $28.6 million and an increase in volumes of $25.5 million.
The higher average selling price and customer mix was driven by higher cost pass-through pricing in our virgin sulfuric acid product group and favorable customer pricing in our regeneration services product group. The increase in volumes was driven by higher customer demand within our virgin sulfuric acid, regeneration services and polyolefin catalysts product lines, which was partially offset by lower methyl methacrylate sales.
Performance Materials & Chemicals: Sales in Performance Materials and Chemicals for the year ended December 31, 2018 were $1,083.8 million, an increase of $82.0 million, or 8.2%, compared to sales of $1,001.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase in sales was primarily due to higher sales volumes of $49.2 million, higher average selling price and favorable customer mix of $31.3 million and the favorable effects of foreign currency translation of $1.5 million.
The integration of Sovitec into our existing European operations, growth in North American highway safety product sales and higher sodium silicate industrial demand more than offset a decline in consumer product sales. Higher average selling prices were principally a result of favorable cost pass-through pricing and price increases in certain product lines. The favorable effects of foreign currency were primarily driven by the weaker Euro and British Pound compared to the U.S. dollar, which were partially offset by a stronger Brazilian Real as compared to the U.S. dollar.
Gross Profit
Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $381.7 million, an increase of $4.9 million, or 1.3%, compared with $376.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase in gross profit was due to favorable customer pricing of $59.9 million, higher volumes of $36.7 million and favorable foreign currency translation of $1.1 million, which was offset by unfavorable manufacturing costs of $78.4 million, unfavorable product mix of $12.4 million and higher depreciation expense of $2.0 million.
Increased customer demand within our virgin sulfuric acid and regeneration services product groups, the integration of Sovitec into our existing European operations and higher sodium silicate industrial sales volumes more than offset a decline in sales related to the timing of customer orders in the methyl methacrylate market and slower sales in our consumer products group. The unfavorable change in manufacturing costs was driven by higher raw material costs, some of which are passed through in price, increased shipping and handling costs and the timing of plant maintenance costs incurred during the year ended December 31, 2018. The unfavorable change in manufacturing costs was partially offset by lower highway product group start-up costs, which were incurred during the year ended December 31, 2017. Unfavorable product mix was driven by increased volumes of lower-margin products.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2018 were $168.6 million, an increase of $21.9 million, or 14.9%, compared with $146.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was due to higher compensation related expenses due to an increase in employee headcount, higher stock compensation expense of $10.7 million related to awards issued in conjunction with our IPO and increased professional fees.
Other Operating Expense, Net
Other operating expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $29.5 million, a decrease of $34.7 million, or 54.0%, compared with $64.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The decrease in other operating expense, net was due to gains recognized in the year ended December 31, 2018 on the termination of a customer supply contract of $20.6 million and insurance recoveries totaling $6.5 million related to losses sustained as a result of Hurricane Harvey in August 2017 (of which $5.5 million was recorded in other operating expense, net), and higher expenses in the year ended December 31, 2017 related to severance and restructuring costs for a plant reduction in force, legal and professional fees related to our IPO, management advisory fees for agreements that terminated as a result of our IPO and transaction-related costs for our June 2017 acquisition of Sovitec. Partially offsetting the decrease in other operating expense, net was an increase in amortization expense related to the intangible assets identified as part of the Sovitec acquisition.

51
Table of Contents

Equity in Net Income of Affiliated Companies
Equity in net income of affiliated companies for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $37.6 million, a decrease of $1.2 million, compared with income of $38.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The decrease was primarily due to $42.9 million of earnings generated by our Zeolyst Joint Venture during the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to $46.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 which was a result of higher manufacturing costs, offset by increased sales of higher-margin products, and $2.0 million of lower amortization expense on the fair value step-up of the underlying assets of our Zeolyst Joint Venture, which was a result of the Business Combination.
Interest Expense, Net
Interest expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $113.7 million, a decrease of $65.3 million, as compared with $179.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The decrease in interest expense was due to lower average debt balances, mainly as a result of the repayment of outstanding debt with the proceeds from our IPO in October 2017, and reduction in interest rates related to our refinancing efforts completed during the year ended December 31, 2017 and first quarter of 2018.
Debt Extinguishment Costs
Debt extinguishment costs for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 were $7.8 million and $61.9 million, respectively.
During the year ended December 31, 2018, we prepaid $100.0 million of outstanding principal balance on the New Term Loan Facility (as defined below). In connection with this prepayment, we wrote off $0.6 million of previously unamortized deferred financing costs and original issue discount of $1.3 million as debt extinguishment costs.
On February 8, 2018 we refinanced our existing senior secured term loan facility with a new $1,267.0 million senior secured term loan facility to reduce the applicable interest rates. We recorded $2.1 million of new creditor and third-party financing fees as debt extinguishment costs. In addition, previously unamortized deferred financing costs of $1.4 million and original issue discount of $2.4 million associated with the existing senior secured term loan facility were written off as debt extinguishment costs.
On December 11, 2017, we completed the issuance of $300.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 5.75% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2025, which were used to repay the remaining outstanding balance on our Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2022 and 8.5% Senior Notes due 2022. In conjunction with the issuance of the senior unsecured notes, we paid $14.0 million in prepayment premiums and recorded $0.4 million of new creditor and third-party financing fees as debt extinguishment costs. In addition, previous unamortized deferred financing costs of $5.3 million and original issue discount of $1.2 million associated with the old debt were written off as debt extinguishment costs.
On October 3, 2017, we completed our IPO whereby we issued 29 million shares of our common stock at an offering price of $17.50 per share and used the proceeds to repay $446.2 million of our Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2022. In conjunction with the IPO, we paid $32.3 million in prepayment premiums and wrote off existing unamortized deferred financing costs of $0.7 million and original issue discount of $7.6 million as debt extinguishment costs.
On August 7, 2017, we repriced the existing U.S. dollar-denominated tranche and existing Euro-denominated tranche of our term loans to reduce the applicable interest rates. We recorded $0.2 million of new creditor and third-party financing fees as debt extinguishment costs. In addition, previous unamortized deferred financing costs of $0.1 million and original issue discount of $0.2 million associated with the old debt were written off as debt extinguishment costs.
Other Expense, Net
Other expense, net was $11.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, a favorable change of $13.3 million, compared with other expense, net of $24.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The change in other expense, net primarily consisted of $13.8 million of foreign currency losses for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to foreign currency losses of $25.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017.
Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes
The provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $29.0 million compared to a $119.2 million benefit for the year ended December 31, 2017. The effective income tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2018 was 32.7% compared to 196.6% for the year ended December 31, 2017. The difference between the U.S. federal statutory income

52
Table of Contents

tax rate and our effective income tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2018 was mainly due to the impact of the Global Intangible Low Taxed Income (“GILTI”) provisions of U.S. tax reform, the effect of permanent differences related to foreign currency exchange gain or loss, changes in valuation allowances, higher tax rates in foreign jurisdictions as compared to the U.S. statutory tax rate, foreign withholding taxes and state taxes.The difference between the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate and our effective income tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2017 was mainly due to the tax effects of U.S. tax reform which reduced the corporate tax rate, lower tax rates in foreign jurisdictions as compared to the U.S. federal tax rate, state taxes and foreign withholding taxes.
Net Income Attributable to PQ Group Holdings
For the foregoing reasons and after the effect of the non-controlling interest in earnings of subsidiaries for each period presented, net income attributable to PQ Group Holdings was $58.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to net income of $57.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017.
Adjusted EBITDA
Summarized Segment Adjusted EBITDA information is shown below in the following table:
 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
Change
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
$
 
%
 
 
(in millions, except percentages)
Segment Adjusted EBITDA(1):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Environmental Catalysts & Services(2)
 
$
257.6

 
$
243.6

 
$
14.0

 
5.7
%
Performance Materials & Chemicals
 
243.4

 
240.2

 
3.2

 
1.3
%
Total Segment Adjusted EBITDA(3)
 
501.0

 
483.8

 
17.2

 
3.6
%
Unallocated corporate expenses
 
(37.0
)
 
(30.5
)
 
(6.5
)
 
21.3
%
Adjusted EBITDA
 
$
464.0

 
$
453.3

 
$
10.7

 
2.4
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) 
We define Segment Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA adjusted for certain items as noted in the reconciliation below. Our management evaluates the performance of our segments and allocates resources based primarily on Segment Adjusted EBITDA. Segment Adjusted EBITDA does not represent cash flow for periods presented and should not be considered as an alternative to net income as an indicator of our operating performance or as an alternative to cash flows as a source of liquidity. Segment Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable with EBITDA or Adjusted EBITDA as defined by other companies.
(2) 
The Adjusted EBITDA from our Zeolyst Joint Venture included in the Environmental Catalysts and Services segment is $56.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, which includes $42.9 million of equity in net income, excluding $6.6 million of amortization of investment in affiliate step-up, plus $12.6 million of joint venture depreciation, amortization and interest. The Adjusted EBITDA from our Zeolyst Joint Venture included in the Environmental Catalysts and Services segment is $58.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, which includes $46.3 million of equity in net income, excluding $8.6 million of amortization of investment in affiliate step-up, plus $11.1 million of joint venture depreciation, amortization and interest.
(3) 
Our total Segment Adjusted EBITDA differs from our total consolidated Adjusted EBITDA due to unallocated corporate expenses.
Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $464.0 million, an increase of $10.7 million, or 2.4%, compared with $453.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017.
Environmental Catalysts & Services: Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $257.6 million, an increase of $14.0 million, or 5.7%, compared with $243.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017.

53
Table of Contents

The increase in Adjusted EBITDA was driven primarily by higher sales volumes within our virgin sulfuric acid and regeneration services product lines and insurance recoveries from Hurricane Harvey. The increase in Adjusted EBITDA was partially offset by lower chemical synthesis catalysts sales due to the timing of customer order patterns, increased fixed costs and plant maintenance costs incurred at our refining services facilities.
Performance Materials & Chemicals: Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $243.4 million, an increase of $3.2 million, or 1.3%, compared with $240.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017.
The increase in Adjusted EBITDA was due to higher contribution margins from sodium silicate and North American highway product group sales, the integration of Sovitec into our European operations and lower restructuring costs related to a plant shut-down in the prior year period, which was partially offset by higher fixed costs and labor-related costs.
A reconciliation of net income attributable to PQ Group Holdings to Segment Adjusted EBITDA is as follows:
 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
 
(in millions)
Reconciliation of net income attributable to PQ Group Holdings Inc. to Segment Adjusted EBITDA
 
 
 
 
Net income attributable to PQ Group Holdings Inc.
 
$
58.3

 
$
57.6

Provision (benefit) for income taxes
 
29.0

 
(119.2
)
Interest expense, net
 
113.7

 
179.0

Depreciation and amortization
 
185.2

 
177.1

EBITDA
 
386.2

 
294.5

Joint venture depreciation, amortization and interest(a)
 
12.6

 
11.1

Amortization of investment in affiliate step-up(b)
 
6.6

 
8.6

Amortization of inventory step-up(c)
 
1.6

 
0.9

Debt extinguishment costs
 
7.8

 
61.9

Net loss on asset disposals(d)
 
6.6

 
5.8

Foreign currency exchange loss(e)
 
13.8

 
25.8

LIFO expense(f)
 
8.4

 
3.7

Management advisory fees(g)
 
—

 
3.8

Transaction and other related costs(h)
 
0.9

 
7.4

Equity-based compensation
 
19.5

 
8.8

Restructuring, integration and business optimization expenses(i)
 
14.0

 
13.2

Defined benefit plan pension cost(j)
 
(0.8
)
 
2.9

Gain on contract termination(k)
 
(20.6
)
 
—

Other(l)
 
7.4

 
4.9

Adjusted EBITDA
 
464.0

 
453.3

Unallocated corporate expenses
 
37.0

 
30.5

Segment Adjusted EBITDA
 
$
501.0

 
$
483.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
(a) 
We use Adjusted EBITDA as a performance measure to evaluate our financial results. Because our Environmental Catalysts and Services segment includes our 50% interest in our Zeolyst Joint Venture, we include an adjustment for our 50% proportionate share of depreciation, amortization and interest expense of our Zeolyst Joint Venture.
(b) 
Represents the amortization of the fair value adjustments associated with the equity affiliate investment in our Zeolyst Joint Venture as a result of the Business Combination. We determined the fair value of the equity affiliate investment and the fair value step-up was then attributed to the underlying assets of our Zeolyst Joint Venture. Amortization is

54
Table of Contents

primarily related to the fair value adjustments associated with inventory, fixed assets and intangible assets, including customer relationships and technical know-how.
(c) 
As a result of the Sovitec acquisition and the Business Combination, there was a step-up in the fair value of inventory, which is amortized through cost of goods sold in the statement of operations.
(d) 
When asset disposals occur, we remove the impact of net gain/loss of the disposed asset because such impact primarily reflects the non-cash write-off of long-lived assets no longer in use.
(e) 
Reflects the exclusion of the negative or positive transaction gains and losses of foreign currency in the statement of operations primarily related to the Euro-denominated term loan (which was settled as part of the February 2018 term loan refinancing) and the non-permanent intercompany debt denominated in local currency translated to U.S. dollars.
(f) 
Represents non-cash adjustments to the Company’s LIFO reserves for certain inventories in the U.S. that are valued using the LIFO method, which we believe provides a means of comparison to other companies that may not use the same basis of accounting for inventories.
(g) 
Reflects consulting fees paid to CCMP and affiliates of INEOS for consulting services that include certain financial advisory and management services. These consulting agreements were terminated upon completion of our IPO on October 3, 2017.
(h) 
Relates to certain transaction costs related to our IPO and the Sovitec acquisition, which are described in further detail in our consolidated financial statements, as well as other costs related to several transactions that are completed, pending or abandoned and that we believe are not representative of our ongoing business operations.
(i) 
Includes the impact of restructuring, integration and business optimization expenses which are incremental costs that are not representative of our ongoing business operations.
(j) 
Represents adjustments for defined benefit pension plan costs in our statement of operations. More than two-thirds of our defined benefit pension plan obligations are under defined benefit pension plans that are frozen, and the remaining obligations primarily relate to plans operated in certain of our non-U.S. locations that, pursuant to jurisdictional requirements, cannot be frozen. As such, we do not view such expenses as core to our ongoing business operations.
(k) 
Represents a non-cash gain on the write-off of the remaining liability under a contractual supply arrangement. As part of the 2014 Acquisition, we recognized a liability as part of business combination accounting related to our obligation to serve a customer under a pre-existing unfavorable supply agreement. In December 2018, the customer who was party to the agreement closed its facility, and as a result, we were relieved from our obligation to continue to supply the customer on the below market contract. Because the fair value of the unfavorable contract liability was recognized as part of the application of business combination accounting, and since the write-off of the remaining liability was non-cash in nature, we believe this gain is a special item that is not representative of our ongoing business operations.
(l) 
Other costs consist of certain expenses that are not core to our ongoing business operations, including environmental remediation-related costs associated with the legacy operations of our business prior to the Business Combination, capital and franchise taxes, non-cash asset retirement obligation accretion and the initial implementation of procedures to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Included in this line-item are rounding discrepancies that may arise from rounding from dollars (in thousands) to dollars (in millions).
    

55
Table of Contents

Adjusted Net Income
Summarized adjusted net income information is shown below in the following table:
 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
 
(in millions)
Reconciliation of net income attributable to PQ Group Holdings Inc. to Adjusted Net Income (1)(2)
 
 
 
 
Net income attributable to PQ Group Holdings Inc.
 
$
58.3

 
$
57.6

Amortization of investment in affiliate step-up(b)
 
4.2

 
6.5

Amortization of inventory step-up(c)
 
1.0

 
0.6

Debt extinguishment costs
 
4.9

 
46.4

Net loss on asset disposals(d)
 
4.1

 
3.9

Foreign currency exchange loss(e)
 
8.2

 
16.1

LIFO expense(f)
 
5.3

 
2.8

Management advisory fees(g)
 
—

 
2.8

Transaction related costs(h)
 
0.6

 
5.6

Equity-based compensation
 
14.9

 
6.6

Restructuring, integration and business optimization expenses(i)
 
8.8

 
7.6

Defined benefit plan pension cost(j)
 
(0.5
)
 
2.0

Gain on contract termination(k)
 
(13.0
)
 
—

Other(l)
 
4.6

 
5.9

Adjusted Net Income, including non-cash GILTI tax and tax reform
 
101.4

 
164.4

Impact of non-cash GILTI tax(3)
 
21.2

 
—

Impact of tax reform(4)
 
(6.0
)
 
(106.5
)
Adjusted Net Income
 
$
116.6

 
$
57.9

 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)
We define adjusted net income as net income attributable to PQ Group Holdings adjusted for non-operating income or expense and the impact of certain non-cash or other items that are included in net income that we do not consider indicative of our ongoing operating performance. Adjusted net income is presented as a key performance indicator as we believe it will enhance a prospective investor’s understanding of our results of operations and financial condition. Adjusted net income may not be comparable with net income or adjusted net income as defined by other companies.
(2)
Refer to the Adjusted EBITDA notes above for more information with respect to each adjustment.
(3) 
Amount represents the impact to tax expense in net income before non-controlling interest and the related adjustments to net income associated with the GILTI provisions of the TCJA. Beginning January 1, 2018, GILTI results in taxation of “excess of foreign earnings,” which is defined as amounts greater than a 10% rate of return on applicable foreign tangible asset basis. The Company is required to record incremental tax provision impact with respect to GILTI as a result of having historical U.S. net operating loss (“NOL”) amounts to offset the GILTI taxable income inclusion. This NOL utilization precludes us from recognizing foreign tax credits (“FTCs”) which would otherwise help offset the tax impacts of GILTI. No FTCs will be recognized with respect to GILTI until our cumulative NOL balance has been exhausted. Because the GILTI provision does not impact our cash taxes (given available U.S. NOLs), and given that we expect to recognize FTCs to offset GILTI impacts once the NOLs are exhausted, we do not view this item as a component of core operations.
(4)  
Represents the adjustment for the impact of the TCJA and the rate change in the Netherlands related to the Dutch Tax Plan 2019 recorded in net income.
The adjustments to net income attributable to PQ Group Holdings Inc. are shown net of applicable statutory tax rates.

56
Table of Contents

Historical and Pro Forma—Year Ended December 31, 2017 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2016 (the Pro Forma Discussion Compares the Historical Year Ended December 31, 2017 to the Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2016)
Highlights
The following is a summary of our financial performance for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared with the year ended December 31, 2016.
Sales
•
Historical: Sales increased $407.9 million to $1,472.1 million. The increase in sales was primarily due to the inclusion of $1,073.8 million of legacy PQ sales in our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to $690.5 million of legacy PQ sales included in our results of operations for the period of May 4, 2016 through December 31, 2016.
•
Pro Forma: Sales increased $69.1 million to $1,472.1 million. The increase in sales was primarily due to the inclusion of $26.3 million of sales related to the Sovitec acquisition, increased volumes and higher average customer prices and favorable mix for the year ended December 31, 2017.
Gross Profit
•
Historical: Gross profit increased $122.7 million to $376.8 million. Our increase in gross profit was primarily due to the inclusion of $247.5 million of legacy PQ gross profit in our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to $142.6 million of legacy PQ gross profit included in our results of operations for the period of May 4, 2016 through December 31, 2016.
•
Pro Forma: Gross profit increased $10.9 million to $376.8 million. Our increase in gross profit was primarily due to higher pricing, increased volumes and the earnings contributed by the Sovitec acquisition, which was partially offset by increased depreciation and higher manufacturing costs for the year ended December 31, 2017.
Operating Income
•
Historical: Operating income increased by $84.4 million to $165.9 million. Our increase in operating income was primarily due to the inclusion of $71.0 million of legacy PQ operating income in our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the inclusion of $18.0 million of legacy PQ operating income in our results of operations for the period of May 4, 2016 through December 31, 2016.
•
Pro forma: Operating income increased by $22.7 million to $165.9 million. Our operating income increased due to the Sovitec acquisition, higher margins generated by favorable customer price increases and the result of cost reduction measures for the year ended December 31, 2017.
Equity in Net Income of Affiliated Companies
•
Historical: Equity in net income of affiliated companies for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $38.8 million, compared with a loss of $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase was due to an increase in earnings of $49.6 million generated by our Zeolyst Joint Venture during the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the the year ended December 31, 2016 and $27.7 million of lower amortization on the fair value step-up of the underlying assets of our Zeolyst Joint Venture, which was a result of the Business Combination.
•
Pro Forma: Equity in net income of affiliated companies for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $38.8 million, compared with income of $35.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase in earnings generated by our Zeolyst Joint Venture was due to higher sales for emission control and increased sales of aromatic catalysts.

57
Table of Contents

The following is our consolidated statements of operations and a summary of financial results, presented on a historical and pro forma basis, for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. The historical results of operations include legacy Eco for all periods presented and legacy PQ for the year ended December 31, 2017 and the period of May 4, 2016 through December 31, 2016. The unaudited pro forma results of operations reflect pro forma adjustments to the results of PQ Group Holdings to give effect to the Business Combination and the related financing transactions as if they had occurred on January 1, 2015.
 
 
Historical
 
Historical
 
Pro Forma
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
Change
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
Change
 
 
2017
 
2016
 
$
 
%
 
2017
 
2016
 
$
 
%
 
 
(in millions, except percentages)
Sales
 
$
1,472.1

 
$
1,064.2

 
$
407.9

 
38.3
 %
 
$
1,472.1

 
$
1,403.0

 
$
69.1

 
4.9
 %
Cost of goods sold
 
1,095.3

 
810.1

 
285.2

 
35.2
 %
 
1,095.3

 
1,037.1

 
58.2

 
5.6
 %
Gross profit
 
376.8

 
254.1

 
122.7

 
48.3
 %
 
376.8

 
365.9

 
10.9

 
3.0
 %
Gross profit margin
 
25.6
%
 
23.9
 %
 
 
 
 
 
25.6
%
 
26.1
%
 
 
 
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
 
146.7

 
110.3

 
36.4

 
33.0
 %
 
146.7

 
147.7

 
(1.0
)
 
(0.7
)%
Other operating expense, net
 
64.2

 
62.3

 
1.9

 
3.0
 %
 
64.2

 
75.0

 
(10.8
)
 
(14.4
)%
Operating income
 
165.9

 
81.5

 
84.4

 
103.6
 %
 
165.9

 
143.2

 
22.7

 
15.9
 %
Operating income margin
 
11.3
%
 
7.7
 %
 
 
 
 
 
11.3
%
 
10.2
%
 
 
 
 
Equity in net (income) loss from affiliated companies
 
(38.8
)
 
2.6

 
(41.4
)
 
(1,592.3
)%
 
(38.8
)
 
(35.2
)
 
(3.6
)
 
10.2
 %
Interest expense, net
 
179.0

 
140.3

 
38.7

 
27.6
 %
 
179.0

 
187.9

 
(8.9
)
 
(4.7
)%
Debt extinguishment costs
 
61.9

 
13.8

 
48.1

 
348.6
 %
 
61.9

 
1.8

 
60.1

 
3,338.9
 %
Other expense (income), net
 
24.4

 
(6.1
)
 
30.5

 
(500.0
)%
 
24.4

 
(11.5
)
 
35.9

 
(312.2
)%
Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling interest
 
(60.6
)
 
(69.1
)
 
8.5

 
(12.3
)%
 
(60.6
)
 
0.2

 
(68.0
)
 
(30,400.0
)%
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
 
(119.2
)
 
10.0

 
(129.2
)
 
(1,292.0
)%
 
(119.2
)
 
58.0

 
(177.2
)
 
(305.5
)%
Effective tax rate
 
196.6
%
 
(14.5
)%
 
 
 
 
 
196.6
%
 
22,295.0
%
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)
 
58.6

 
(79.1
)
 
137.7

 
(174.1
)%
 
58.6

 
(57.8
)
 
116.4

 
(201.4
)%
Less: Net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest
 
1.0

 
0.6

 
0.4

 
66.7
 %
 
1.0

 
1.2

 
(0.2
)
 
(16.7
)%
Net income (loss) attributable to PQ Group Holdings Inc.
 
$
57.6

 
$
(79.7
)
 
$
137.3

 
(172.3
)%
 
$
57.6

 
$
(59.0
)
 
$
116.6

 
(197.6
)%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 







58
Table of Contents

Sales
 
 
Historical
 
Historical
 
Pro Forma
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
Change
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
Change
 
 
2017
 
2016
 
$
 
%
 
2017
 
2016
 
$
 
%
 
 
(in millions, except percentages)
Sales:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Silica Catalysts
 
$
75.3

 
$
53.0

 
$
22.3

 
42.1
%
 
$
75.3

 
$
84.2

 
$
(8.9
)
 
(10.6
)%
Refining Services
 
398.4

 
373.7

 
24.7

 
6.6
%
 
398.4

 
373.7

 
24.7

 
6.6
 %
Environmental Catalysts & Services
 
473.7

 
426.7

 
47.0

 
11.0
%
 
473.7

 
457.9

 
15.8

 
3.5
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance Chemicals
 
687.6

 
437.5

 
250.1

 
57.2
%
 
687.6

 
663.9

 
23.7

 
3.6
 %
Performance Materials
 
324.2

 
206.5

 
117.7

 
57.0
%
 
324.2

 
291.3

 
32.9

 
11.3
 %
Eliminations
 
(10.0
)
 
(5.0
)
 
(5.0
)
 
100.0
%
 
(10.0
)
 
(8.0
)
 
(2.0
)
 
25.0
 %
Performance Materials & Chemicals
 
1,001.8

 
639.0

 
362.8

 
56.8
%
 
1,001.8

 
947.2

 
54.6

 
5.8
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Inter-segment sales eliminations
 
(3.4
)
 
(1.5
)
 
(1.9
)
 
126.7
%
 
(3.4
)
 
(2.1
)
 
(1.3
)
 
61.9
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total sales
 
$
1,472.1

 
$
1,064.2

 
$
407.9

 
38.3
%
 
$
1,472.1

 
$
1,403.0

 
$
69.1

 
4.9
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Historical Sales
Sales for the year ended December 31, 2017 were $1,472.1 million, an increase of $407.9 million, or 38.3%, compared to sales of $1,064.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase in sales within our Performance Materials and Chemicals segment was due to the inclusion of legacy PQ sales of $1,001.8 million in our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to legacy PQ sales of $639.0 million in our results of operations for the period of May 4, 2016 through December 31, 2016. The increase in sales within our Environmental Catalysts and Services segment was due to the inclusion of legacy PQ sales of $75.3 million in our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to $53.0 million of legacy PQ sales in our results of operations for the period of May 4, 2016 through December 31, 2016 and an increase of $24.7 million in our refining services product group. The increase in our refining services product group was primarily driven by increased higher average selling price of $20.8 million and increased volumes of $3.9 million. The increase in average selling price was driven by the higher realization from sulfuric acid regeneration contract renewals and the increase in volumes was due to an increased demand for virgin sulfuric acid.
Pro Forma Sales
Environmental Catalysts & Services: Sales in Environmental Catalysts and Services for the year ended December 31, 2017 were $473.7 million, an increase of $15.8 million, or 3.5%, compared to sales of $457.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase in sales was primarily due to higher average selling price and customer mix of $23.0 million, which was partially offset by lower volumes of $6.9 million.
The higher average selling price and customer mix was driven by the higher realization from sulfuric acid regeneration contract renewals partly offset by unfavorable virgin sulfuric acid pricing due to the mix of customers. The decrease in volumes was driven by lower chemical catalysts sales due to record methyl methacrylate sales volumes in the prior year and the impact of hurricane Harvey, which was partially offset by higher virgin sulfuric acid sales volumes due to the timing of our customer’s plant turnarounds.
Performance Materials & Chemicals: Sales in Performance Materials and Chemicals for the year ended December 31, 2017 were $1,001.8 million, an increase of $54.6 million, or 5.8%, compared to sales of $947.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase in sales was primarily due to the Sovitec acquisition, which contributed $26.3 million in sales, favorable volumes of $14.4 million, higher average selling price and favorable customer mix of $9.1 million and favorable effects of foreign currency translation of $4.8 million.

59
Table of Contents

The increase in volumes within Performance Materials and Chemicals was primarily driven by higher sodium silicate industrial demand and an increased silicas demand in the personal care industry, which was partially offset by lower North America highway sales as well as lower conductive sales volumes due to timing of product life cycles in the electronics industries. The higher average selling price was principally a result of favorable U.S. dollar denominated sales and U.S. dollar cost pass through pricing in certain foreign locations. The stronger Euro and Brazilian Real as compared to the U.S. dollar favorably impacted our sales which was partially offset by a stronger U.S. dollar compared to the British Pound.
Gross Profit
Historical: Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $376.8 million, an increase of $122.7 million, or 48.3%, compared with $254.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase in gross profit was due to $247.5 million attributable to the inclusion of legacy PQ gross profit in our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to legacy PQ gross profit of $142.6 million in our results of operations for the period of May 4, 2016 through December 31, 2016 and an increase of $17.8 million from our refining services product group. The increase in our refining services gross profit was due to favorable pricing of $20.8 million and higher volumes of $2.4 million, which was partially offset by higher manufacturing costs of $4.4 million.
The favorable pricing was due to higher realization from sulfuric acid regeneration contract renewals. The increase in volume was driven by higher virgin sulfuric acid shipments to the mining industry.
Pro Forma: Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $376.8 million, an increase of $10.9 million, or 3.0%, compared with $365.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase in gross profit was due to favorable pricing of $28.3 million, higher volumes of $13.7 million and $7.7 million related to the Sovitec acquisition, which was partially offset by higher manufacturing costs of $20.3 million, higher depreciation expense of $14.1 million and unfavorable product mix of $5.3 million.
The favorable average selling price was a result of higher realization from sulfuric acid regeneration customer contracts and the positive impact of U.S. dollar denominated sales and U.S. dollar pass through pricing in certain foreign locations, partially offset by unfavorable virgin sulfuric acid customer mix. The favorable increase in volumes was due to higher sodium silicate industrial demand, increased cullet demand in Europe and higher virgin sulfuric acid sales. Higher manufacturing costs were primarily driven by increased costs to support the start-up of the ThermoDrop® production facility for which the product offering was released for sale towards the end of the second quarter of 2017, higher raw material costs and higher production and labor inflation costs. The unfavorable product mix is due to the effect of higher methyl methacrylate sales volumes through the year ended December 31, 2017.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
Historical: Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2017 were $146.7 million, an increase of $36.4 million, or 33.0%, compared with $110.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was due to $125.9 million attributable to the inclusion of legacy PQ selling, general and administrative expenses in our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to legacy PQ selling, general and administrative expenses of $76.2 million in our results of operations for the period of May 4, 2016 through December 31, 2016. This was partly offset by $12.0 million of lower selling, general and administrative expenses as a result of cost reduction initiatives within our refining services group.
Pro Forma: Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2017 were $146.7 million, a decrease of $1.0 million, or 0.7%, compared with $147.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.
Other Operating Expense, Net
Historical: Other operating expense, net for the years ended December 31, 2017 was $64.2 million, an increase of $1.9 million, or 3.0%, compared with $62.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Included in other operating expense, net was $50.5 million attributable to the inclusion of legacy PQ other operating expense, net in our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to legacy PQ other operating expense, net of $48.4 million in our results of operations for the period of May 4, 2016 through December 31, 2016.
Pro Forma: Other operating expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $64.2 million, a decrease of $10.8 million, or 14.4%, compared with $75.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease in other operating expense, net was due to $5.5 million of lower restructuring and severance related costs, $6.9 million of asset impairment

60
Table of Contents

charges incurred during the year ended December 31, 2016 and $1.7 million of lower environmental remediation charges, which was offset by $6.0 million of transaction costs related to our IPO and Sovitec acquisition.
Equity in Net Income of Affiliated Companies
Historical: Equity in net income of affiliated companies for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $38.8 million, an increase of $41.4 million, compared with a loss of $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase was primarily due to $46.3 million of earnings generated by our Zeolyst Joint Venture during the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to $3.3 million for the period of May 4, 2016 through December 31, 2016 and $27.7 million of lower amortization expense on the fair value step-up of the underlying assets of our Zeolyst Joint Venture, which was a result of the Business Combination.
Pro Forma: Equity in net income of affiliated companies for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $38.8 million, an increase of $3.6 million, compared with income of $35.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase in earnings generated by our Zeolyst Joint Venture was due to higher sales for emission control and increased sales of aromatic catalysts.
Interest Expense, Net
Historical: Interest expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $179.0 million, an increase of $38.7 million, as compared with $140.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Interest expense increased primarily due to higher third-party interest expense under our debt structure compared to the legacy Eco debt structure on a stand alone basis.
Pro Forma: Interest expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $179.0 million, a decrease of $8.9 million, as compared with $187.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease in interest expense is a result of the repayment of high-interest rate debt as well as a reduction in interest rates due to repricing our existing debt structure.
Debt Extinguishment Costs
Historical: Debt extinguishment costs for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 were $61.9 million and $13.8 million, respectively.
On December 11, 2017, we completed the issuance of $300.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 5.75% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2025, which were used to repay the remaining outstanding balance on our Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2022 and 8.5% Senior Notes due 2022. In conjunction with the issuance of the senior unsecured notes, we paid $14.0 million in prepayment premiums and recorded $0.4 million of new creditor and third-party financing fees as debt extinguishment costs. In addition, previous unamortized deferred financing costs of $5.3 million and original issue discount of $1.2 million associated with the old debt were written off as debt extinguishment costs.
On October 3, 2017, we completed our IPO whereby we issued 29 million shares of our common stock at an offering price of $17.50 per share and used the proceeds to repay $446.2 million of our Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2022. In conjunction with the IPO, we paid $32.3 million in prepayment premiums and wrote off existing unamortized deferred financing costs of $0.7 million and original issue discount of $7.6 million as debt extinguishment costs.
On August 7, 2017, we repriced the existing U.S. dollar-denominated tranche and existing Euro-denominated tranche of our term loans to reduce the applicable interest rates. We recorded $0.2 million of new creditor and third-party financing fees as debt extinguishment costs. In addition, previous unamortized deferred financing costs of $0.1 million and original issue discount of $0.2 million associated with the old debt were written off as debt extinguishment costs.
On November 14, 2016, we repriced our existing senior secured term loan facility. We recorded $0.5 million of new creditor and third-party financing costs fees as debt extinguishment costs. In addition, previously unamortized deferred financing costs of $0.6 million and original issue discount of $0.8 million associated with the previously outstanding debt were written off as debt extinguishment costs.
On May 4, 2016, and concurrently with the consummation of the Business Combination, we refinanced our existing credit facilities. We recorded $4.7 million of new creditor and third-party financing fees as debt extinguishment costs. In addition, previous unamortized deferred financing costs of $6.3 million and original issue discount of $1.0 million associated with the old debt were written off as debt extinguishment costs.

61
Table of Contents

Pro Forma: On November 14, 2016, we repriced our existing senior secured term loan facility. The company recorded $0.5 million of new creditor and third-party financing costs fees as debt extinguishment costs. In addition, previously unamortized deferred financing costs of $0.6 million and original issue discount of $0.8 million associated with the previously outstanding debt were written off as debt extinguishment costs.
Other (Income) Expense, Net
Historical: Other expense, net was $24.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, an unfavorable change of $30.5 million, compared with other income, net of $6.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The change in other expense, net primarily consisted of $25.8 million of foreign currency losses for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to foreign currency gains of $3.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.
Pro Forma: Other expense, net was $24.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, an unfavorable change of $35.9 million, compared with other income, net of $11.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The change in other expense, net primarily consisted of $25.8 million of foreign currency losses for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to foreign currency gains of $8.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.
(Benefit) Provision for Income Taxes
Historical: The benefit for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $119.2 million compared to a $10.0 million provision for the year ended December 31, 2016. The effective income tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2017 was 196.6% compared to (14.5)% for the year ended December 31, 2016. The difference between the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate and our effective income tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2017 was mainly due to the tax effect of U.S. tax reform that reduced the corporate tax rate, lower tax rates in foreign jurisdictions as compared to the U.S. federal tax rate, state taxes and foreign withholding taxes. The difference between the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate and our effective income tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2016 was mainly due to the tax effect of our foreign currency exchange loss recognized as a discrete item for the purposes of calculating the effective tax rate as well as the tax effect of repatriating foreign earnings back to the U.S. as dividends, partially offset by lower tax rates in foreign jurisdictions as compared to the U.S. federal tax rate, foreign withholding taxes, state taxes, non-deductible transaction costs, and change in tax status of legacy Eco. Prior to the Business Combination on May 4, 2016, legacy Eco was a single member limited liability company and taxed as a partnership for federal and state income tax purposes. As such, all income tax liabilities and/or benefits of legacy Eco were passed through to its members. Because legacy Eco was taxed as a partnership, it did not record deferred taxes on the basis difference on its financial statements. Following the Business Combination on May 4, 2016, legacy Eco had a change in tax status and is now taxed as a C-Corporation subject to federal and state corporate level income taxes at prevailing corporate rates. Minimal taxes were recorded on the book losses incurred by legacy Eco during the periods preceding the Business Combination included in the year ended December 31, 2016, causing the fluctuation to the Company’s effective income tax rate in comparison to the taxes recorded for the year ended December 31, 2016.
Pro Forma: The benefit for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $119.2 million compared to a $58.0 million provision for the year ended December 31, 2016. The effective income tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2017 was 196.6% compared to 22,295.0% for the year ended December 31, 2016. The difference between the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate and our effective income tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2017 was mainly due to the tax effect of U.S. tax reform—reducing the corporate tax rate, lower tax rates in foreign jurisdictions as compared to the U.S. federal tax rate, state taxes and foreign withholding taxes. The difference between the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate and our effective income tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2016 was mainly due to the tax effect of our foreign currency exchange loss recognized as a discrete item for the purposes of calculating the effective tax rate as well as the tax effect of repatriating foreign earnings back to the U.S. as dividends, partially offset by lower tax rates in foreign jurisdictions as compared to the U.S. federal tax rate, foreign withholding taxes, state taxes, non-deductible transaction costs, and change in tax status of legacy Eco. Prior to the Business Combination on May 4, 2016, legacy Eco was a single member limited liability company and taxed as a partnership for federal and state income tax purposes. As such, all income tax liabilities and/or benefits of legacy Eco were passed through to its members. Because legacy Eco was taxed as a partnership, it did not record deferred taxes on the basis difference on its financial statements. Following the Business Combination on May 4, 2016, legacy Eco had a change in tax status and is now taxed as a C-Corporation subject to federal and state corporate level income taxes at prevailing corporate rates. Minimal taxes were recorded on the book losses incurred by legacy Eco during the periods preceding the Business Combination included in the year ended December 31, 2016,

62
Table of Contents

causing the fluctuation to the Company’s effective income tax rate in comparison to the taxes recorded for the year ended December 31, 2016.
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to PQ Group Holdings
Historical: For the foregoing reasons and after the effect of the non-controlling interest in earnings of subsidiaries for each period presented, net income attributable to PQ Group Holdings was $57.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to a net loss of $79.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.
Pro Forma: For the foregoing reasons and after the effect of the non-controlling interest in earnings of subsidiaries for each period presented, net income attributable to PQ Group Holdings was $57.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to a net loss of $59.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.
Historical and Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDA
Summarized historical and pro forma Segment Adjusted EBITDA information is shown below in the following table:
 
 
Historical
 
Pro Forma
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
Change
 
 
2017
 
2016
 
$
 
%
 
 
(in millions, except percentages)
Segment Adjusted EBITDA(1):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Environmental Catalysts & Services(2)
 
$
243.6

 
$
221.8

 
$
21.8

 
9.8
 %
Performance Materials & Chemicals
 
240.2

 
231.8

 
8.4

 
3.6
 %
Total Segment Adjusted EBITDA(3)
 
483.8

 
453.6

 
30.2

 
6.7
 %
Unallocated corporate expenses
 
(30.5
)
 
(32.8
)
 
2.3

 
(7.0
)%
Adjusted EBITDA
 
$
453.3

 
$
420.8

 
$
32.5

 
7.7
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) 
We define Segment Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA adjusted for certain items as noted in the reconciliation below. Our management evaluates the performance of our segments and allocates resources based primarily on Segment Adjusted EBITDA. Segment Adjusted EBITDA does not represent cash flow for periods presented and should not be considered as an alternative to net income as an indicator of our operating performance or as an alternative to cash flows as a source of liquidity. Segment Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable with EBITDA or Adjusted EBITDA as defined by other companies.
(2) 
The Adjusted EBITDA from the Zeolyst Joint Venture included in the Environmental Catalysts and Services segment is $58.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, which includes $46.3 million of equity in net income, excluding $8.6 million of amortization of investment in affiliate step-up plus $11.1 million of joint venture depreciation, amortization and interest. The pro forma Adjusted EBITDA from the Zeolyst Joint Venture included in the Environmental Catalysts and Services segment is $52.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, which includes $42.3 million of equity in net income, excluding $7.3 million of amortization of investment in affiliate step-up plus $10.3 million of joint venture depreciation, amortization and interest.
(3) 
Our total Segment Adjusted EBITDA differs from our total consolidated Adjusted EBITDA due to unallocated corporate expenses.
Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $453.3 million, an increase of $32.5 million, or 7.7%, compared with $420.8 million on a pro forma basis for the year ended December 31, 2016.
Environmental Catalysts & Services: Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $243.6 million, an increase of $21.8 million, or 9.8%, compared with $221.8 million on a pro forma basis for the year ended December 31, 2016.

63
Table of Contents

The increase in Adjusted EBITDA was driven primarily by higher pricing from renegotiated regeneration services contracts and increased earnings generated by our Zeolyst Joint Venture due to higher sales volumes of aromatic catalyst and catalyst sales for emission control.
Performance Materials & Chemicals: Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $240.2 million, an increase of $8.4 million, or 3.6%, compared with $231.8 million on a pro forma basis for the year ended December 31, 2016.
The increase in Adjusted EBITDA was due to stronger sodium silicate industrial demand and earnings from the Sovitec acquisition partly offset by start-up costs for the new ThermoDrop® production facility.
A reconciliation of net income and pro forma net loss attributable to PQ Group Holdings to Segment Adjusted EBITDA and pro forma Segment Adjusted EBITDA is as follows:
 
 
Historical
 
Pro Forma
 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
 
2017
 
2016
 
 
(in millions)
Reconciliation of net loss attributable to PQ Group Holdings Inc. to Segment Adjusted EBITDA
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) attributable to PQ Group Holdings Inc.
 
$
57.6

 
$
(59.0
)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
 
(119.2
)
 
58.0

Interest expense, net
 
179.0

 
187.9

Depreciation and amortization
 
177.1

 
165.8

EBITDA
 
294.5

 
352.7

Joint venture depreciation, amortization and interest(a)
 
11.1

 
10.3

Amortization of investment in affiliate step-up(b)
 
8.6

 
5.8

Amortization of inventory step-up(c)
 
0.9

 
4.9

Impairment of fixed assets, intangibles and goodwill
 
—

 
6.9

Debt extinguishment costs
 
61.9

 
1.8

Net loss on asset disposals(d)
 
5.8

 
4.8

Foreign currency exchange (gain) loss(e)
 
25.8

 
(9.0
)
LIFO expense(f)
 
3.7

 
1.3

Management advisory fees(g)
 
3.8

 
5.3

Transaction and other related costs(h)
 
7.4

 
2.6

Equity-based compensation
 
8.8

 
6.5

Restructuring, integration and business optimization expenses(i)
 
13.2

 
17.9

Defined benefit plan pension cost(j)
 
2.9

 
2.8

Other(k)
 
4.9

 
6.2

Adjusted EBITDA
 
453.3

 
420.8

Unallocated corporate expenses
 
30.5

 
32.8

Segment Adjusted EBITDA
 
$
483.8

 
$
453.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
(a) 
We use Adjusted EBITDA as a performance measure to evaluate our financial results. Because our Environmental Catalysts and Services segment includes our 50% interest in our Zeolyst Joint Venture, we include an adjustment for our 50% proportionate share of depreciation, amortization and interest expense of our Zeolyst Joint Venture.
(b) 
Represents the amortization of the fair value adjustments associated with the equity affiliate investment in our Zeolyst Joint Venture as a result of the Business Combination. We determined the fair value of the equity affiliate investment

64
Table of Contents

and the fair value step-up was then attributed to the underlying assets of our Zeolyst Joint Venture. Amortization is primarily related to the fair value adjustments associated with inventory, fixed assets and intangible assets, including customer relationships and technical know-how.
(c) 
As a result of the Business Combination, there was a step-up in the fair value of inventory at PQ Holdings, which is amortized through cost of goods sold in the statement of operations.
(d) 
When asset disposals occur, we remove the impact of net gain/loss of the disposed asset because such impact primarily reflects the non-cash write-off of long-lived assets no longer in use.
(e) 
Reflects the exclusion of the negative or positive transaction gains and losses of foreign currency in the statement of operations primarily related to the Euro-denominated term loan (which was settled as part of the February 2018 term loan refinancing) and the non-permanent intercompany debt denominated in local currency translated to U.S. dollars.
(f) 
Represents non-cash adjustments to the Company’s LIFO reserves for certain inventories in the U.S. that are valued using the LIFO method, which we believe provides a means of comparison to other companies that may not use the same basis of accounting for inventories.
(g) 
Reflects consulting fees paid to CCMP and affiliates of INEOS for consulting services that include certain financial advisory and management services. These consulting agreements were terminated upon completion of our IPO on October 3, 2017.
(h) 
Relates to certain transaction costs related to our IPO and the Sovitec acquisition, which are described in further detail in our consolidated financial statements, as well as other costs related to several transactions that are completed, pending or abandoned and that we believe are not representative of our ongoing business operations.
(i) 
Includes the impact of restructuring, integration and business optimization expenses which are incremental costs that are not representative of our ongoing business operations.
(j) 
Represents adjustments for defined benefit pension plan costs in our statement of operations. More than two-thirds of our defined benefit pension plan obligations are under defined benefit pension plans that are frozen, and the remaining obligations primarily relate to plans operated in certain of our non-U.S. locations that, pursuant to jurisdictional requirements, cannot be frozen. As such, we do not view such expenses as core to our ongoing business operations.
(k) 
Other costs consist of certain expenses that are not core to our ongoing business operations, including environmental remediation-related costs associated with the legacy operations of our business prior to the Business Combination, capital and franchise taxes, non-cash asset retirement obligation accretion and the initial implementation of procedures to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Included in this line-item are rounding discrepancies that may arise from rounding from dollars (in thousands) to dollars (in millions).

65
Table of Contents

Historical and Pro Forma Adjusted Net Income (loss)
Summarized historical and pro forma adjusted net income (loss) information is shown below in the following table:
 
 
Historical
 
Pro Forma
 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
 
2017
 
2016
 
 
(in millions)
Reconciliation of net income (loss) attributable to PQ Group Holdings Inc. to Adjusted Net Income (Loss)(1)(2)
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) attributable to PQ Group Holdings Inc.
 
$
57.6

 
$
(59.0
)
Amortization of investment in affiliate step-up(b)
 
6.5

 
3.6

Amortization of inventory step-up(c)
 
0.6

 
3.0

Impairment of fixed assets, intangibles and goodwill
 
—

 
4.3

Debt extinguishment costs
 
46.4

 
1.1

Net loss on asset disposals(d)
 
3.9

 
3.1

Foreign currency exchange (gain) loss(e)
 
16.1

 
(1.6
)
LIFO expense(f)
 
2.8

 
0.8

Management advisory fees(g)
 
2.8

 
3.3

Transaction related costs(h)
 
5.6

 
1.5

Equity-based compensation
 
6.6

 
4.0

Restructuring, integration and business optimization expenses(i)
 
7.6

 
11.4

Defined benefit plan pension cost(j)
 
2.0

 
2.0

Other(k)
 
5.9

 
3.8

Adjusted Net Income (Loss), including tax reform
 
$
164.4

 
$
(18.7
)
Impact of tax reform(3)
 
(106.5
)
 
—

Adjusted Net Income (Loss)
 
$
57.9

 
$
(18.7
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)
We define adjusted net income (loss) as net income (loss) attributable to PQ Group Holdings adjusted for non-operating income or expense and the impact of certain non-cash or other items that are included in net income (loss) that we do not consider indicative of our ongoing operating performance. Adjusted net income is presented as a key performance indicator as we believe it will enhance a prospective investor’s understanding of our results of operations and financial condition. Adjusted net income may not be comparable with net income or adjusted net income as defined by other companies.
(2)
Refer to the Adjusted EBITDA notes above for more information with respect to each adjustment.
(3)  
Represents the provisional adjustment for the impact of the TCJA recorded in net income.
The adjustments to net income (loss) attributable to PQ Group Holdings are shown net of applicable statutory tax rates.

66
Table of Contents

Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our primary sources of liquidity consist of cash flow from operations, existing cash balances as well as funds available under our asset based lending revolving credit facility. We expect that ongoing requirements for debt service and capital expenditures will be funded from these sources of funds. Our primary liquidity requirements include funding working capital requirements (primarily inventory and accounts receivable, net of accounts payable and other accrued liabilities), debt service requirements and capital expenditures. Our capital expenditures include both maintenance of business, which includes spending on maintenance and health, safety and environmental initiatives as well as growth, which includes spending to drive organic sales growth and cost savings initiatives.
We believe that our existing cash, cash equivalents and cash flows from operations, combined with availability under our asset based lending revolving credit facility, will be sufficient to meet our presently anticipated future cash needs for at least the next 12 months. We may also pursue strategic acquisition opportunities, which may impact our future cash requirements. We may, from time to time, increase borrowings under our asset based lending revolving credit facility to meet our future cash needs. As of December 31, 2018, we had cash and cash equivalents of $57.9 million and availability of $170.9 million under our asset based lending revolving credit facility, after giving effect to $19.8 million of outstanding letters of credit and no revolving credit facility borrowings, for a total available liquidity of $228.8 million. As of December 31, 2018, we were in compliance with all covenants under our debt agreements.
Included in our cash and cash equivalents balance as of December 31, 2018 was $40.7 million of cash and cash equivalents held in foreign jurisdictions. We repatriate cash held outside of the United States from certain foreign subsidiaries in order to meet domestic liquidity needs. Depending on domestic and foreign cash balances, we have certain flexibility to repatriate funds in order to meet domestic liquidity needs. Specifically, we have an intercompany loan structure in place with several of our foreign subsidiaries that allows us to repatriate foreign cash in a tax efficient manner from those subsidiaries. In certain cases, the repatriation of foreign cash under previous U.S. tax law had generally been subject to U.S. income taxes at the time of cash distribution. Due to the enactment of the TCJA in December 2017, future overseas earnings repatriation will generally no longer be subject to U.S. federal income taxes at the time of cash distribution. However, future earnings may still be taxed for state income tax purposes, as well as subject to certain foreign withholding tax obligations, when cash amounts are distributed back to the U.S.
As of December 31, 2018, our total indebtedness was $2,148.4 million, with up to $170.9 million of available borrowings under our asset based lending revolving credit facility. Our liquidity requirements are significant, primarily due to debt service requirements. As reported, our cash interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 was approximately $105.1 million, $170.1 million and $132.6 million, respectively. Before any impact of hedges, a one percent change in assumed interest rates for our variable interest credit facilities would have an annual impact of approximately $11.7 million on interest expense.


67
Table of Contents

Cash Flow
 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
 
(in millions)
Net cash provided by (used in)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating activities
 
$
248.6

 
$
165.2

 
$
122.7

Investing activities
 
(119.3
)
 
(196.0
)
 
(1,915.8
)
Financing activities
 
(137.2
)
 
19.8

 
1,858.5

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
 
0.4

 
(6.9
)
 
(5.9
)
Net change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
 
(7.5
)
 
(17.9
)
 
59.5

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period
 
67.2

 
85.1

 
25.6

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period
 
$
59.7

 
$
67.2

 
$
85.1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
 
(in millions)
Net income (loss)
 
$
59.6

 
$
58.6

 
$
(79.1
)
Non-cash and non-operating activities(1)
 
212.4

 
149.1

 
195.0

Changes in working capital
 
(21.9
)
 
(38.3
)
 
14.0

Other operating activities
 
(1.5
)
 
(4.2
)
 
(7.2
)
Net cash provided by operating activities
 
$
248.6

 
$
165.2

 
$
122.7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) 
Includes depreciation, amortization, changes related to purchase accounting fair value adjustments, amortization of deferred financing costs and original issue discount, debt extinguishment costs, foreign currency exchange gains and losses, pension and postretirement healthcare benefit expense and funding, deferred income tax benefit, net losses on asset disposals, stock compensation expense, equity in net income and dividends received from affiliated companies, and net interest income on swaps designated as net investment hedges.
 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
 
(in millions)
Working capital changes that provided (used) cash:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Receivables
 
$
(10.5
)
 
$
(11.5
)
 
$
27.8

Inventories
 
(9.0
)
 
(21.2
)
 
(2.3
)
Prepaids and other current assets
 
(6.3
)
 
(3.4
)
 
0.5

Accounts payable
 
(0.1
)
 
4.3

 
11.9

Accrued liabilities
 
4.0

 
(6.5
)
 
(23.9
)
 
 
$
(21.9
)
 
$
(38.3
)
 
$
14.0

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

68
Table of Contents

 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
 
(in millions)
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
 
$
(131.7
)
 
$
(140.5
)
 
$
(121.4
)
Investment in affiliated companies
 
(5.0
)
 
(9.0
)
 
—

Loan receivable under the New Markets Tax Credit Arrangement
 
—

 
(6.2
)
 
(15.7
)
Business combinations, net of cash acquired
 
(1.0
)
 
(41.6
)
 
(1,777.7
)
Proceeds from sale of assets
 
12.4

 
—

 
—

Net interest proceeds on swaps designated as net investment hedges
 
4.9

 
—

 
—

Other, net
 
1.1

 
1.3

 
(1.0
)
Net cash used in investing activities
 
$
(119.3
)
 
$
(196.0
)
 
$
(1,915.8
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
 
(in millions)
Net revolver borrowings
 
$
(25.0
)
 
$
23.6

 
$
(22.0
)
Net cash repayments on debt obligations
 
(109.1
)
 
(483.5
)
 
1,878.9

Net proceeds from IPO
 
—

 
480.7

 
—

Other financing activities
 
(3.1
)
 
(1.0
)
 
1.6

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
 
$
(137.2
)
 
$
19.8

 
$
1,858.5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2018 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2017
Net cash provided by operating activities was $248.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to $165.2 million provided for the year ended December 31, 2017. Cash generated by net income plus non-cash and non-working capital related activities was higher during the year ended December 31, 2018 by $67.1 million compared to the prior year. Cash used by working capital during the year ended December 31, 2018 was favorable compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. Working capital for the year ended December 31, 2018 used cash of $21.9 million, compared to cash used of $38.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017.
The increase in cash generated by net income plus non-cash and non-working capital related activities of $67.1 million as compared to the prior year period was primarily due to lower interest expense under our new debt structure, the integration of Sovitec into our existing European operations, higher highway safety sales and higher cost pass-through pricing, which was partially offset by higher plant maintenance costs, higher compensation related costs due to increased employee headcount and increased labor inflation costs.
The $16.4 million increase in cash from working capital as compared to the prior year was primarily due to favorable changes in accounts receivable, inventory and accrued liability balances, which were partially offset by unfavorable changes in prepaid and other current assets and accounts payable.
The favorable change in accounts receivable was due to lower receivable balances in our performance chemicals product group, mainly as a result of higher receivable balances at the end of December 31, 2017 as compared to December 31, 2018, which was offset by stronger sales in our North American highway safety and refining services product groups. The favorable change in inventory was driven by depletion of inventory balances versus our higher inventory build in our North American highway safety product group in the prior year period. The favorable change in accrued liabilities was primarily due to the timing of interest payments. The unfavorable change in prepaid and other current assets is due to our cross currency swap transaction entered into during the year ended December 31, 2018. The unfavorable change in accounts payable was due to increased raw material costs.
Net cash used in investing activities was $119.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to net cash used of $196.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2017. Cash used in investing activities primarily consisted of

69
Table of Contents

utilizing $131.7 million and $140.5 million to fund capital expenditures during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The acquisitions of a cullet business in May 2018 and Sovitec in June 2017 used cash of approximately $1.0 million and $41.6 million during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2018, we received cash proceeds of $12.4 million related to the sale of assets and $4.9 million in interest proceeds related to our cross currency swaps.
Net cash used in financing activities was $137.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to net cash provided of $19.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2017. Net cash used in financing activities was primarily driven by $136.2 million in repayments of our term debt and revolving credit facility made during the year ended December 31, 2018. This was partially offset by $8.5 million of new borrowings, less $6.4 million in financing fees, made under the new term loan facility for refinancing costs. Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was mainly due to our IPO, which generated $480.7 million of net cash proceeds used to repay a portion of our Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2022.
Year Ended December 31, 2017 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2016
Net cash provided by operating activities was $165.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to $122.7 million provided in the year ended December 31, 2016. Cash generated by net income (loss) after giving effect to non-cash and non-working capital related activities recognized in the income statement during the period was higher during the year ended December 31, 2017 by $94.8 million compared to the prior year. Cash provided by working capital during the year ended December 31, 2017 was unfavorable compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. Working capital for the year ended December 31, 2017 used cash of $38.3 million, compared to cash provided of $14.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.
The increase in net income (loss) after giving effect to non-cash and non-working capital related activities of $94.8 million as compared to the prior year was due to the inclusion of a full period of legacy PQ operating earnings, stronger results generated by increased sodium silicate industrial demand, earnings from the Sovitec acquisition, higher pricing from renegotiated regeneration services contracts and increased dividends from our Zeolyst Joint Venture, which was partly offset by start-up costs for the new ThermoDrop® production facility.
The decrease in cash from working capital of $52.3 million compared to the prior year was primarily due to the inclusion of legacy PQ working capital for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the period from May 4, 2016 through December 31, 2016 in the prior year. This resulted in unfavorable changes in accounts receivable, inventory, prepaid and other current assets and accounts payable. The unfavorable change was partially offset by favorable changes in accrued liabilities.
In addition to the inclusion of a full period of legacy PQ working capital, the unfavorable change in accounts receivable was a result of higher accounts receivables from higher current year pricing and volumes. The unfavorable change in inventory was driven by inventory build for our new ThermoDrop® product offering. The unfavorable change in accounts payable was due to the timing of payments for capital expenditures, increased costs related to our plant closures in Europe and higher raw material costs. The favorable change in accrued liabilities was primarily due to the timing of accrued interest under our new debt structure.
Net cash used in investing activities was $196.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to cash used of $1,915.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2016. Uses of cash during the year ended December 31, 2017 include utilizing $140.5 million to fund capital expenditures and $41.6 million to fund the Sovitec acquisition. Uses of cash during the year ended December 31, 2016 include utilizing $1,777.7 million to fund the Business Combination and $121.4 million to fund capital expenditures.
Net cash provided by financing activities was $19.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to net cash provided of $1,858.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The sources of cash flows from financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2017 were driven by our IPO, which generated $480.7 million of cash used to repay a portion of our Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2022. In addition, we used the proceeds of our $300.0 million Senior Unsecured Notes due 2025 to repay the remaining Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2022 as well as our 8.5% Senior Notes due 2022.
The change in cash from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2016 was primarily driven by the issuance of $2,336.0 million in debt, net of financing fees, related to the Business Combination in the prior year, partially offset by $465.7 million in debt repayments and $22.0 million in net revolver borrowings.

70
Table of Contents

Debt
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
 
(in millions)
Term Loan Facility (U.S. dollar denominated)
 
$
—

 
$
916.2

Term Loan Facility (Euro denominated)
 
—

 
335.8

New Term Loan Facility
 
1,157.5

 
—

6.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2022
 
625.0

 
625.0

5.75% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2025
 
300.0

 
300.0

ABL Facility
 
—

 
25.0

Other
 
65.9

 
68.3

Total debt
 
2,148.4

 
2,270.3

Original issue discount
 
(18.6
)
 
(18.4
)
Deferred financing costs
 
(15.9
)
 
(21.4
)
Total debt, net of original issue discount and deferred financing costs
 
2,113.9

 
2,230.5

Less: current portion
 
(7.2
)
 
(45.2
)
Total long-term debt, excluding current portion
 
$
2,106.7

 
$
2,185.3

 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2018 our total debt was $2,148.4 million, including $14.1 million of other foreign debt and $51.8 million of notes payable for the New Market Tax Credit (“NMTC”) financing and excluding the original issue discount of $18.6 million and deferred financing fees of $15.9 million for our senior secured credit facilities and notes. Our net debt was $2,090.5 million including cash of $57.9 million. Our total available liquidity as of December 31, 2018 was $228.8 million, which represents our cash on hand of $57.9 million plus our excess availability under our asset based lending revolving credit facility of $170.9 million, after giving effect to $19.8 million of outstanding letters of credit and no revolving credit facility borrowings. We may seek, subject to market conditions and other factors, opportunities to repurchase, refinance or otherwise reprice our debt.
Senior Secured Credit Facilities
Concurrent with the Business Combination in May 2016, we entered into new senior secured credit facilities (collectively, the “Senior Secured Credit Facilities”) comprised of a $1,200.0 million term loan facility consisting of a $900.0 million U.S. dollar-denominated tranche and a $300.0 million Euro-denominated (or €265.0 million) tranche (the “Term Loan Facility”), and a $200.0 million asset-based revolving credit facility (the “ABL Facility”).
The Term Loan Facility was issued at 99.0% of the principal amount. Borrowings under the Term Loan Facility bore interest at a rate equal to the LIBOR rate (or EURIBOR rate, as applicable) or the base rate elected by us at the time of the borrowing plus a margin of 4.75% or 3.75%, respectively. Further, the LIBOR rate and base rate elected under the facilities were subject to a floor of 1.00% and 2.00%, respectively. The Term Loan Facility required minimum scheduled quarterly principal payments equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount of the term loans made on the closing date of the Business Combination. The Term Loan Facility had a maturity date of November 4, 2022.
On November 14, 2016, we entered into the First Amendment Agreement to the Term Loan Facility (the “First Amendment”) pursuant to which we, among other things: (a) refinanced the existing $900.0 million U.S. dollar-denominated tranche by issuing a U.S. dollar-denominated replacement term loan in the amount of $927.8 million and (b) refinanced the existing €265.0 million (or $300.0 million) Euro-denominated tranche by issuing a Euro-denominated replacement term loan in the amount of €283.3 million. Included in the U.S. dollar-denominated replacement term loan was an additional $30.0 million principal amount of borrowings. Included in the Euro-denominated replacement term loan was an additional €19.0 million principal amount of borrowings. The borrowings under the First Amendment bore interest at a rate equal to LIBOR rate plus a margin of 4.25% for U.S. dollar-denominated LIBOR Rate loans, the EURIBOR rate plus a margin of 4.00% for Euro-denominated LIBOR Rate loans, or the base rate plus a margin of 3.25% for base rate loans elected by the Company at the time of borrowing. These new replacement term loans had substantially the same terms under the original Term Loan Facility subject to the amendments contained in the First Amendment.

71
Table of Contents

On August 7, 2017, we entered into the Second Amendment Agreement to the Term Loan Facility (the “Second Amendment”) and re-priced the $927.8 million U.S. dollar-denominated tranche and the €283.3 million Euro-denominated tranche to reduce the applicable interest rates. The terms of the facilities were substantially consistent following the re-pricing, except that borrowings under the term loans bore interest at a rate equal to the LIBOR rate plus a margin of 3.25% with respect to U.S. dollar-denominated LIBOR rate loans, and the EURIBOR rate plus a margin of 3.25% with respect to Euro-denominated EURIBOR rate loans. In addition, the LIBOR rate elected under the facilities was subject to a floor of 0% and the EURIBOR rate elected under the facilities was subject to a floor of 0.75%.
On February 8, 2018, we refinanced the Term Loan Facility with a new $1,267.0 million senior secured term loan facility (the “New Term Loan Facility”) by entering into the Third Amendment Agreement to the Term Loan Facility, which amended and restated the Term Loan Facility. The New Term Loan Facility bears interest at a floating rate of LIBOR (with a zero percent minimum LIBOR floor) plus 2.50% per annum and matures in February 2025, effectively lowering the interest rate margin and extending the maturity of our senior secured term loan facility. The New Term Loan Facility requires scheduled quarterly amortization payments, each equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount of the loans under the New Term Loan Facility.
The ABL Facility provides for up to $200.0 million in revolving credit borrowings consisting of up to $150.0 million in U.S. available borrowings, up to $10.0 million in Canadian available borrowings and up to $40.0 million of European available borrowings. Borrowings under the ABL Facility bear interest at a rate equal to the LIBOR rate or the base rate elected by us at the time of the borrowing plus a margin of between 1.50%-2.00% or 0.50%-1.00%, respectively, depending on availability under the ABL Facility. In addition, there is an annual commitment fee equal to 0.375%, with a step-down to 0.25% based on the average usage of the revolving credit borrowings available. As of December 31, 2018, there were no revolving credit borrowings under the ABL Facility. Revolving credit borrowings are payable at our option throughout the term of the ABL Facility with the balance due May 4, 2021. We were in compliance with all debt covenants as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
The Company has the ability to request letters of credit under the ABL Facility. The Company had $19.8 million of letters of credit outstanding as of December 31, 2018, which reduce available borrowings under the ABL Facility by such amounts.
6.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2022
Concurrent with the Business Combination, we issued $625.0 million of 6.750% Senior Secured Notes due November 2022 (the “6.75% Senior Secured Notes”) in transactions exempt from or not subject to registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Rule 144A and Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933. Interest on the 6.75% Senior Secured Notes is payable on May 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing November 15, 2016. No principal payments are required with respect to the 6.75% Senior Secured Notes prior to their final maturity. The 6.75% Senior Secured Notes mature on November 15, 2022.
Senior Unsecured Notes - Redeemed in 2017
Concurrent with the Business Combination, we issued $525.0 million aggregate principal amount of floating rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2022 (the “Senior Unsecured Notes”) in a concurrent private placement exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The notes were issued at 98.0% of the principal amount. The Senior Unsecured Notes were to mature on May 1, 2022; provided that if the 2022 Notes have been refinanced or otherwise repaid prior to such date, the Senior Unsecured Notes were to mature on May 1, 2023. Interest on the Senior Unsecured Notes was paid and reset quarterly at an annual rate equal to the three-month LIBOR plus 10.75% per year, with a 1.0% LIBOR floor. Interest was payable on March 15, June 15, September 15, and December 15 of each year, commencing on June 15, 2016.
In conjunction with our IPO, on October 3, 2017, we redeemed $446.2 million in aggregate principal of the $525.0 million of PQ Corporation’s Senior Unsecured Notes using the proceeds from the IPO. Following the redemption, $78.8 million aggregate principal amount of the Senior Unsecured Notes remained outstanding. We paid a redemption premium of $32.3 million, which was recorded as debt extinguishment costs.
On December 11, 2017, we redeemed the remaining $78.8 million aggregate principal amount of the Senior Unsecured Notes with the proceeds from the issuance of the 5.75% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2025. We paid a redemption premium of $6.0 million, which was recorded as debt extinguishment costs. Refer to the 5.75% Senior Unsecured Notes section of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis for further information.

72
Table of Contents

8.50% Senior Notes due 2022 - Redeemed in 2017
In December 2014, Eco Services issued $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of 8.50% senior notes due 2022 (the “2022 Notes”) under an indenture dated October 24, 2014. The 2022 Notes were issued in a private transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Pursuant to the indenture governing the 2022 Notes, we assumed the obligations of Eco Services under the 2022 Notes following the Business Combination. Interest on the 2022 Notes was payable on May 1 and November 1 of each year.
On December 11, 2017, we redeemed the $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 2022 Notes with the proceeds from the issuance of the 5.75% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2025. We paid a redemption premium of $8.0 million, which was recorded as debt extinguishment costs. Refer to the 5.75% Senior Unsecured Notes section of this note for further information.
5.75% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2025
On December 11, 2017, we issued $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of floating rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2025 (the “5.75% Senior Unsecured Notes”) in a private placement exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The 5.75% Senior Unsecured Notes mature on December 15, 2025. Interest on the 5.75% Senior Unsecured Notes is to be paid semi-annually on February 15 and August 15, commencing August 15, 2018, at an annual rate of 5.75% per year.
New Markets Tax Credit Financing
The performance materials (Potters Industries, LLC (“Potters”)) portion of our Performance Materials and Chemicals business has entered in to various NMTC financing arrangements to fund the expansion of Potter’s manufacturing facilities in Paris, Texas and Augusta, Georgia. The NMTC program, which is administered by the United States Treasury Department, requires certain balance sheet commitments. The NMTC financing arrangements will provide us with certain monetary benefits as an offset to specifically identified capital expenditures. The NMTC arrangements require that certain commitments and covenants be maintained over the course of seven years of the closing transaction in order to recognize the benefit.
On October 24, 2013, PQ Holdings’ (and now our) subsidiary Potters entered into a NMTC financing arrangement with JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A. and several of its affiliates (“Chase”) and TX CDE V LLC, an affiliate of Texas LIC Development Company LLC d/b/a Texas Community Development Capital (“TX CDE”), whereby Chase agreed to contribute $6.6 million and an additional $15.6 million in funds lent to Chase by Potters Holdings II, L.P. to TX CDE. TX CDE, in turn, lent $21.0 million in the form of $5.4 million and $15.6 million notes to Potters, which used the proceeds to finance the expansion of Potters’ manufacturing facility in Paris, Texas (the “2013 NMTC Agreement”). The capital expenditures associated with the 2013 NMTC Agreement were completed in 2014. The $21.0 million of debt related to the 2013 NMTC Agreement was assumed as part of the Business Combination and was outstanding as of December 31, 2018.
On May 17, 2016, Potters entered into a NMTC financing arrangement with U.S. Bank N.A. and several of its affiliates (“USB”) and MRC XX LLC, an affiliate of Midwest Renewable Capital, LLC (“MRC”), whereby USB agreed to contribute $3.7 million and an additional $7.8 million in funds lent to USB by Potters Holdings II, L.P. to MRC. MRC, in turn, lent $11.0 million in the form of $7.8 million, $1.3 million and $1.9 million notes to Potters, which used the proceeds to finance the expansion of Potters’ manufacturing facility in Augusta, Georgia (the “May 2016 NMTC Agreement”). The $11.0 million was outstanding as of December 31, 2018. The capital expenditures associated with the May 2016 NMTC Agreement were completed in 2017.
On December 29, 2016, Potters entered into a second NMTC financing arrangement with USB and MRC whereby USB agreed to contribute $3.8 million and an additional $7.8 million in funds lent to USB by Potters Holdings II, L.P. to MRC. MRC, in turn, lent $11.0 million in the form of $7.8 million, $1.4 million and $1.8 million notes to Potters, which used the proceeds as working capital for another expansion of Potters’ manufacturing facility in Paris, Texas (the “December 2016 NMTC Agreement”). The $11.0 million was outstanding as of December 31, 2018. The capital expenditures associated with the December 2016 NMTC were completed in 2017.
On June 22, 2017, Potters entered into a NMTC financing arrangement with USB and Business Conduit No. 28, LLC, an affiliate of Community Reinvestment Fund, Inc. (“CRF”). USB contributed $3.1 million to USB Investment Fund, and Potters Leveraged Lender LLC, our indirect subsidiary, lent USB Investment Fund $6.2 million. USB Investment Fund then contributed $9.0 million to CRF, which in turn lent $8.8 million to Potters pursuant to a credit agreement (the “June 2017 NMTC Agreement”). Potters used the $8.8 million in proceeds to acquire equipment for the expansion of Potters’

73
Table of Contents

manufacturing facility in Paris, Texas. The $8.8 million was outstanding as of December 31, 2018. The capital expenditures associated with the June 2017 NMTC Agreement were completed in 2018.
Sovitec Debt
On June 12, 2017, we acquired Sovitec and assumed its obligations to Belfius Bank NV (“Belfius”). On June 8, 2017, Sovitec entered into a credit agreement with Belfius governing a €14.5 million credit line which is divided into four tranches. Tranche A was issued in the amount of €7.5 million in the form of a Euro roll-over credit with a maturity date of December 31, 2021. Tranche B was issued in the amount of €3.0 million in the form of a Euro roll-over credit with a full principal payment due on its maturity date of September 30, 2022. A working capital line of credit (“Working Capital”) of €3.0 million was issued under the form of straight loans with a maturity date up to 90 days after borrowings are made on the line. A capital expenditure line of credit (“CAPEX line”) of €1.0 million was issued under the form of straight loans with a maturity date of September 30, 2021. Tranche A is subject to principal payments of €0.8 million made on September 30 and December 31 of each year. Borrowings under the credit agreement bear rates based on Sovitec’s ratio of net debt to Normalized EBITDA. Normalized EBITDA is defined as the Sovitec consolidated operating profit before non-recurring items (i.e. items non-related to normal operations of the last twelve month period and provided an acceptable description of the one-off character of those items is given) and before taxation, depreciation and amortization. Interest rate margins are subject to being reset on June 30 of each year. Interest rates reset based on three net debt to Normalized EBITDA ratio ranges of less than 2, between 2 and 3 or greater than 3. Rates for each tranche of debt reset based on 1 to 9 month EURIBOR rates (not lower than zero) plus a margin that can range between 1.10% to 1.55% for Tranche A, 1.85% to 2.15% for Tranche B, 0.90% and 1.20% for Working Capital and 1.25% and 1.80% for the CAPEX line.
As of December 31, 2018, the interest rate on the credit agreements are as follows: Tranche A, 1.10%, Tranche B, 1.85%, Working Capital, 0.90% and CAPEX 1.25%. As of December 31, 2018, the following principal balances are outstanding on each debt instrument: Tranche A, $5.1 million, Tranche B, $3.4 million, Working Capital, $1.9 million and CAPEX $1.1 million. We were in compliance with all debt covenants as of December 31, 2018.
Capital Expenditures
Maintenance capital expenditures include spending on maintenance of business, health, safety and environmental initiatives. Growth capital expenditures include spending to drive organic sales growth and cost savings initiatives. These capital expenditures represent our “book” capital expenditures for which the company has recorded, but not necessarily paid for the capital expenditures.
 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
 
(in millions)
Maintenance capital expenditures
 
$
95.9

 
$
103.2

 
$
96.0

Growth capital expenditures
 
37.0

 
37.9

 
42.9

Total capital expenditures
 
$
132.9

 
$
141.1

 
$
138.9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital expenditures remained at a level sufficient for required maintenance and certain expansion growth initiatives during these periods. Maintenance capital expenditures are lower in the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to December 31, 2017 due to lower plant maintenance costs. Maintenance capital expenditures are higher in the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to December 31, 2016 due to the timing of maintenance capital expenditure costs incurred on projects beginning in late 2016.
Pension Funding
We paid $7.6 million, $7.9 million and $2.9 million in cash contributions into our defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement plans during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The net periodic pension and postretirement expense was $1.1 million, $3.3 million, and $2.0 million for those same periods, respectively.
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, our pension plans and other post-retirement benefit plans were underfunded by $70.9 million and $65.9 million, respectively. In addition, our supplemental retirement plan had a liability balance of $11.9 million and $12.8 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, which is funded by our general assets including

74
Table of Contents

assets held in a Rabbi trust, or restoration plan assets, of $4.2 million and $5.6 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We had $19.8 million and $19.6 million of outstanding letters of credit on our revolver facility as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
The following table reflects our contractual obligations, commercial commitments and long-term debt obligations as of December 31, 2018.
 
 
Payments due by period
 
 
Total
 
Less than 1 year
 
1-3 years
 
3-5 years
 
More than 5 years
 
 
(in millions)
Long-term debt(1)
 
$
2,148.4

 
$
7.2

 
$
3.4

 
$
632.1

 
$
1,505.6

Interest payments(2)
 
666.0

 
119.8

 
239.9

 
189.5

 
116.8

Letters of credit(3)
 
19.8

 
19.8

 
—

 
—

 
—

Operating leases
 
76.2

 
18.5

 
25.7

 
14.5

 
17.5

Purchase obligations(4)
 
56.6

 
28.5

 
21.9

 
2.8

 
3.5

Other obligations(5)
 
20.8

 
9.3

 
3.5

 
2.8

 
5.2

Total contractual obligations(6)
 
$
2,987.9

 
$
203.1

 
$
294.4

 
$
841.7

 
$
1,648.7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) 
No prepayment or redemption of any of our long-term debt balances has been assumed. Refer to the “Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources” section of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis and Note 16, Long-term Debt, in the notes to the consolidated financial statements of PQ Group Holdings included elsewhere in this Form 10-K for information regarding the terms of our long-term debt agreements.
(2) 
Interest on long-term debt excludes the amortization of deferred financing fees and original issue discount. The amounts represent minimum interest payments. All future interest payments on Euro-denominated loans were calculated using a December 31, 2018 Euro to U.S. Dollar spot exchange rate.
(3) 
Letters of credit are used primarily as collateral for various items, including environmental, energy and insurance payments. The letters of credit are supported by the Company’s ABL Facility.
(4) 
Purchase obligations include agreements to purchase goods and services that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including fixed and minimum quantities to be purchased, fixed, minimum or variable provisions, and the approximate timing of the transaction. Purchase obligations exclude agreements that are cancelable without penalty.
(5) 
Other obligations represent payments related to our pension plans, supplemental retirement plans and other post-retirement benefit plans. Included in these amounts are expected benefit plan contributions of $5.3 million in 2019. Contributions to the benefit plans beyond 2019 cannot be reasonably estimated and are not reflected in this table. Included in other obligations is $1.0 million of capital lease liabilities. Approximately $2.0 million of derivative liabilities are included in the less than 1 year category, as we cannot make reasonable estimates with respect to the timing of their ultimate resolution.
(6) 
At December 31, 2018, we had $11.3 million related to unrecognized income tax benefits, including accrued interest and penalties. These liabilities are not included in the above table, as we cannot make reasonable estimates with respect to the timing of their ultimate resolution. See Note 19 in the notes to the consolidated financial statements of PQ Group Holdings included elsewhere in this Form 10-K for further information on our unrecognized income tax benefits.
We expect that we will be able to fund our remaining obligations and commitments with cash flow from operations. To the extent we are unable to fund these obligations and commitments with cash flow from operations, we intend to fund these obligations and commitments with proceeds from available borrowing capacity under our ABL Facility or under future financings.
Critical Accounting Policies
We prepare our consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP and our significant accounting policies are described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts and related disclosures. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experience and other relevant factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We have identified below the accounting policies and estimates that we believe are most critical in compiling our consolidated statements of financial condition and operating results.
Revenue Recognition
In determining the appropriate amount of revenue to be recognized as we fulfill our obligations under our agreements, we perform the following steps: (i) identify the contract with the customer; (ii) determine whether the promised goods or services are performance obligations, including whether they are distinct in the context of the contract; (iii) measure the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations based on estimated selling prices; and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) we satisfy each performance obligation.
We identify a contract when an agreement with a customer creates legally enforceable rights and obligations, which occurs when a contract has been approved by both parties, the parties are committed to perform their respective obligations, each party’s rights and payment terms are clearly identified, commercial substance exists and it is probable that we will collect the consideration to which we are entitled.
Evidence of a contract with a customer may take the form of a master service agreement (“MSA”), a MSA in combination with an underlying purchase order, a combination of a pricing quote with an underlying purchase order or an individual purchase order received from a customer. Certain of our customers enter into MSAs that establish the terms, including prices, under which orders to purchase goods may be placed. In cases where the MSA contains a distinct order for goods or contains an enforceable minimum quantity to be purchased by the customer, we consider the MSA to be evidence of a contract with a customer as the MSA creates enforceable rights and obligations. In cases where the MSA does not contain a distinct order for goods, evidence of a contract with a customer is the purchase order issued under the MSA. Our customers may also negotiate orders via pricing quotes, which typically detail product pricing, delivery terms and payment information. When a customer procures goods under this method, we consider the combination of the pricing quote and the purchase order to create enforceable rights and obligations. Absent either a MSA or pricing quote, we consider an individual purchase order to create enforceable rights and obligations.
We identify a performance obligation in a contract for each promised good that is separately identifiable from other promises in the contract and for which the customer can benefit from the good. The majority of our contracts have a single performance obligation, which is the promise to transfer individual goods to the customer. Certain of our contracts include multiple performance obligations under which the purchase price for each distinct performance obligation is defined in the contract. These distinct performance obligations may include stand-ready provisions, which are arrangements to provide a customer assurance that they will have access to output from our manufacturing facilities, or monthly reservations of capacity fees. We consider stand-ready provisions and reservation of capacity fees to be performance obligations satisfied over time. Revenues related to stand-ready provisions and reservation of capacity fees are recognized on a ratable basis throughout the contract term and billed to the customer on a monthly basis.
As described above, our MSAs with our customers may outline prices for individual products or contract provisions. MSAs in the our performance chemicals and refining services product groups may contain provisions whereby raw materials costs are passed-through to the customer per the terms of their contract. Our exposure to fluctuations in raw materials prices is limited, as the majority of pass-through contract provisions reset based on fluctuations in the underlying raw material price. MSAs in our refining services product group also contain take-or-pay arrangements, whereby the customer would incur a penalty in the form of a shortfall volume fee. Currently there is no history in which customers fail to meet the contractual minimum. Revenue from product sales are recorded at the sales price, which includes estimates of variable consideration for which reserves are established and which result from discounts, returns or other allowances that are offered within contracts with our customers.

75
Table of Contents

We recognize revenues when performance obligations under the terms of a contract with our customer are satisfied, which generally occurs at a point in time by transferring control of a product to the customer. We determine the point in time when a customer obtains control of a product and we satisfy the performance obligation by considering factors including when we have a right to payment for the product, the customer has legal title to the product, we have transferred possession of the product, the customer has assumed the risks and rewards of ownership of the product and the customer has accepted the product. Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange for transferring goods. We do not have any significant payment terms as payment is received at, or shortly after, the point of sale.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized, but are tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying amount. We perform our annual impairment tests of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets as of October 1 of each year.
Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level. In performing tests for goodwill impairment, we are permitted to first perform a qualitative assessment about the likelihood of the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeding its fair value. If an entity determines that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount based on the qualitative assessment, it is required to perform a two-step goodwill impairment test to identify the potential goodwill impairment and measure the amount of the goodwill impairment loss, if any, to be recognized for that reporting unit. However, if an entity concludes otherwise based on the qualitative assessment, the two-step goodwill impairment test is not required. The option to perform the qualitative assessment can be utilized at our discretion, and the qualitative assessment need not be applied to all reporting units in a given goodwill impairment test. For an individual reporting unit, if we elect not to perform the qualitative assessment, or if the qualitative assessment indicates that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then we must perform the two-step goodwill impairment test for the reporting unit.
In applying the two-step process, the first step used to identify potential impairment involves comparing the reporting unit’s estimated fair value to its carrying value, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill is not impaired. If the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value, there is an indication of potential impairment and the second step is performed to measure the amount of impairment, if any. The second step of the process involves the calculation of an implied fair value of goodwill for each reporting unit for which step one indicated potential impairment. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in a manner similar to how goodwill is calculated in a business combination. That is, the estimated fair value of the reporting unit, as calculated in step one, is allocated to the individual assets and liabilities as if the reporting unit was being acquired in a business combination. If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying value of goodwill assigned to the reporting unit, there is no impairment. If the carrying value of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded to write down the carrying value. An impairment loss cannot exceed the carrying value of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit and the loss establishes a new basis in the goodwill. Subsequent reversal of an impairment loss is not permitted.
For the purposes of the quantitative goodwill impairment test, we determine the fair value of our reporting units using a combination of a market approach and an income, or discounted cash flow, approach. Estimating the fair value of a reporting unit requires various assumptions including the use of projections of future cash flows and discount rates that reflect the risks associated with achieving those cash flows. The key assumptions used in estimating the fair value are operating margin growth rates, revenue growth rates, the weighted average cost of capital, the perpetual growth rate, and the estimated earnings market multiples of each reporting unit. The market value is estimated using publicly traded comparable company values by applying their most recent annual EBITDA multiples to the reporting unit’s EBITDA for the trailing twelve months. The income approach value is estimated using a discounted cash flow approach. The assumptions about future cash flows and growth rates are based on our assessment of a number of factors including the reporting unit’s recent performance against budget as well as management’s ability to execute on planned future strategic initiatives. Discount rate assumptions are based on an assessment of the risk inherent in those future cash flows.
For intangible assets other than goodwill, definite-lived intangible assets are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives. Intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized, but rather are tested for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the intangible asset below its carrying amount. Our indefinite-lived intangible assets include trade names and certain trademarks. Similar to the goodwill impairment test, we may first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to

76
Table of Contents

perform a quantitative impairment test. If we choose to bypass the qualitative assessment, or if the qualitative assessment indicates that the indefinite-lived intangible asset is more likely than not impaired, a quantitative impairment test must be performed. Unlike the goodwill impairment test, the quantitative test for indefinite-lived intangible assets is a one-step test comparing the fair value of the asset to its carrying amount. If the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than the carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the difference.
The unit of accounting used to test our indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment is at the reporting unit level. The fair values of our indefinite-lived trade names and trademarks are determined for impairment testing purposes based on an income approach using a discounted cash flow valuation model under a relief from royalty methodology. Significant assumptions under the relief from royalty method include the royalty rate a market participant may assume, projected sales and the discount rate applied to the estimated cash flows.
For definite-lived intangible assets, we amortize technical know-how over periods that range from fourteen to twenty years, customer relationships over periods that range from seven to fifteen years, trademarks over a fifteen year period, contracts over periods that range from two to sixteen years, and permits over five years. We perform an impairment review of definite-lived intangible assets when facts and circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable from its undiscounted future cash flows. The impairment test for definite-lived intangible assets is consistent with the test applied to property, plant and equipment as described in our policy.
Income Taxes
We operate within multiple taxing jurisdictions and are subject to tax filing requirements and audit within these jurisdictions. We use the asset and liability method in accounting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements, using statutory tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the results of operations in the period that includes the enactment date. We evaluate our deferred tax assets each period to ensure that estimated future taxable income will be sufficient in character (e.g., capital gain versus ordinary income treatment), amount and timing to result in their recovery. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce the carrying amounts of deferred tax assets unless it is more likely than not that those assets will be realized. Considerable judgments are required in establishing deferred tax valuation allowances and in assessing exposures related to tax matters. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences and carryforward deferred tax assets become deductible or utilized. We consider the scheduled reversal of taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income and tax-planning strategies in making this assessment. As events and circumstances change, related reserves and valuation allowances are adjusted to income at that time.
In determining the provision for income taxes, we provide deferred income taxes on income from foreign subsidiaries as such earnings are taxable upon remittance to the United States, to the extent that these earnings are considered to be available for repatriation. We do not provide income taxes on the cumulative unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries considered permanently reinvested. We establish contingent liabilities for possible assessments by taxing authorities resulting from uncertain tax positions including, but not limited to, transfer pricing, deductibility of certain expenses and other state, local, and foreign tax matters. We recognize a financial statement benefit for positions taken for tax return purposes when it will be more likely than not (greater than 50%) that the positions will be sustained upon tax examination, based solely on the technical merits of the tax positions, otherwise, no benefit is recognized. The tax benefits recognized are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. We recognize potential accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. Tax examinations are often complex as tax authorities may disagree with the treatment of items reported by us and may require several years to resolve. These accrued liabilities represent a provision for taxes that are reasonably expected to be incurred on the basis of available information but which are not certain.
On December 22, 2017, the TCJA was enacted into law. The TCJA provided for several significant tax law changes and modifications, including the reduction of the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate from 35.0% to 21.0%, the requirement for companies to pay a one-time transition tax on earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries that were previously tax deferred, as well as the creation of new taxes on certain foreign-sourced earnings. Certain provisions of the TCJA began to impact us in our fourth quarter of 2017, while other provisions began impacting us beginning in 2018.
The corporate tax rate reduction was effective as of January 1, 2018. The TCJA also established other new provisions that became effective in 2018. These include, but are not limited to, (1) a new provision designed to tax low-taxed income

77
Table of Contents

of foreign subsidiaries (i.e., “GILTI”), which allows for the possibility of using foreign tax credits ("FTCs") and a deduction of up to 50% to offset any resulting income tax liability (subject to some limitations); (2) limitations on the deductibility of certain executive compensation; (3) limitations on the deductibility of interest expense (“163(j)”); and (4) limitations on the use of FTCs to reduce the U.S. income tax liability. While many of these provisions are expected to have an impact on our tax expense and deferred taxes for 2018 and future periods, we expect the GILTI provisions and 163(j) to have the most significant impact. While significant additional guidance regarding U.S. tax reform has been put forth during 2018, at this time the overall impact of the TCJA on our future income tax provision continues to remain uncertain.
With respect to GILTI, we have experienced significant impact to tax expense in 2018 because of our substantial U.S. NOL balance and being unable to avail ourselves of both U.S. foreign tax credits and the GILTI special deduction (“Section 250 deduction”). The 2018 impact to tax expense with respect to GILTI is $15.4 million. Based on FASB guidance, we are permitted to make an accounting policy election to either (1) treat the taxes incurred as a result of the GILTI provision as a current-period expense when incurred or (2) factor such amounts into our measurement of deferred taxes. We have elected to treat any expense incurred as a current-period expense.
With respect to 163(j), we have experienced a significant disallowance with respect to our current year interest expense. Our 163(j) interest disallowance is $57.7 million for 2018. This disallowance has no impact to overall tax expense, given that any disallowed interest deductions are permitted to be carried forward indefinitely and, as such, are set up as deferred tax assets. We have evaluated the realizability of this deferred tax asset and believe it is more-likely-than-not that it will be realized, using reversal of existing taxable temporary differences.
Stock-Based Compensation
We grant stock-based compensation awards in connection with our stock incentive plans. Under the terms of the incentive plans, we are authorized to issue equity awards to our employees, directors and affiliates. The grants have taken the form of restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and stock options. Restricted stock awards provide the recipient with shares of our stock subject to certain vesting requirements. Restricted stock units provide the recipient with the right to receive shares of our stock at a future date if certain vesting conditions are met. Stock option awards provide the recipient the ability to purchase shares of our stock at a given strike price upon the satisfaction of certain vesting requirements.
The vesting requirements associated with the awards include a mix of both service and performance conditions. Depending on the award and recipient, the service condition may reflect a cliff vesting provision (e.g., 100% vested upon four years of service) or a graded vesting provision (e.g., 33.3% vested each year over a period of three years). Awards issued with performance conditions vest based on the occurrence of a defined liquidity event upon which certain investment funds affiliated with CCMP receive proceeds exceeding certain thresholds. Although achievement of the performance condition is subject to continued service with us, the terms of awards issued with performance conditions stipulate that the performance vesting condition can be attained for a period of six months following separation from service.
We recognize compensation expense related to our equity awards with service conditions on a straight-line basis over the stated vesting period for each award. Expense related to our equity awards with performance conditions is recognized in the period in which it becomes probable that the performance target will be achieved. No compensation expense has been recognized to-date on any of our equity awards subject to vesting based on performance conditions, since a liquidity event triggering vesting of the awards has not occurred, nor is it considered probable.
The grant date fair value of restricted stock awards and restricted stock units is based on the value of our common stock as traded on the New York Stock Exchange. The grant date fair value of stock option awards is estimated using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. Determining the fair value of stock option awards at the grant date requires judgment, including estimates of the average risk-free interest rate, dividend yield, volatility and expected term. Since we have limited experience with respect to historical exercise and forfeiture rates or patterns, we have estimated certain assumptions using acceptable simplified methods and through benchmarking to our peer group of companies.
Recently Issued Accounting Standards
See Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements for a discussion of recently issued accounting standards and their effect on us.

78
Table of Contents

ITEM 7A.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.
Our major market risk exposure is potential losses arising from changing rates and prices regarding foreign currency exchange rate risk, interest rate risk, commodity price risk and credit risk. The audit committee of our board of directors regularly reviews foreign exchange, interest rate and commodity hedging activity and monitors compliance with our hedging policy. We do not use financial instruments for speculative purposes, and we limit our hedging activity to the underlying economic exposure.
Foreign Exchange Risk
Our financial results are subject to the impact of gains and losses on currency translations, which occur when the financial statements of foreign operations are translated into U.S. dollars. We operate a geographically diverse business with approximately 40% of our sales during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 coming from our international operations in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Because consolidated financial results are reported in U.S. dollars, sales or earnings generated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar can result in a significant increase or decrease in the amount of those sales and earnings when translated to U.S. dollars. The financial statements of our operations outside the United States, where the local currency is considered to be the functional currency, are translated into U.S. dollars using the exchange rate in effect at each balance sheet date for assets and liabilities and the average exchange rate for each period for sales, expenses, gains, losses and cash flows. The exchange rates between these currencies and the U.S. dollar in recent years have fluctuated significantly and may continue to do so in the future. The foreign currencies to which we have the most significant exchange rate exposure include the euro, British pound, Canadian dollar, Brazilian real and the Mexican peso. Sales in these top five currencies represented approximately 32% of our sales during the year ended December 31, 2018. A 10% change in these currencies would have impacted sales by approximately $51.8 million, or 3% of sales assuming product pricing remained constant. The effect of translating foreign subsidiaries’ balance sheets into U.S. dollars is included in other comprehensive income. The impact of gains and losses on transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the relevant operations are included in other non-operating expense. Income and expense items are translated at average exchange rates during the year. Net foreign exchange included in other expense was a $13.8 million loss for the year ended December 31, 2018. The foreign currency loss realized in the year ended December 31, 2018 was primarily driven by the Euro-denominated term loan and the non-permanent intercompany debt denominated in local currency and translated to U.S. dollars, and was principally non-cash in nature.
On February 8, 2018, we refinanced our existing senior secured term loan facility whereby the New Term Loan Facility was used to repay the then-existing U.S. dollar denominated and Euro denominated Term Loan Facilities, thus reducing our exposure to fluctuations in the euro. Concurrent with the term loan refinancing, we entered into multiple cross currency swap arrangements to hedge foreign currency risk. The swaps are intended to enable us to effectively hedge our exposure on the net investments of certain of our Euro denominated subsidiaries.
As described in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Form 10-K, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued guidance in August 2017 with the objective of improving the financial reporting of hedging relationships to better portray the economic results of an entity's risk management activities in its financial statements. As a result of our early adoption of the FASB guidance, and because the swap agreements are designated as net investment hedges, changes in the fair value of the cross-currency swap agreements will be recognized as a component of “Foreign currency translation, net of tax” within “Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax” in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. In this regard, a favorable foreign currency change in the designated investment value of our foreign subsidiaries that use the Euro as their functional currency generally will be offset by an unfavorable foreign currency change in the cross-currency swap agreements, and vice versa. At December 31, 2018, a 10% fluctuation in the U.S. dollar-to-Euro currency exchange rate would have an approximately $32.0 million impact on the fair value of the notional amount of the cross-currency swap agreements and an offsetting $32.0 million impact on the designated net investment value of the foreign subsidiaries. In addition, in the event of a significant decline in the U.S. dollar-to-Euro exchange rate, our payment obligations to the counterparties could have a material adverse effect on our cash flows. In this regard, if, at the expiration or earlier termination of the swap agreements, the U.S. dollar-to-Euro currency exchange rate has declined by 10% from the rate in effect at December 31, 2018, we would be required to pay approximately $32.0 million to the counterparties. The swap agreements entail risk that the counterparties will not fulfill their obligations under the agreements. However, we believe the risk is reduced because we have entered into separate agreements with three different counterparties, all of whom are large, well-established financial institutions.

79
Table of Contents

Interest Rate Risk
We are exposed to fluctuations in interest rates on our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and on our Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes. Changes in interest rates will not affect the market value of such debt but will affect the amount of our interest payments over the term of the loans. Likewise, an increase in interest rates could have a material impact on our cash flow. As of December 31, 2018, a 100 basis point increase in assumed interest rates for our variable interest credit facilities, before impact of any hedges, would have an annual impact of approximately $11.7 million on interest expense.
We hedge the interest rate fluctuations on debt obligations through interest rate cap agreements. We record the fair value of these hedges as assets or liabilities and the related unrealized gains or losses are deferred in stockholders’ equity as a component of other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax. The interest rate caps had a fair value net asset of $0.1 million and $1.0 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Fair value is determined based on estimated amounts that would be received or paid to terminate the contracts at the reporting date based on quoted market prices.
In July 2016, we entered into interest rate cap agreements, paying a premium of $1.6 million to mitigate interest rate volatility from July 2016 through July 2020 by employing varying cap rates ranging from 1.50% to 3.00% on $1.0 billion of notional variable debt. In November 2018, the Company entered into additional interest rate cap agreements to mitigate interest rate volatility from July 2020 through July 2022, with a cap rate of 3.50% on $0.5 billion of notional variable-rate debt and a $3.4 million premium annuitized during the effective period.
Commodity Risk
We purchase significant amounts of natural gas to supply the energy required in our production processes for our products in each of our segments. Since we are a producer of inorganic chemicals, natural gas provides an energy source for us but is not a direct feedstock for our products. Therefore, exposure to the volatility in energy prices is less than that of producers of organic petrochemicals. We purchase approximately 15.9 million MMBtu’s of natural gas in a given year. Thus, a $1 increase in the cost of natural gas would impact our cost of goods sold by approximately $15.9 million absent hedging. Our purchase agreements with our customers typically provide for the pass through of natural gas price increases; however, there is no guarantee that we will continue to be able to pass through future price increases without loss of existing customers. We have implemented a hedging program in the United States which allows us to mitigate exposure to natural gas volatility with natural gas swap agreements. We also make forward purchases of natural gas related to our production at certain subsidiary locations.
The natural gas swap agreements had a fair value net liability of $0.2 million and fair value net liability of $0.4 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Fair value is determined based on estimated amounts that would be received or paid to terminate the contracts at the reporting date based on quoted market prices of comparable contracts. The respective current and non-current assets are recorded in other current assets and other assets. The related unrealized gains or losses are recorded in stockholders’ equity as a component of other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax. Realized gains and losses on natural gas hedges are included in production cost and subsequently charged to cost of goods sold in the consolidated statements of operations in the period in which inventory is sold.
Credit Risk
We are exposed to credit risk on financial instruments to the extent our counterparty fails to perform certain duties as required under the provisions of an agreement. We only transact with counterparties having an appropriate credit rating for the risk involved. Credit exposure is managed through credit approval and monitoring procedures.
Concentration of credit risk can result primarily from trade receivables, for example, with certain customers operating in the same industry or customer groups located in the same geographic region. Credit risk related to these types of receivables is managed through credit approval and monitoring procedures. In the year ended December 31, 2018, we wrote off a nominal amount of bad debt on total sales of $1,608.2 million.
ITEM 8.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.
The consolidated financial statements, supplementary information and financial statement schedules of the Company are set forth beginning on page F-1 of this report.

80
Table of Contents

ITEM 9.
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
None.
ITEM 9A.
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2018. The term “disclosure controls and procedures,” as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Management recognized that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at a reasonable assurance level.
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act as a process, designed by, or under the supervision of the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the Company’s board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes maintaining records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect our transactions and dispositions of assets; providing reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary for preparation of our financial statements; providing reasonable assurance that receipts and expenditures are made only in accordance with management and board authorizations; and providing reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018. In making this assessment, management used the criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in the “Internal Control-Integrated Framework” (2013) set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on the assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2018, our internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria.
The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which is included in Item 8.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
No changes in our internal control over financial reporting occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2018 that materially affected, or which are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
ITEM 9B.
OTHER INFORMATION.
None.

Table of Contents

PART III
ITEM 10.
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.
The information required by this Item 10 will be included in our 2019 Proxy Statement, which we intend to file with the SEC within 120 days of our December 31, 2018 fiscal year end, and is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 11.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
The information required by this Item 11 will be included in our 2019 Proxy Statement, which we intend to file with the SEC within 120 days of our December 31, 2018 fiscal year end, and is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 12.
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.
The information required by this Item 12 will be included in our 2019 Proxy Statement, which we intend to file with the SEC within 120 days of our December 31, 2018 fiscal year end, and is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 13.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.
The information required by this Item 13 will be included in our 2019 Proxy Statement, which we intend to file with the SEC within 120 days of our December 31, 2018 fiscal year end, and is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 14.
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES.
The information required by this Item 14 will be included in our 2019 Proxy Statement, which we intend to file with the SEC within 120 days of our December 31, 2018 fiscal year end, and is incorporated herein by reference.

82
Table of Contents

PART IV
ITEM 15.
EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
(a) The following documents are filed as part of this report:
(1) and (2) The response to this portion of Item 15 is submitted as a separate section of this report beginning on page F-1. All other schedules have been omitted as inapplicable or are not required, or because the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements or accompanying notes.
(3) The exhibits filed as part of this report are listed in the accompanying index.
 
 
 
 
Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit
No.
Exhibit
Description
Filed Herewith
 
Form
File
No.
Exhibit
Filing
Date
3.1
 
 
10-Q
001-38221
3.1
11/14/2017
3.2
 
 
S-1/A
333-218650
3.2
9/1/2017
4.1
 
 
S-1
333-218650
4.2
6/9/2017
4.2
 
 
8-K
001-38221
4.1
12/13/2017
10.1
 
 
S-1
333-218650
10.1
6/9/2017
10.2
 
 
S-1
333-218650
10.2
6/9/2017
10.3
 
 
S-1/A
333-218650
10.19
8/14/2017


83
Table of Contents

 
 
 
 
Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit No.
Exhibit
Description
Filed Herewith
 
Form
File
No.
Exhibit
Filing
Date
10.4
 
 
8-K
001-38221
10.1
2/9/2018
10.5
 
 
S-1
333-218650
10.3
6/9/2017
10.6
 
 
S-1/A
333-218650
10.10
8/14/2017
10.7
 
 
S-1/A
333-218650
10.11
8/14/2017
10.8
 
 
S-1/A
333-218650
10.12
8/14/2017
10.9
 
 
S-1/A
333-218650
10.13
8/14/2017
10.10
 
 
S-1
333-218650
10.4
6/9/2017
10.11
 
 
S-1/A
333-218650
10.5
9/1/2017
10.12*
 
 
S-1/A
333-218650
10.14
9/19/2017
10.13*
 
 
S-1/A
333-218650
10.15
9/1/2017
10.14*
 
 
S-1/A
333-218650
10.16
9/1/2017
10.15*
 
 
S-1/A
333-218650
10.17
9/1/2017
10.16*
 
 
S-1
333-218650
10.6
6/9/2017
10.17*
 
 
S-1
333-218650
10.7
6/9/2017
10.18*
 
 
S-1
333-218650
10.8
6/9/2017

84
Table of Contents

 
 
 
 
Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit No.
Exhibit
Description
Filed Herewith
 
Form
File
No.
Exhibit
Filing
Date
10.19*
 
 
S-1/A
333-218650
10.9
9/1/2017
10.20*
 
 
8-K
001-38221
10.2
8/9/2018
10.21*
 
 
S-1/A
333-218650
10.18
9/19/2017
10.22*
 
 
8-K
001-38221
10.1
8/9/2018
10.23*
 
 
8-K
001-38221
10.1
12/26/2018
10.24*
 
 
S-1/A
333-218650
10.19
9/19/2017
10.25*
 
 
S-1/A
333-218650
10.20
9/19/2017
10.26*
 
 
S-1/A
333-218650
10.21
9/19/2017
10.27*
 
 
S-1/A
333-218650
10.22
9/19/2017
21.1
X
 
 
 
 
 
23.1
X
 
 
 
 
 
23.2
X
 
 
 
 
 
31.1
X
 
 
 
 
 
31.2
X
 
 
 
 
 
32.1
X
 
 
 
 
 
32.2
X
 
 
 
 
 
101.INS
XBRL Instance Document
X
 
 
 
 
 
101.SCH
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
X
 
 
 
 
 
101.CAL
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
X
 
 
 
 
 
101.DEF
XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase Document
X
 
 
 
 
 
101.LAB
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
X
 
 
 
 
 
101.PRE
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
X
 
 
 
 
 

85
Table of Contents

* Management contract or compensatory plan
ITEM 16.
FORM 10-K SUMMARY.
None.

86
Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 
 
 
PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC.
 
 
 
 
Date:
March 1, 2019
By:
/s/ MICHAEL CREWS
 
 
 
Michael Crews
 
 
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 
(Duly Authorized Officer and Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)


87
Table of Contents

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ BELGACEM CHARIAG
 
Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
 
March 1, 2019
Belgacem Chariag
 
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ MICHAEL CREWS
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
March 1, 2019
Michael Crews
 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ GREG BRENNEMAN
 
Director
 
March 1, 2019
Greg Brenneman
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ TIMOTHY WALSH
 
Director
 
March 1, 2019
Timothy Walsh
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ MARK McFADDEN
 
Director
 
March 1, 2019
Mark McFadden
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ ROBERT TOTH
 
Director
 
March 1, 2019
Robert Toth
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ ROBERT COXON
 
Director
 
March 1, 2019
Robert Coxon
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ ANDREW CURRIE
 
Director
 
March 1, 2019
Andrew Currie
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ JONNY GINNS
 
Director
 
March 1, 2019
Jonny Ginns
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ KYLE VANN
 
Director
 
March 1, 2019
Kyle Vann
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ MARTIN S. CRAIGHEAD
 
Director
 
March 1, 2019
Martin S. Craighead
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ KIMBERLY ROSS
 
Director
 
March 1, 2019
Kimberly Ross
 
 
 
 



88
Table of Contents


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ZEOLYST INTERNATIONAL
 
Audited Financial Statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


F-1
Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of PQ Group Holdings Inc.
Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of PQ Group Holdings Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018, including the related notes and schedule of condensed parent company information as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018 beginning on page F-86 (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.
Change in Accounting Principles
As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for debt prepayment and extinguishment costs and restricted cash in 2018.
Basis for Opinions
The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.


F-2
Table of Contents

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.



/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
March 1, 2019

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2015.


F-3
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 
Years ended
December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Sales
$
1,608,154

 
$
1,472,101

 
$
1,064,177

Cost of goods sold
1,226,520

 
1,095,265

 
810,085

Gross profit
381,634

 
376,836

 
254,092

Selling, general and administrative expenses
168,628

 
146,723

 
110,252

Other operating expense, net (Note 9)
29,450

 
64,225

 
62,301

Operating income
183,556

 
165,888

 
81,539

Equity in net (income) loss from affiliated companies
(37,611
)
 
(38,772
)
 
2,612

Interest expense, net
113,723

 
179,044

 
140,315

Debt extinguishment costs (Note 16)
7,751

 
61,886

 
13,782

Other expense (income), net
11,077

 
24,364

 
(6,053
)
Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling interest
88,616

 
(60,634
)
 
(69,117
)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
28,995

 
(119,197
)
 
10,041

Net income (loss)
59,621

 
58,563

 
(79,158
)
Less: Net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest
1,321

 
960

 
588

Net income (loss) attributable to PQ Group Holdings Inc.
$
58,300

 
$
57,603

 
$
(79,746
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) per share:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic income (loss) per share
$
0.44

 
$
0.52

 
$
(1.02
)
Diluted income (loss) per share
$
0.43

 
$
0.52

 
$
(1.02
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
133,380,567

 
111,299,670

 
78,016,005

Diluted
134,684,931

 
111,669,037

 
78,016,005

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-4
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(in thousands)

 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Net income (loss)
$
59,621

 
$
58,563

 
$
(79,158
)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
 
 
 
 
 
Pension and postretirement benefits
(7,958
)
 
(101
)
 
6,865

Net (loss) gain from hedging activities
(330
)
 
(3,590
)
 
4,557

Foreign currency translation
(35,056
)
 
60,601

 
(66,834
)
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
(43,344
)
 
56,910

 
(55,412
)
Comprehensive income (loss)
16,277

 
115,473

 
(134,570
)
Less: Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
1,392

 
(152
)
 
(465
)
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to PQ Group Holdings Inc.
$
14,885

 
$
115,625

 
$
(134,105
)
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-5
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 
December 31,
2018
 
December 31,
2017
ASSETS
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
57,854

 
$
66,195

Receivables, net
196,770

 
193,456

Inventories (Note 10)
264,748

 
262,388

Prepaid and other current assets
39,244

 
26,929

Total current assets
558,616

 
548,968

Investments in affiliated companies (Note 11)
468,211

 
469,276

Property, plant and equipment, net
1,208,979

 
1,230,384

Goodwill
1,254,929

 
1,305,956

Other intangible assets, net
728,436

 
786,144

Other long-term assets
108,254

 
74,727

Total assets
$
4,327,425

 
$
4,415,455

LIABILITIES
 
 
 
Notes payable and current maturities of long-term debt
$
7,237

 
$
45,166

Accounts payable
148,365

 
149,326

Accrued liabilities
100,009

 
93,917

Total current liabilities
255,611

 
288,409

Long-term debt, excluding current portion
2,106,720

 
2,185,320

Deferred income taxes
196,124

 
189,336

Other long-term liabilities
104,825

 
120,471

Total liabilities
2,663,280

 
2,783,536

Commitments and contingencies (Note 23)

 

EQUITY
 
 
 
Common stock ($0.01 par); authorized shares 450,000,000; issued shares 135,758,269 and 135,244,379 on December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively; outstanding shares 135,592,045 and 135,244,379 on December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively
1,358

 
1,352

Preferred stock ($0.01 par); authorized shares 50,000,000; no shares issued or outstanding on December 31, 2018 and 2017
—

 
—

Additional paid-in capital
1,674,703

 
1,655,114

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)
25,523

 
(32,777
)
Treasury stock, at cost; shares 166,224 and 0 on December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively
(2,920
)
 
—

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income
(39,104
)
 
4,311

Total PQ Group Holdings Inc. equity
1,659,560

 
1,628,000

Noncontrolling interest
4,585

 
3,919

Total equity
1,664,145

 
1,631,919

Total liabilities and equity
$
4,327,425

 
$
4,415,455

 
 
 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(in thousands, except share data)

 
Shares of Common stock
 
Common
stock
 
Additional
paid-in
capital
 
Retained earnings (accum.
deficit)
 
Shares of Treasury stock
 
Treasury
stock, at
cost 
 
Accum. other comp. income (loss)
 
Non-control-
ling interest
 
Total
December 31, 2015
22,683,077

 
$
—

 
$
245,279

 
$
(10,634
)
 
—

 
$
—

 
$
648

 
$
—

 
$
235,293

Business Combination
83,169,873

 
73

 
912,127

 
 
 
 
 

 

 
6,569

 
918,769

Net income (loss)

 

 

 
(79,746
)
 
 
 

 

 
588

 
(79,158
)
Other comp. loss

 

 

 
 
 
 
 

 
(54,359
)
 
(1,053
)
 
(55,412
)
Stock repurchases

 

 

 
 
 
(207,546
)
 
(2,540
)
 

 

 
(2,540
)
Equity contribution
529,375

 
—

 
6,486

 
 
 
9,255

 
114

 

 

 
6,600

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 
 
 
 
 

 

 
(1,040
)
 
(1,040
)
Stock compensation expense
70,005

 

 
3,245

 
 
 
176,722

 
2,187

 

 

 
5,432

December 31, 2016
106,452,330

 
$
73

 
$
1,167,137

 
$
(90,380
)
 
$
(21.569
)
 
$
(239
)
 
$
(53,711
)
 
$
5,064

 
$
1,027,944

Net income

 

 

 
57,603

 
 
 

 

 
960

 
58,563

Stock split and conversion
(232,571
)
 
989

 
(1,228
)
 
 
 
232,534

 
239

 

 

 
—

Issuance of common stock - IPO
29,000,000

 
290

 
480,406

 
 
 
 
 

 

 

 
480,696

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 
 
 
 
 

 
58,022

 
(1,112
)
 
56,910

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 
 
 
 
 

 

 
(993
)
 
(993
)
Stock compensation expense

 

 
8,799

 
 
 

 

 

 

 
8,799

Shares issued under equity incentive plan, net of forfeitures
24,620

 
—

 
—

 
 
 
(211,015
)
 
—

 

 

 
—

December 31, 2017
135,244,379

 
$
1,352

 
$
1,655,114

 
$
(32,777
)
 
$
—

 
$
—

 
$
4,311

 
$
3,919

 
$
1,631,919

Net income

 

 

 
58,300

 
 
 

 

 
1,321

 
59,621

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(43,415
)
 
71

 
(43,344
)
Stock repurchases

 

 

 
 
 
(166,224
)
 
(2,920
)
 

 

 
(2,920
)
Distributions to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
(726
)
 
(726
)
Stock compensation expense

 

 
19,464

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

 
19,464

Shares issued under equity incentive plan, net of forfeitures
513,890

 
6

 
125

 
 
 
—

 
—

 

 

 
131

December 31, 2018
135,758,269

 
$
1,358

 
$
1,674,703

 
$
25,523

 
(166,274
)
 
$
(2,920
)
 
$
(39,104
)
 
$
4,585

 
$
1,664,145

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-7
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)
 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)
 
$
59,621

 
$
58,563

 
$
(79,158
)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation
 
132,640

 
124,551

 
89,453

Amortization
 
52,594

 
52,589

 
38,836

Amortization of inventory step-up
 
1,603

 
871

 
29,086

Intangible asset impairment charge
 
—

 
—

 
6,873

Amortization of deferred financing costs and original issue discount
 
6,119

 
8,733

 
6,859

Debt extinguishment costs
 
5,627

 
61,362

 
8,561

Foreign currency exchange loss (gain)
 
13,810

 
25,786

 
(3,558
)
Pension and postretirement healthcare benefit expense
 
1,073

 
3,289

 
1,957

Pension and postretirement healthcare benefit funding
 
(7,602
)
 
(7,887
)
 
(2,887
)
Deferred income tax provision (benefit)
 
3,445

 
(140,212
)
 
(138
)
Net loss on asset disposals
 
6,574

 
5,793

 
4,216

Stock compensation
 
19,464

 
8,799

 
5,432

Equity in net (income) loss from affiliated companies
 
(37,611
)
 
(38,772
)
 
2,612

Dividends received from affiliated companies
 
40,195

 
44,071

 
7,636

Net interest income on swaps designated as net investment hedges
 
(4,859
)
 
—

 
—

Gain on contract termination
 
(20,612
)
 
—

 
—

Other, net
 
(1,517
)
 
(4,061
)
 
(7,091
)
Working capital changes that provided (used) cash, excluding the effect of business combinations:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Receivables
 
(10,451
)
 
(11,463
)
 
27,757

Inventories
 
(8,980
)
 
(21,200
)
 
(2,305
)
Prepaids and other current assets
 
(6,348
)
 
(3,434
)
 
548

Accounts payable
 
(146
)
 
4,343

 
11,885

Accrued liabilities
 
4,005

 
(6,548
)
 
(23,866
)
Net cash provided by operating activities
 
248,644

 
165,173

 
122,708

Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
 
(131,688
)
 
(140,482
)
 
(121,421
)
Investment in affiliated companies
 
(5,000
)
 
(9,000
)
 
—

Loan receivable under the New Markets Tax Credit Arrangement
 
—

 
(6,221
)
 
(15,598
)
Business combinations, net of cash acquired
 
(1,006
)
 
(41,572
)
 
(1,777,740
)
Proceeds from sale of assets
 
12,380

 
—

 
—

Net interest proceeds on swaps designated as net investment hedges
 
4,859

 
—

 
—

Other, net
 
1,165

 
1,293

 
(1,004
)
Net cash used in investing activities
 
(119,290
)
 
(195,982
)
 
(1,915,763
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Draw down of revolver
 
141,764

 
357,773

 
145,000

Repayments of revolver
 
(166,778
)
 
(334,180
)
 
(167,000
)
Issuance of long-term debt, net of original issue discount and financing fees
 
1,267,000

 
308,550

 
1,248,556

Issuance of long-term notes, net of original issue discount and financing fees
 
—

 
—

 
1,133,265

Debt issuance costs
 
(6,395
)
 
(4,666
)
 
(23,786
)
Repayments of long-term debt
 
(1,369,690
)
 
(739,472
)
 
(479,059
)
Debt prepayment fees
 
—

 
(47,875
)
 
—

IPO proceeds
 
—

 
507,500

 
—

IPO costs
 
—

 
(26,804
)
 
—

Interest hedge premium
 
—

 
—

 
(1,551
)
Equity contribution
 
—

 
—

 
6,600

Stock repurchases
 
(2,920
)
 
—

 
(2,540
)
Distributions to noncontrolling interests
 
(725
)
 
(993
)
 
(1,040
)
Other
 
519

 
—

 
—

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
 
(137,225
)
 
19,833

 
1,858,445

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
 
354

 
(6,858
)
 
(5,886
)
Net change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
 
(7,517
)
 
(17,834
)
 
59,504

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period
 
67,243

 
85,077

 
25,573

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period
 
$
59,726

 
$
67,243

 
$
85,077

For supplemental cash flow disclosures, see Note 28.
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-8
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)




1. Background and Basis of Presentation:
Description of Business
PQ Group Holdings Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company” or “PQ Group Holdings”) conducts operations through two reporting segments: (1) Environmental Catalysts and Services: a leading global innovator and producer of silica catalysts used in the production of high-density polyethylene (“HDPE”), methyl methacrylate (“MMA”), specialty zeolite-based catalysts sold to the emission control industry, the petrochemical industry and other areas of the broader chemicals industry and a merchant sulfuric acid producer operating a network of plants serving a variety of end uses, including the oil refining, nylon, mining, general industrial and chemical industries; and (2) Performance Materials and Chemicals: a fully integrated, global leader in silicate technology, producing sodium silicate, specialty silicas, zeolites, spray dry silicates, magnesium silicate, and other high performance chemical products used in a variety of end-uses such as adsorbents for surface coatings, clarifying agents for beverages, cleaning and personal care products and engineered glass products for use in highway safety, polymer additives, metal finishing and electronics end uses.
Seasonal changes and weather conditions typically affect the Company’s performance materials and refining services product groups. In particular, the Company’s performance materials product group generally experiences lower sales and profit in the first and fourth quarters of the year because highway striping projects typically occur during warmer weather months. Additionally, the Company’s refining services product group typically experiences similar seasonal fluctuations as a result of higher demand for gasoline products in the summer months. As a result, working capital requirements tend to be higher in the first and fourth quarters of the year, which can adversely affect the Company’s liquidity and cash flows. Because of this seasonality associated with certain of the Company’s product groups, results for any one quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be achieved for any other quarter or for the full year.
Basis of Presentation
PQ Merger with Eco Services
On August 17, 2015, the Company, PQ Holdings Inc. (“PQ Holdings”), Eco Services Operations LLC (“Eco Services”), certain investment funds affiliated with CCMP Capital Advisors, LLC (now known as CCMP Capital Advisors, LP; “CCMP”), and stockholders of PQ Holdings and Eco Services entered into a reorganization and transaction agreement pursuant to which the companies consummated a series of transactions to reorganize and combine the businesses of PQ Holdings and Eco Services (the “Business Combination”), under a new holding company, PQ Group Holdings Inc. The Business Combination was consummated on May 4, 2016.
In accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”), Eco Services is the accounting predecessor to PQ Group Holdings. Certain investment funds affiliated with CCMP held a controlling interest position in Eco Services prior to the Business Combination. In addition, certain investment funds affiliated with CCMP owned a non-controlling interest in PQ Holdings prior to the Business Combination and the merger with Eco Services constituted a change in control under the PQ Holdings credit agreements and bond indenture that were in place at the time of the Business Combination. Therefore, Eco Services is deemed to be the accounting acquirer. These consolidated financial statements are the continuation of Eco Services’ business prior to the Business Combination.
Stock Split and Initial Public Offering
Prior to September 22, 2017, the Company had two classes of common stock designated as Class A and Class B common stock. On September 22, 2017, the Company reclassified its Class A common stock into common stock and then effected a 8.8275-for-1 split of its common stock. On September 28, 2017, the Company converted each outstanding share of Class B common stock into 8.8275 shares of common stock plus an additional number of shares determined by dividing the unreturned paid-in capital amount of such Class B common stock, or $113.74 per share, by $17.50, the price of a share of common stock in the Company’s initial public offering (“IPO”), rounded to the nearest whole share. Holders of Class B common stock did not receive any cash payments from the Company in connection with the conversion of the Class B common stock. As a result of the reclassification of Class A common stock into common stock, and the conversion of Class B common stock into common stock, all references to “Class A common stock” and “Class B common stock” have been changed to “common stock” for all periods presented. All previously reported per share and common share amounts in the accompanying financial statements and related notes have been restated to reflect the stock split.

F-9
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



On October 3, 2017, the Company completed its IPO whereby it issued 29,000,000 shares of its common stock at a price of $17.50 per share. The shares began trading on the New York Stock Exchange on September 29, 2017. The aggregate proceeds received by the Company from the offering were $480,696, net of underwriting discounts, commissions and offering expenses. The net proceeds were used to repay existing indebtedness as further described in Note 16.
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:
Principles of Consolidation. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its controlled subsidiaries. Investments in affiliated companies are recorded at cost plus the Company’s equity in their undistributed earnings. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated. Noncontrolling interests represent third-party equity ownership in certain of the Company’s consolidated subsidiaries and are presented as a component of equity separate from the equity attributable to the Company’s shareholders. The noncontrolling interests’ share in the Company’s net earnings are included in net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations, and their portion of the Company’s comprehensive income is included in comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests in the Company’s consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss). The Company’s noncontrolling interests relate to third-party minority ownership interests held in certain of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries acquired as part of the Business Combination.
Foreign Currency Translation. All assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries and affiliated companies are translated to U.S. dollars using exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Adjustments resulting from translation of the balance sheets and intercompany loans, which are considered permanent, are included in stockholders’ equity as part of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Adjustments resulting from translation of certain intercompany loans, which are not considered permanent and are denominated in foreign currencies, are included in other (income) expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company considers intercompany loans to be of a permanent or long-term nature if management expects and intends that the loans will not be repaid. For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, all intercompany loan arrangements were determined to be non-permanent based on management’s intention as well as actual lending and repayment activity. Therefore, the foreign currency transaction gains or losses associated with the intercompany loans were recorded in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016.
Income and expense items are translated at average exchange rates during the year. Net foreign currency exchange (gains) and losses included in other expense (income), net were $13,810, $25,786 and $(3,558) for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The net foreign currency losses realized in 2018 and 2017 and gain realized in 2016 were primarily driven by the Euro-denominated term loan (which was settled as part of the February 2018 term loan refinancing, see Note 16 to these consolidated financial statements for further information) and the non-permanent intercompany debt denominated in local currency and translated to U.S. dollars.
Cash and Cash Equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include investments with original terms to maturity of 90 days or less from the time of purchase.
Restricted Cash. Restricted cash, which is restricted as to withdrawal or usage, is classified separately from cash and cash equivalents on our consolidated balance sheets. The proceeds from the New Markets Tax Credit (“NMTC”) financing arrangements are restricted for use and are classified on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as other current assets. See Note 16 to these consolidated financial statements for further information regarding the NMTC financing arrangements. The Company’s total restricted cash balances, including cash related to the NMTC financing arrangements, were $1,872 and $1,048 as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and are included on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as other current assets.
Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The allowance for doubtful accounts is the Company’s best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in its existing accounts receivable. A specific reserve for bad debt is recorded for known or suspected doubtful accounts receivable. For all other accounts, the Company recognizes a reserve for bad debt based on the length of time receivables are past due and historical write-off experience. Account balances are charged against the allowance when the Company believes it is probable that the associated receivables will not be recovered. If the financial condition of the Company’s customers were to deteriorate resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances

F-10
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



may be required. The Company does not have any off-balance sheet credit exposure related to its customers. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts was not material.
Inventories. Certain domestic inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market and valued using the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method. All other inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value and valued using the weighted average cost or first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) methods.
Property, Plant and Equipment. Property, plant and equipment are carried at cost and include expenditures for new facilities, major renewals and betterments. The Company capitalizes the cost of furnace rebuilds as part of property, plant and equipment. Plant and equipment under capital leases are carried at the present value of minimum lease payments as determined at the beginning of the lease term. Maintenance, repairs and minor renewals are charged to expense as incurred. The Company capitalizes certain internal costs associated with the implementation of purchased software. When property, plant and equipment is retired or otherwise disposed of, the net carrying amount is eliminated with any gain or loss on disposition recognized in earnings at that time. The Company also leases property, plant and equipment, principally under operating leases. Rent expense for operating leases, which may have escalating rentals or rent holidays, is recorded on a straight-line basis over the respective lease terms.
Depreciation is provided on the straight-line method based on the estimated useful lives of the assets, which generally range from 15 to 33 years for buildings and improvements and 3 to 10 years for machinery and equipment. Leasehold improvements are depreciated using the straight-line method based on the shorter of the useful life of the improvement or remaining lease term.
The Company capitalizes the interest cost associated with the development and construction of significant new plant and equipment and depreciates that amount over the lives of the related assets. Capitalized interest recorded during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $3,542, $5,806 and $5,687, respectively.
Spare Parts. Spare parts are maintained by the Company’s facilities to keep machinery and equipment in working order. Spare parts are capitalized and included in other long-term assets. Spare parts are measured at cost and are not depreciated or expensed until utilized; however, reserves may be provided on aged spare parts. When a spare part is utilized as part of an improvement to property, plant and equipment, the carrying value is depreciated over the applicable life once placed in service. Otherwise, the spare part is expensed and charged as a cost of production when utilized.
Investments in Affiliated Companies. Investments in affiliated companies are accounted for using the equity method of accounting if the investment provides the Company with the ability to exercise significant influence, but not control, over the investee. Significant influence is generally deemed to exist if the Company’s ownership interest in the voting stock of the investee ranges between 20% and 50%, although other factors, such as representation on the investee’s board of directors and the impact of commercial arrangements, are considered in determining whether the equity method of accounting is appropriate. Under the equity method of accounting, the investments in equity-method investees are recorded in the consolidated balance sheets as investments in affiliated companies, and the Company’s share of the investees’ earnings or losses, together with other-than temporary impairments in value, is recorded as equity in net income (loss) from affiliated companies in the consolidated statements of operations. Any differences between the Company’s cost of an equity method investment and the underlying equity in the net assets of the investment, such as fair value step-ups resulting from acquisitions, are accounted for according to their nature and impact the amounts recognized as equity in net income (loss) from affiliated companies in the consolidated statements of operations.
The Company evaluates all distributions received from its equity method investments using the nature of distribution approach. Under this approach, the Company evaluates the nature of activities of the investee that generated the distribution. The distributions received are either classified as a return on investment, which is presented as a component of operating activities on the Company’s consolidated statements of cash flows, or as a return of investment, which is presented as a component of investing activities on the Company’s consolidated statements of cash flows.
The Company evaluates its equity method investments for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of such investments may be impaired. If a decline in the value of an equity method investment is determined to be other than temporary, a loss is recorded in earnings in the current period.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets. Goodwill is an asset representing the future economic benefits arising from other assets acquired in a business combination that are not individually identified and separately recognized. The Company is

F-11
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



required to test goodwill associated with each of its reporting units for impairment at least annually and whenever events or circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that goodwill may be impaired. The Company performs its annual goodwill impairment test as of October 1 of each year.
Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level. In performing tests for goodwill impairment, the Company is permitted to first perform a qualitative assessment about the likelihood of the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeding its fair value. If an entity determines that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount based on the qualitative assessment, it is required to perform a two-step goodwill impairment test to identify the potential goodwill impairment and measure the amount of the goodwill impairment loss, if any, to be recognized for that reporting unit. However, if an entity concludes otherwise based on the qualitative assessment, the two-step goodwill impairment test is not required. The option to perform the qualitative assessment can be utilized at the Company’s discretion, and the qualitative assessment need not be applied to all reporting units in a given goodwill impairment test. For an individual reporting unit, if the Company elects not to perform the qualitative assessment, or if the qualitative assessment indicates that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then the Company must perform the two-step goodwill impairment test for the reporting unit.
In applying the two-step process, the first step used to identify potential impairment involves comparing the reporting unit’s estimated fair value to its carrying value, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill is not impaired. If the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value, there is an indication of potential impairment and the second step is performed to measure the amount of impairment, if any. The second step of the process involves the calculation of an implied fair value of goodwill for each reporting unit for which step one indicated potential impairment. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in a manner similar to how goodwill is calculated in a business combination. That is, the estimated fair value of the reporting unit, as calculated in step one, is allocated to the individual assets and liabilities as if the reporting unit was being acquired in a business combination. If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying value of goodwill assigned to the reporting unit, there is no impairment. If the carrying value of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded to write down the carrying value. An impairment loss cannot exceed the carrying value of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit and the loss establishes a new basis in the goodwill. Subsequent reversal of an impairment loss is not permitted.
For intangible assets other than goodwill, definite-lived intangible assets are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives. Intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized, but rather are tested for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the intangible asset below its carrying amount. The Company tests its indefinite-lived intangible assets as of October 1 of each year in conjunction with its annual goodwill impairment test.
Impairment Assessment of Long-Lived Assets. The Company performs an impairment review of property, plant and equipment and definite-lived intangible assets when facts and circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable from its undiscounted future cash flows. When evaluating long-lived assets for impairment, if the carrying amount of an asset or asset group is found not to be recoverable, a potential impairment loss may be recognized. An impairment loss is measured by comparing the carrying amount of the asset or asset group to its fair value. Fair value is determined using quoted market prices when available, or other techniques including discounted cash flows. The Company’s estimates of future cash flows involve assumptions concerning future operating performance, economic conditions and technological changes that may affect the future useful lives of the assets.
Derivative Financial Instruments. The Company utilizes certain derivative financial instruments to enhance its ability to manage risk, including exposure to interest rate, commodity price, and foreign currency fluctuations that exist as part of ongoing business operations. Derivative instruments are entered into for periods consistent with the related underlying exposures and do not constitute positions independent of those exposures.
All derivatives designated as hedges are recognized on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value. The Company may designate a derivative as a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or of an unrecognized firm commitment (fair value hedge), a hedge of a forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (cash flow hedge), a foreign currency fair-value or cash-flow hedge (foreign currency hedge),

F-12
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



or a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation (net investment hedge). The Company’s hedging strategies include derivatives designated as cash flow hedges and net investment hedges.
Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective and that is designated and qualifies as a cash flow hedge are recorded in other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified into earnings in the same period(s) in which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective and that is designated and qualifies as a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation are recorded in the foreign currency translation adjustment account within accumulated other comprehensive income, where the associated gains and losses will remain until such time that the hedged net investment (foreign subsidiary) is sold or liquidated.
Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is not designated or does not qualify as a hedge are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations. Cash flows from derivative instruments are reported in the same cash flow category as the cash flows from the items being hedged.
The Company formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk-management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. The Company also formally assesses whether each hedging relationship is highly effective in achieving offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged item during the period, both at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis. If it is determined that a derivative is not highly effective as a hedge, or if a derivative ceases to be a highly-effective hedge, hedge accounting is discontinued with respect to that derivative prospectively.
Fair Value Measurements. The Company measures fair value using the guidelines under GAAP. An asset’s fair value is defined as the price at which the asset could be exchanged in a current transaction between market participants. A liability’s fair value is defined as the amount that would be paid to transfer the liability to a market participant, not the amount that would be paid to settle the liability with the creditor. See Note 5 to these consolidated financial statements regarding the application of fair value measurements.
The carrying values of cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these items. See Note 16 to these consolidated financial statements regarding the fair value of debt.
Revenue Recognition. In determining the appropriate amount of revenue to be recognized as the Company fulfills its obligations under its agreements, the Company performs the following steps: (i) identification of the contract with the customer; (ii) determination of whether the promised goods or services are performance obligations, including whether they are distinct in the context of the contract; (iii) measurement of the transaction price; (iv) allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations based on estimated selling prices; and (v) recognition of revenue when (or as) the Company satisfies each performance obligation.
The Company identifies a contract when an agreement with a customer creates legally enforceable rights and obligations, which occurs when a contract has been approved by both parties, the parties are committed to perform their respective obligations, each party’s rights and payment terms are clearly identified, commercial substance exists and it is probable that the Company will collect the consideration to which it is entitled.
The Company may offer rebates to customers who have reached a specified volume of optional purchases. The Company recognizes rebates given to customers as a reduction of revenue based on an allocation of the cost of honoring rebates earned and claimed to each of the underlying revenue transactions that result in progress by the customer toward earning the rebate. Rebates are recognized at the time revenue is recorded. The Company measures the rebate obligation based on the estimated amount of sales that will result in a rebate at the adjusted sales price per the respective sales agreement.
Shipping and Handling Costs. Amounts billed to a customer in a sale transaction related to shipping and handling, if any, represent revenues earned for the goods provided and are classified as revenue. Costs related to shipping and handling of products shipped to customers are classified as cost of goods sold. Refer to Note 4 for disclosures regarding the recognition of revenue for shipping and handling costs that are billed to customers.
Research and Development. Research and development costs of $15,565, $13,859 and $7,266 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, were expensed as incurred and reported in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

F-13
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



Income Taxes. Prior to the Business Combination, Eco Services was a single member limited liability company and was treated as a partnership for federal and state tax purposes. All income tax liabilities and/or benefits of the Company were passed through to the member. As such, no recognition of federal or state income taxes for the Company have been provided for tax periods prior to the Business Combination. As a result of the Business Combination, Eco Services had a change in tax status and is taxed as a C-Corporation.
The Company operates within multiple taxing jurisdictions and are subject to tax filing requirements and audit within these jurisdictions. The Company uses the asset and liability method in accounting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements, using statutory tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the results of operations in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company evaluates its deferred tax assets each period to ensure that estimated future taxable income will be sufficient in character (e.g., capital gain versus ordinary income treatment), amount and timing to result in their recovery. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce the carrying amounts of deferred tax assets unless it is more likely than not that those assets will be realized.
In determining the provision for income taxes, the Company provides deferred income taxes on income from foreign subsidiaries as such earnings are taxable upon remittance to the United States, to the extent that these earnings are considered to be available for repatriation. The Company does not provide income taxes on the cumulative unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries considered permanently reinvested. The Company establishes contingent liabilities for possible assessments by taxing authorities resulting from uncertain tax positions including, but not limited to, transfer pricing, deductibility of certain expenses and other state, local, and foreign tax matters. The Company recognizes a financial statement benefit for positions taken for tax return purposes when it will be more likely than not (greater than 50%) that the positions will be sustained upon tax examination, based solely on the technical merits of the tax positions, otherwise, no benefit is recognized. The tax benefits recognized are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company recognizes potential accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. Tax examinations are often complex as tax authorities may disagree with the treatment of items reported by the Company and may require several years to resolve. These accrued liabilities represent a provision for taxes that are reasonably expected to be incurred on the basis of available information but which are not certain.
Pursuant to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Staff Accounting Bulletin No.118 (“SAB 118”), the Company was allowed a measurement period of up to one year after the enactment date of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“TCJA”) to finalize the recording of any related tax impacts with respect to its transition tax liability. As of December 31, 2017, the Company’s accounting for these impacts was provisional. However, in accordance with SAB 118, the Company has finalized the impacts of the transition tax as of December 31, 2018 and has recorded a measurement period adjustment of $2,102 as a benefit to tax expense. There was no cash tax outlay associated with the final transition tax amount, as the Company elected to utilize net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards to offset the associated taxable income.
Based on FASB guidance, the Company is permitted to make an accounting policy election to either (1) treat the taxes incurred as a result of the GILTI provision as a current-period expense when incurred or (2) factor such amounts into its measurement of deferred taxes. The Company has elected to treat any expense incurred as a current-period expense.
Asset Retirement Obligations. The Company records a liability when the fair value of any future obligation to retire a long-lived asset as a result of an existing or enacted law, statute, ordinance or contract is reasonably estimable. The Company also records a liability for the fair value of a conditional asset retirement obligation if the fair value can be reasonably estimated. When the liability is initially recorded, the Company capitalizes the cost by increasing the amount of the related long-lived asset. Over time, the Company adjusts the liability to its present value by recognizing accretion expense as an operating expense in the consolidated statements of operations each period, and the capitalized cost is depreciated over the useful life of the related asset. Upon settlement of the liability, the Company records a gain or loss if the actual costs differ from the accrued amount.
The Company has recorded asset retirement obligations (“AROs”) identified as part of the Business Combination in other long-term liabilities in order to recognize legal obligations associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets. The Company has assessed whether an ARO is required at each manufacturing facility and has recorded an obligation for

F-14
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



those locations for which an obligation exists. The most significant of these are primarily attributable to environmental remediation liabilities associated with current operations that were incurred during the course of normal operations. The Company has AROs that are conditional in nature. The Company identified certain conditional AROs upon which it was able to reasonably estimate their fair value and recorded a liability. These AROs were triggered upon commitments by the Company to comply with local, state, and national laws to remove environmentally hazardous materials. The AROs have been recognized on a discounted basis using a credit adjusted risk free rate. Accretion of the AROs is recorded in other operating expense, net in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The following table includes the changes in the Company’s ARO liability during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017:
 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
Beginning balance
 
$
4,094

 
$
3,700

Accretion expense
 
287

 
232

Foreign exchange impact
 
(157
)
 
162

Ending balance
 
$
4,224

 
$
4,094

 
 
 
 
 
Environmental Expenditures. Environmental expenditures that pertain to current operations or to future revenues are expensed or capitalized consistent with the Company’s capitalization policy for property, plant and equipment. Expenditures that result from the remediation of an existing condition caused by past operations and that do not contribute to current or future revenues are expensed. Liabilities are recognized for remedial activities when the remediation is probable and the cost can be reasonably estimated. Recoveries of expenditures for environmental remediation are recognized as assets only when recovery is deemed probable. See Note 23 to these consolidated financial statements regarding commitments and contingencies and Note 15 regarding the accrued environmental reserve.
Deferred Financing Costs. Financing costs incurred in connection with the issuance of long-term debt are deferred and presented as a direct reduction from the related debt instruments on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Deferred financing costs are amortized as interest expense using the effective interest method over the respective terms of the associated debt instruments.
Stock-Based Compensation. The Company applies the fair value based method to account for stock options, restricted stock awards and restricted stock units issued in connection with its equity incentive plans. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting periods of the respective awards, and the Company accounts for forfeitures of equity incentive awards as they occur. In connection with the vesting of restricted stock awards and restricted stock units, shares of common stock may be delivered to the Company by employees to satisfy withholding tax obligations at the instruction of the employee award holders. These transactions when they occur are accounted for as stock repurchases by the Company, with the shares returned to treasury stock at a cost representing the payment by the Company of the tax obligations on behalf of the employees in lieu of shares for the vesting event. See Note 22 to these consolidated financial statements regarding compensation expense associated with the Company’s equity incentive awards.
Pensions and Postretirement Benefits. The Company maintains qualified and non-qualified defined benefit pension plans that cover employees in the United States and Canada, as well as certain employees in other international locations. Benefits for a majority of the plans are based on average final pay and years of service. Our funding policy, consistent with statutory requirements, is based on actuarial computations utilizing the projected unit credit method of calculation. Not all defined benefit pension plans are funded. In the United States and Canada, the pension plans’ assets include equity and fixed income securities. In our other international locations, the pension plans’ assets include equity and fixed income securities, as well as insurance contracts. Certain assumptions are made regarding the occurrence of future events affecting pension costs, such as mortality, withdrawal, disablement and retirement, changes in compensation and benefits, and discount rates to reflect the time value of money.
The major elements in determining pension income and expense are pension liability discount rates and the expected return on plan assets. The Company references rates of return on high-quality, fixed income investments when estimating the discount rate, and the expected period over which payments will be made based upon historical experience. The long-

F-15
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



term rate of return used to calculate the expected return on plan assets is the average rate of return estimated to be earned on invested funds for providing pension benefits.
In addition to pension benefits, the Company provides certain health care benefits for employees who meet age, participation and length of service requirements at retirement. The Company uses explicit assumptions using the best estimates available of the plan’s future experience. Principal actuarial assumptions include: discount rates, present value factors, retirement age, participation rates, mortality rates, cost trend rates, Medicare reimbursement rates and per capita claims cost by age. Current interest rates as of the measurement date are used for discount rates in present value calculations.
The Company also has defined contribution plans covering domestic employees of the Company and certain subsidiaries.
Contingencies. Certain conditions may exist as of the date the financial statements are issued, which may result in a loss to the Company but which will only be resolved when one or more future events occur or fail to occur. The Company’s management and its legal counsel assess such contingent liabilities, and such assessment inherently involves an exercise of judgment. In assessing loss contingencies related to legal proceedings that are pending against the Company or unasserted claims that may result in such proceedings, the Company and legal counsel evaluate the perceived merits of any legal proceedings or unasserted claims as well as the perceived merits of the amount of relief sought or expected to be sought therein. If the assessment of a contingency indicates that it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be estimated, then the estimated liability is accrued in the Company’s financial statements. If the assessment indicates that a loss contingency is not probable, but is reasonably possible, or is probable but cannot be estimated, then the nature of the contingent liability, together with an estimate of the range of possible loss if determinable and material, would be disclosed. Loss contingencies considered remote are generally not disclosed unless they involve guarantees, in which case the nature of the guarantee would be disclosed, including the approximate term, how the guarantee arose, and the events or circumstances that would require the guarantor to perform under the guarantee.
Use of Estimates. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
3. New Accounting Standards:
Recently Adopted Accounting Standards
In August 2018, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued guidance which will align the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a cloud computing arrangement (i.e., a hosting arrangement) that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software. Capitalized implementation costs related to a hosting arrangement that is a service contract will be amortized over the term of the hosting arrangement, beginning when the module or component of the hosting arrangement is ready for its intended use. The guidance is effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including all interim periods within that fiscal year. Early adoption is permitted, and the guidance can be applied either retrospectively or prospectively to all implementation costs incurred after the date of adoption. The Company early adopted the guidance effective October 1, 2018 and has applied the guidance on a prospective basis for any implementation costs incurred subsequent to the adoption date, with no significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In August 2017, the FASB issued amendments related to hedge accounting. The amendments expand hedge accounting for non-financial and financial risk components and revise the measurement methodologies to better align with an entity’s risk management activities. Separate presentation of hedge ineffectiveness is eliminated to provide greater transparency of the full impact of hedging by requiring presentation of the results of the hedged item and hedging instrument in a single financial statement line item. In addition, the amendments reduce complexity by simplifying the manner in which assessments of hedge effectiveness may be performed. The new guidance is effective for public companies for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those years. Early adoption is permitted, and the guidance should be applied prospectively for the amended presentation and disclosure requirements, and through a cumulative-effect adjustment to beginning retained earnings for any cash flow and net investment hedges existing at the date of adoption. The Company early adopted the guidance effective January 1, 2018. The Company’s cash flow hedges in place at the date of

F-16
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



adoption yielded an immaterial amount of ineffectiveness; therefore, the Company did not reflect an adjustment to beginning retained earnings upon adoption. The amended presentation and disclosure requirements are reflected under the new guidance in Note 18 to these consolidated financial statements.
In May 2017, the FASB issued guidance to clarify which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting. Under the new guidance, an entity should account for the effects of a change in a share-based payment award using modification accounting unless the fair value, vesting conditions and classification as either a liability or equity are all the same with respect to the award immediately prior to modification and the modified award itself. The new guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those years, and the new guidance should be applied prospectively to awards modified on or after the adoption date. The Company adopted the new guidance on January 1, 2018 as required, with no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements upon adoption.
In March 2017, the FASB issued guidance to improve the presentation of net periodic pension cost and net periodic postretirement benefit cost (collectively, “pension costs”). Under current GAAP, there are several components of pension costs which are presented net to arrive at pension costs as included in the income statement and disclosed in the notes. As part of this amendment to the existing guidance, the service cost component of pension costs will be bifurcated from the other components and included in the same line items of the income statement as compensation costs are reported. The remaining components will be reported together below operating income on the income statement, either as a separate line item or combined with another line item on the income statement and disclosed. Additionally, with respect to capitalization to inventory, fixed assets, etc., only the service cost component will be eligible for capitalization upon adoption of the guidance. The new guidance is effective for public companies for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those years. The amendments should be applied retrospectively upon adoption with respect to the presentation of the service and other cost components of pension costs in the income statement, and prospectively for the capitalization of the service cost component in assets.
The Company adopted the new guidance on January 1, 2018 as required. Prior to the adoption of the guidance, the Company reflected its pension costs within cost of goods sold and selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations, depending on whether the costs were associated with employees involved in manufacturing or back office support functions. Under the new guidance, the service cost component of the Company’s pension costs remained in the same line items of the consolidated statements of operations, but the remaining components are now reported as part of nonoperating income in the other (income) expense, net line item of the consolidated statements of operations. Although the guidance requires retrospective application upon adoption, a practical expedient permits the Company to use the amounts disclosed in its pension and other post-retirement benefit plan note as its basis of estimation for the prior comparative periods. The Company utilized the practical expedient, and $1,616 and $2,651 of a net pension benefit for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, was reclassified to other expense (income), net. For the year ended December 31, 2018, the amount of pension costs included in other expense (income), net was a net benefit of $3,625.
In January 2017, the FASB issued guidance that clarifies the definition of a business and provides revised criteria and a framework to determine whether an integrated set of assets and activities is a business. For public companies, the new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those years. The Company adopted the new guidance on January 1, 2018 as required, with no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements upon adoption.
In November 2016, the FASB issued guidance which clarifies the classification and presentation of changes in restricted cash on the statement of cash flows. The updates in the guidance require that the statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts. The updates also require a reconciliation between cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash presented on the balance sheet to the total of the same amounts presented on the statement of cash flows. For public companies, the new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within those years, and the new guidance should be applied retrospectively to each period presented.
The Company adopted the new guidance on January 1, 2018 as required. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had $1,872 and $1,048, respectively, of restricted cash included in prepaid and other current assets on its

F-17
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



consolidated balance sheets. Changes in the Company’s restricted cash balances prior to the adoption of the new guidance were reflected within cash flows from investing activities in the Company’s consolidated statements of cash flows. The prior comparative periods in the Company’s consolidated statements of cash flows have been updated to conform to the new guidance. See Note 28 to these consolidated financial statements for supplemental cash flow disclosures.
In August 2016, the FASB issued guidance which clarifies the classification of certain cash receipts and cash payments in the statement of cash flows, including debt prepayment or extinguishment costs and distributions from equity method investees. For public companies, the new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years, and the new guidance should be applied retrospectively to each period presented. The Company adopted the new guidance on January 1, 2018 as required. The Company applied the new guidance to the term loan refinancing that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2018; see Note 16 to these consolidated financial statements for further information on the debt refinancing transaction.
The following is a summary of the impact of adopting the new statement of cash flows guidance on the Company’s consolidated statements of cash flows:
Year ended December 31, 2017
 
Previously
Reported
 
Adjustments
 
Revised
Net cash provided by operating activities(1)
 
$
116,062

 
$
49,111

 
$
165,173

Net cash used in investing activities(2)
 
(182,695
)
 
(13,287
)
 
(195,982
)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities(1)
 
68,944

 
(49,111
)
 
19,833

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
 
(6,858
)
 
—

 
(6,858
)
Net change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash(2)
 
(4,547
)
 
(13,287
)
 
(17,834
)
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period(2)
 
70,742

 
14,335

 
85,077

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period(2)
 
$
66,195

 
$
1,048

 
$
67,243

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year ended December 31, 2016
 
Previously
Reported
 
Adjustments
 
Revised
Net cash provided by operating activities(1)
 
$
119,720

 
$
2,988

 
$
122,708

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities(2)
 
(1,929,680
)
 
13,917

 
(1,915,763
)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities(1)
 
1,861,433

 
(2,988
)
 
1,858,445

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
 
(5,886
)
 
—

 
(5,886
)
Net change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash(2)
 
45,587

 
13,917

 
59,504

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period(2)
 
25,155

 
418

 
25,573

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period(2)
 
$
70,742

 
$
14,335

 
$
85,077

 
(1)
Adjustments include the reclassification of $47,875 in debt prepayment penalties for the year ended December 31, 2017, which were paid in cash, that were associated with the Company’s repricing and refinancing activities. The adjustments also include the reclassification of $1,236 and $2,988 in third-party lender fees for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, associated with the Company’s repricing and refinancing activities that were paid in cash. In accordance with the August 2016 guidance which clarifies the classification of certain cash receipts and cash payments in the statement of cash flows, the amounts were reclassified from net cash provided by operating activities to net cash provided by (used in) financing activities.
(2)  
In accordance with the November 2016 guidance that clarified the classification and presentation of changes in restricted cash on the statement of cash flows, the Company reclassified the changes in restricted cash for the respective periods from cash from investing activities to the cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash line item.
In May 2014, the FASB issued accounting guidance (with subsequent targeted amendments) to significantly enhance comparability of revenue recognition practices across entities, industries, jurisdictions and capital markets. The core principle

F-18
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



of the guidance is that revenue recognized from a transaction or event that arises from a contract with a customer should reflect the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled in exchange for goods or services provided. To achieve that core principle, the new guidance sets forth a five-step revenue recognition model that will need to be applied consistently to all contracts with customers, except those that are within the scope of other topics in the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”). Also required are enhanced disclosures to help users of financial statements better understand the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows from contracts with customers. The enhanced disclosures include qualitative and quantitative information about contracts with customers, significant judgments made in applying the revenue guidance, and assets recognized related to the costs to obtain or fulfill a contract. For public companies, the new requirements are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those years. The Company reviewed its key revenue streams and assessed the underlying customer contracts within the framework of the new guidance. The Company evaluated the key aspects of its revenue streams for impact under the new guidance and performed a detailed analysis of its customer agreements to quantify the changes under the guidance. The Company concluded that the guidance did not have a material impact on its existing revenue recognition practices upon adoption on January 1, 2018. The Company implemented the guidance under the modified retrospective transition method of adoption. Comparative information has not been restated and continues to be reported under the accounting standards in effect for those periods. The impact of adoption of the new revenue recognition guidance was immaterial for the year ended December 31, 2018, and there was no transition adjustment required upon adoption. See Note 4 to these consolidated financial statements for additional disclosures required by the new guidance.
Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted as of December 31, 2018
In August 2018, the FASB issued guidance which modifies the disclosure requirements for employers that sponsor defined benefit pension or other postretirement plans. The guidance eliminates certain disclosure requirements, including the amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income expected to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year and the effects of a one-percentage point change in assumed health care cost trend rates. The guidance also requires additional disclosure of the reasons for significant gains and losses related to changes in the benefit obligation for the period. The guidance is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2020 with early adoption permitted, and is required to be applied on a retrospective basis to all periods presented. The Company will modify its benefit plan disclosures in accordance with the new guidance upon adoption, and the guidance will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In August 2018, the FASB issued guidance which modifies certain disclosure requirements over fair value measurements. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including all interim periods within that fiscal year. The Company believes that the new guidance will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In June 2018, the FASB issued guidance which conforms the accounting for the issuance of all share-based payments using the same accounting model. Previously, the accounting for share-based payments to non-employees was covered under a different framework than those made to employees. Under the new guidance, awards to both employees and non-employees will essentially follow the same model, with small variations related to determining the term assumption when valuing a non-employee award as well as a different expense attribution model for non-employee awards. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the effect that the new guidance would have on its consolidated financial statements.
In February 2018, the FASB issued guidance which will permit entities to make an election to reclassify income tax effects stranded in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) to retained earnings as a result of tax reform legislation enacted by the U.S. government on December 22, 2017. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted in any interim period for which the financial statements have not yet been issued. Prior to the enactment of the tax reform legislation on December 22, 2017, the Company had amounts recorded in AOCI related to its domestic pension, postretirement and supplementary benefit plans and cash flow hedging relationships that were based on pre-enactment tax rates. The Company is evaluating the impact that the new guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements. If the Company makes the election to reclassify the stranded income tax effects from AOCI, it may do so using one of two transition methods: retrospectively, or at the beginning of the period of adoption.

F-19
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



In January 2017, the FASB issued guidance which eliminates the second step from the traditional two-step goodwill impairment test. Under current guidance, an entity performed the first step of the goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount; if an impairment loss was indicated, the entity computed the implied fair value of goodwill to determine whether an impairment loss existed, and if so, the amount to recognize. Under the new guidance, an impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value (the Step 1 test), with no further testing required. Any impairment loss recognized is limited to the amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. The new guidance is effective for public companies that are Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) registrants for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted for goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The Company will apply the guidance prospectively to goodwill impairment tests subsequent to the adoption date.
In June 2016, the FASB issued guidance that affects loans, trade receivables and any other financial assets that have the contractual right to receive cash. Under the new guidance, an entity is required to recognize expected credit losses rather than incurred losses for financial assets. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company believes that the new guidance will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In February 2016, the FASB issued guidance (with subsequent targeted amendments) that modifies the accounting for leases. Under the new guidance, a lessee will recognize assets and liabilities for most leases (including those classified under existing GAAP as operating leases, which based on current standards are not reflected on the balance sheet), but will recognize expenses similar to current lease accounting. The new guidance also requires companies to provide expanded disclosures regarding leasing arrangements. For public companies, the new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those years, with early adoption permitted. The new guidance must be adopted using a modified retrospective transition method. The Company can choose to apply the new guidance at the beginning of the earliest period presented in the financial statements, or at the date of adoption, with a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings and no recast of prior period results presented within the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Company has elected to apply the new guidance as of the date of adoption.
The Company has operating lease agreements for which it expects to recognize right of use assets and corresponding liabilities on its balance sheet upon adoption of the new guidance. The Company is currently finalizing its lease portfolio analysis which will result in a material increase in total assets and liabilities in its consolidated balance sheets. The Company does not believe that the new guidance will have a material impact on its results of operations or cash flows. In addition, the Company has implemented a lease technology software to assist in its ongoing lease data collection and analysis. The Company is also updating its processes, accounting policies and internal controls to ensure it will meet the requirements of the new guidance upon adoption.
The new guidance provides practical expedients, which the Company is currently finalizing its evaluation. The Company has elected the short term lease accounting policy and will not record right of use assets or lease liabilities for leases with a term of twelve months or less. The Company has elected the package of practical expedients which provides for an entity not to reassess: (1) whether any expired or existing contracts are, or contain, leases; (2) the lease clarification for any expired or existing leases; and (3) initial direct costs for any existing leases.
4. Revenue from Contracts with Customers:
Revenue Recognition Model
As described in Note 2, the Company applies the five-step revenue recognition model to each contract with its customers.
Evidence of a contract between the Company and its customers may take the form of a master service agreement (“MSA”), a MSA in combination with an underlying purchase order, a combination of a pricing quote with an underlying purchase order or an individual purchase order received from a customer. The Company and certain of its customers enter into MSAs that establish the terms, including prices, under which orders to purchase goods may be placed. In cases where the MSA contains a distinct order for goods or contains an enforceable minimum quantity to be purchased by the customer, the Company considers the MSA to be evidence of a contract between the Company and its customer as the MSA creates enforceable rights and obligations. In cases where the MSA does not contain a distinct order for goods, the Company’s

F-20
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



contract with a customer is the purchase order issued under the MSA. Customers of the Company may also negotiate orders via pricing quotes, which typically detail product pricing, delivery terms and payment information. When a customer procures goods under this method, the Company considers the combination of the pricing quote and the purchase order to create enforceable rights and obligations. Absent either a MSA or pricing quote, the Company considers an individual purchase order remitted by a customer to create enforceable rights and obligations.
The Company identifies a performance obligation in a contract for each promised good that is separately identifiable from other promises in the contract and for which the customer can benefit from the good. The majority of the Company’s contracts have a single performance obligation, which is the promise to transfer individual goods to the customer. Single performance obligations are satisfied according to the shipping terms noted within the MSA or purchase order. The Company has certain contracts that include multiple performance obligations under which the purchase price for each distinct performance obligation is defined in the contract. These distinct performance obligations may include stand-ready provisions, which are arrangements to provide a customer assurance that they will have access to output from the Company’s manufacturing facilities, or monthly reservations of capacity fees. The Company considers stand-ready provisions and reservation of capacity fees to be performance obligations satisfied over time. Revenues related to stand-ready provisions and reservation of capacity fees are recognized on a ratable basis throughout the contract term and billed to the customer on a monthly basis.
As described above, the Company’s MSAs with its customers may outline prices for individual products or contract provisions. MSAs in the Company’s performance chemicals and refining services product groups may contain provisions whereby raw material costs are passed-through to the customer per the terms of their contract. The Company’s exposure to fluctuations in raw material prices is limited, as the majority of pass-through contract provisions reset based on fluctuations in the underlying raw material price. MSAs in the Company’s refining services product group also contain take-or-pay arrangements, whereby the customer would incur a penalty in the form of a volume shortfall fee. There have been no issues where in which customers failed to meet the contractual minimum. Revenue from product sales are recorded at the sales price, which includes estimates of variable consideration for which reserves are established and which result from discounts, returns or other allowances that are offered within contracts between the Company and its customers.
The Company recognizes revenues when performance obligations under the terms of a contract with its customer are satisfied, which generally occurs at a point in time by transferring control of a product to the customer. The Company determines the point in time when a customer obtains control of a product and the Company satisfies the performance obligation by considering factors including when the Company has a right to payment for the product, the customer has legal title to the product, the Company has transferred possession of the product, the customer has assumed the risks and rewards of ownership of the product and the customer has accepted the product. Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for transferring goods. The Company does not have any significant payment terms as payment is received at, or shortly after, the point of sale.
Environmental Catalysts & Services Segment - Silica Catalysts
The Company’s silica catalysts product group sells highly customized products to its customers. Contracts between silica catalysts and its customers are typically evidenced by entering into a supply arrangement that outlines the specification of the products to be sold and contains terms and conditions under which purchase orders are issued. These supply arrangements typically have a duration from 1 to 10 years. Although the duration of these supply arrangements are in excess of one year, a contract is formed between the Company and its customer upon receipt of a purchase order.
Certain silica catalysts supply arrangements contain performance guarantees whereby the goods sold under a purchase order can be returned if the goods are not compatible with the customer’s production process. In order to mitigate any risk of a customer returning goods, the Company will allow the customer to obtain a sample of the goods to ensure compliance with its production process before accepting any orders. Due to these mitigating factors, the Company has not experienced any returns and does not account for a separate performance obligation related to the performance guarantee in certain of its contracts.
Environmental Catalysts & Services Segment - Refining Services
Contracts between the Company’s refining services product group and its customers are typically evidenced by entering into a MSA which generally have a term in excess of one year. Though each MSA is unique, the terms may include

F-21
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



performance obligations such as stand-ready provisions and minimum purchase requirements. Stand-ready provisions within these contracts are billed on a monthly basis, as the performance obligation resets on a monthly basis and does not carry-over to the following month. Certain of the Company’s refining services MSA’s contain minimum purchase requirements that expire within the calendar year. The Company reviews each contract with minimum purchase requirements to determine if the customer will meet the provisions within the current calendar year. The Company records revenues related to the minimum purchase requirements when it becomes evident that the customer will not meet the minimum purchase requirements noted within the contract. Contracts within refining services may also contain raw material pricing adjustments which are typically based on a commodity index. These raw material pass-through provisions reset on a periodic basis and prospectively adjust the raw material cost component of the goods sold to the customer. The Company accounts for the raw material costs on a prospective basis, as the price changes affect the future consideration of the sale of goods.
Performance Materials & Chemicals - Performance Chemicals
Contracts between the Company’s performance chemicals product group and its customers are typically evidenced by entering into a supply arrangement that outlines the specification of the products to be sold and contains terms and conditions under which purchase orders are issued. Certain performance chemicals supply arrangements may contain raw material pricing adjustments which are typically based on a commodity index. These raw material pass-through provisions reset on a periodic basis and prospectively adjust the raw material cost component of the goods sold to the customer. The Company accounts for the raw material pass-through costs on a prospective basis, as the price changes affect the future consideration of the sale of goods.
Performance Materials & Chemicals - Performance Materials
Contracts between the Company’s performance materials reporting unit and its customers are typically evidenced by receipt of a purchase order from the customer which details the specification of the products to be sold. Revenue is recorded according to the shipping terms noted within the purchase order.
Contract Assets and Liabilities
A contract asset is a right to consideration in exchange for goods that the Company has transferred to a customer when that right is conditional on something other than the passage of time. A contract liability exists when the Company receives consideration in advance of performance obligations. The Company has not recorded any contract assets or contract liabilities on its consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2018.
Practical Expedients and Accounting Policy Elections
The Company has elected to use certain practical expedients and has made certain accounting policy elections as permitted under the new revenue recognition guidance. Certain of the Company’s contracts with customers are based on an individual purchase order; thus, the duration of these contracts are for one year or less. As described above, certain performance obligations reset either monthly or at the end of the calendar year. The Company has made an accounting policy election to omit certain disclosures related to remaining performance obligations for contracts which have an initial term of one year or less.
The Company uses an output method to recognize revenues related to performance obligations satisfied over time. These performance obligations, as described above, are satisfied within a calendar year. As such, the Company has elected to utilize the “as-invoiced” practical expedient, which permits the Company to recognize revenue in the amount to which it has a right to invoice the customer, provided that the amount corresponds directly with the value provided by the performance obligation as completed to date.
When the Company performs shipping and handling activities after the transfer of control to the customer (e.g. when control transfers prior to delivery), they are considered fulfillment activities as opposed to separate performance obligations, and the Company recognizes revenue upon the transfer of control to the customer. Accordingly, the costs associated with these shipping and handling activities are accrued when the related revenue is recognized under the Company’s policy election. The Company expenses incremental costs of obtaining a contract as incurred if the expected amortization period of the asset that the Company would have recognized is one year or less. Sales, value added and other taxes the Company collects concurrent with revenue producing activities are excluded from revenues.

F-22
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



Disaggregated Revenue
The Company’s primary means of disaggregating revenues is by product group, which can be found in Note 13 to these consolidated financial statements.
The Company’s portfolio of products are integrated into a variety of end uses, which are described in the table below.
Key End Uses
Key Products
Industrial & process chemicals
• Silicate precursors for the tire industry
 
• Glass beads, or microspheres, for metal finishing end uses
Fuels & emission control
• Refinery catalysts
 
• Emission control catalysts
 
• Catalyst recycling services
 
• Silicate for catalyst manufacturing
Packaging & engineered plastics
• Catalysts for high-density polyethlene and chemicals syntheses
 
• Antiblocks for film packaging
 
• Solid and hollow microspheres for composite plastics
 
• Sulfur derivatives for nylon production
Highway safety & construction
• Reflective markings for roadways and airports
 
• Silica gels for surface coatings
Consumer products
• Silica gels for edible oil and beer clarification
 
• Precipitated silicas, silicates and zeolites for the dentifrice and
 
dishwasher and laundry detergent applications
Natural resources
• Silicates for drilling muds
 
• Hollow glass beads, or microspheres, for oil well cements
 
• Silicates and alum for water treatment mining
 
• Bleaching aids for paper
The following table disaggregates the Company’s sales, by segment and end use, for the year ended December 31, 2018:
 
 
Environmental Catalysts & Services
 
Performance Materials & Chemicals
 
Total
Industrial & process chemicals
 
$
77,952

 
$
279,678

 
$
357,630

Fuels & emission control(1)
 
246,452

 
—

 
246,452

Packaging & engineered plastics
 
131,181

 
130,996

 
262,177

Highway safety & construction(1)
 
—

 
320,134

 
320,134

Consumer products
 
—

 
272,576

 
272,576

Natural resources
 
72,076

 
80,432

 
152,508

Total segment sales
 
527,661

 
1,083,816

 
1,611,477

Inter-segment sales eliminations
 
(3,323
)
 
—

 
(3,323
)
Total
 
$
524,338

 
$
1,083,816

 
$
1,608,154

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) 
As described in Note 1, the Company experiences seasonal sales fluctuations to customers in the fuels & emission control and highway safety & construction end uses.

F-23
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



5. Fair Value Measurements:
Fair values are based on quoted market prices when available. When market prices are not available, fair values are generally estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, incorporating current market inputs for similar financial instruments with comparable terms and credit quality. In instances where there is little or no market activity for the same or similar instruments, the Company estimates fair values using methods, models and assumptions that management believes a hypothetical market participant would use to determine a current transaction price. These valuation techniques involve some level of management estimation and judgment that becomes significant with increasingly complex instruments or pricing models. Where appropriate, adjustments are included to reflect the risk inherent in a particular methodology, model or input used.
The Company’s financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value have been classified based upon a fair value hierarchy. The hierarchy gives the highest ranking to fair values determined using unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest ranking to fair values determined using methodologies and models with unobservable inputs (Level 3). The classification of an asset or a liability is based on the lowest level input that is significant to its measurement. For example, a Level 3 fair value measurement may include inputs that are both observable (Levels 1 and 2) and unobservable (Level 3). The levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:
•
Level 1—Values are unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in active markets accessible at the measurement date. Active markets provide pricing data for trades occurring at least weekly and include exchanges and dealer markets.
•
Level 2—Inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices from those willing to trade in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by market data for the term of the instrument. Such inputs include market interest rates and volatilities, spreads and yield curves.
•
Level 3—Certain inputs are unobservable (supported by little or no market activity) and significant to the fair value measurement. Unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s best estimate of what hypothetical market participants would use to determine a transaction price for the asset or liability at the reporting date.

F-24
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



The following table presents information about the Company’s assets and liabilities that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques the Company utilized to determine such fair value.
 
 
December 31, 2018
 
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
(Level 1)
 
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
 
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative contracts
 
$
20,768

 
$
—

 
$
20,768

 
$
—

Restoration plan assets
 
4,244

 
4,244

 
—

 
—

Total
 
$
25,012

 
$
4,244

 
$
20,768

 
$
—

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative contracts
 
$
2,026

 
$
—

 
$
2,026

 
$
—

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31,
2017
 
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
(Level 1)
 
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
 
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative contracts
 
$
1,043

 
$
—

 
$
1,043

 
$
—

Restoration plan assets
 
5,576

 
5,576

 
—

 
—

Total
 
$
6,619

 
$
5,576

 
$
1,043

 
$
—

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative contracts
 
$
448

 
$
—

 
$
448

 
$
—

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents information about the Company’s assets and liabilities that were measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2016. The Company performed its annual impairment test on its indefinite-lived intangible assets on October 1, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and determined that no impairment existed. Refer to Note 14 to these consolidated financial statements for a description of the valuation techniques the Company utilized to determine such fair value and for the results of the impairment testing procedures performed during the October 1, 2016 testing period.
 
As of
December 31,
2016
 
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
(Level 1)
 
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
Total
Losses 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Indefinite-lived trade names(1) 
$
153,922

 
$
—

 
$
—

 
$
153,922

 
$
(6,873
)
 
(1)  
Indefinite-lived trade names with a carrying amount of $160,795 were written down to their implied fair value of $153,922 as part of the Company’s annual impairment assessment on October 1, 2016. This resulted in an impairment charge of $6,873, which was recorded to other operating expense, net, on the consolidated statements of operations.

F-25
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



Restoration plan assets
The fair values of the Company’s restoration plan assets are determined through quoted prices in active markets. Restoration plan assets are assets held in a Rabbi trust to fund the obligations of the Company’s defined benefit supplementary retirement plans and include various stock and fixed income mutual funds. See Note 20 to these consolidated financial statements regarding defined benefit supplementary retirement plans. The Company’s restoration plan assets are included in other long-term assets on its consolidated balance sheets. Gains and losses related to these investments are included in other expense, net in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. Unrealized gains and losses associated with the underlying stock and fixed income mutual funds were immaterial as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.
Derivative contracts
Derivative assets and liabilities can be exchange-traded or traded over-the-counter (“OTC”). The Company generally values exchange-traded derivatives using models that calibrate to market transactions and eliminate timing differences between the closing price of the exchange-traded derivatives and their underlying instruments. OTC derivatives are valued using market transactions and other market evidence whenever possible, including market-based inputs to models, model calibration to market transactions, broker or dealer quotations or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. When models are used, the selection of a particular model to value an OTC derivative depends on the contractual terms of, and specific risks inherent in, the instrument as well as the availability of pricing information in the market. The Company generally uses similar models to value similar instruments. Valuation models require a variety of inputs, including contractual terms, market prices and rates, forward curves, measures of volatility, and correlations of such inputs. For OTC derivatives that trade in liquid markets, such as forward contracts, swaps and options, model inputs can generally be corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means, and model selection does not involve significant management judgment.
The Company has interest rate caps, natural gas swaps and cross currency swaps that are fair valued using Level 2 inputs. In addition, the Company applies a credit valuation adjustment to reflect credit risk which is calculated based on credit default swaps. To the extent that the Company’s net exposure under a specific master agreement is an asset, the Company utilizes the counterparty’s default swap rate. If the net exposure under a specific master agreement is a liability, the Company utilizes a default swap rate comparable to PQ Group Holdings. The credit valuation adjustment is added to the discounted fair value to reflect the exit price that a market participant would be willing to receive to assume the Company’s liabilities or that a market participant would be willing to pay for the Company’s assets.
6. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss):
The following table presents the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, as of December 31, 2018 and 2017:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
Amortization and unrealized gains (losses) on pension and postretirement plans, net of tax of ($2,362) and ($4,761)
 
$
(546
)
 
$
7,412

Net changes in fair values of derivatives, net of tax of ($474) and ($584)
 
637

 
967

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax of $5,154 and $790
 
(39,195
)
 
(4,068
)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
 
$
(39,104
)
 
$
4,311

 
 
 
 
 

F-26
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



The following table presents the tax effects of each component of other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:
 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
 
Pre-tax amount
 
Tax benefit/
(expense)
 
After-tax amount
 
Pre-tax amount
 
Tax benefit/
(expense)
 
After-tax amount
 
Pre-tax amount
 
Tax benefit/
(expense)
 
After-tax amount
Defined benefit and other postretirement plans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization and unrealized gains (losses)
 
$
(10,357
)
 
$
2,399

 
$
(7,958
)
 
$
(139
)
 
$
38

 
$
(101
)
 
$
11,664

 
$
(4,799
)
 
$
6,865

Benefit plans, net
 
(10,357
)
 
2,399

 
(7,958
)
 
(139
)
 
38

 
(101
)
 
11,664

 
(4,799
)
 
6,865

Net gain (loss) from hedging activities
 
(441
)
 
110

 
(331
)
 
(5,799
)
 
2,209

 
(3,590
)
 
7,350

 
(2,793
)
 
4,557

Foreign currency translation
 
(39,419
)
 
4,364

 
(35,055
)
 
66,438

 
(5,837
)
 
60,601

 
(73,461
)
 
6,627

 
(66,834
)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
 
$
(50,217
)
 
$
6,873

 
$
(43,344
)
 
$
60,500

 
$
(3,590
)
 
$
56,910

 
$
(54,447
)
 
$
(965
)
 
$
(55,412
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents the change in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, by component for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017: 
 
Defined benefit
and other
postretirement
plans 
 
Net gain (loss) from hedging activities
 
Foreign
currency
translation 
 
Total 
December 31, 2016
$
7,513

 
$
4,557

 
$
(65,781
)
 
$
(53,711
)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications
6

 
(3,797)

 
61,713

 
57,922

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(1)   
(107)

 
207

 
—

 
100

Net current period other comprehensive income (loss)
(101)

 
(3,590)

 
61,713

 
58,022

December 31, 2017
$
7,412

 
$
967

 
$
(4,068
)
 
$
4,311

Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications
(7,874)

 
(257)

 
(35,127)

 
(43,258)

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(1)  
(84)

 
(73)

 
—

 
(157)

Net current period other comprehensive loss
(7,958)

 
(330)

 
(35,127)

 
(43,415)

December 31, 2018
(546)
 
637
 
(39,195)
 
(39,104)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) 
See the following table for details about these reclassifications. Amounts in parentheses indicate credits to profit/loss.

F-27
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



The following table presents the reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.
Details about Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income (Loss) Components
 
Amount Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)(a)
 
Affected Line Item in the
Statements of Operations
 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
 
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
 
Defined benefit and other postretirement plans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of prior service credit
 
$
(112
)
 
$
(78
)
 
(b)
Amortization of net (gain) loss
 
12

 
(54
)
 
(b)
 
 
(100
)
 
(132
)
 
Total before tax
 
 
16

 
25

 
Tax expense (benefit)
 
 
$
(84
)
 
$
(107
)
 
Net of tax
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (gain) loss from hedging activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate caps
 
$
256

 
$
40

 
Interest expense
Natural gas swaps
 
(353
)
 
222

 
Cost of goods sold
 
 
(97
)
 
262

 
Total before tax
 
 
24

 
(55
)
 
Tax expense (benefit)
 
 
$
(73
)
 
$
207

 
Net of tax
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total reclassifications for the period
 
$
(157
)
 
$
100

 
Net of tax
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a) 
Amounts in parentheses indicate credits to profit/loss.
(b) 
These accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) components are included in the computation of net periodic pension and other postretirement cost (see Note 20 to these consolidated financial statements for additional details).
7. Business Combination:
As described in Note 1 to these consolidated financial statements, on May 4, 2016, the Company, PQ Holdings, Eco Services, certain investment funds affiliated with CCMP and certain other stockholders of PQ Holdings and Eco Services completed the Business Combination. The Business Combination was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. Under the acquisition method, the purchase price is allocated to the net assets acquired based on the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date. The excess of the purchase price over the fair values of these net assets is recorded as goodwill.

F-28
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



The following table sets forth the calculation and allocation of the purchase price to the net assets acquired of PQ Holdings with respect to the Business Combination, which was complete as of December 31, 2016.
Total consideration, net of cash acquired
$
2,689,941

 
 

Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:
 

Receivables
$
161,110

Inventories
254,770

Prepaid and other current assets
19,295

Investments in affiliated companies
472,994

Property, plant and equipment
683,673

Other intangible assets
754,000

Other long-term assets
48,127

Fair value of assets acquired
2,393,969

 
 
Revolver, notes payable & current debt
(2,441
)
Accounts payable
(93,222
)
Accrued liabilities
(98,621
)
Long-term debt
(20,470
)
Deferred income taxes
(327,296
)
Other long-term liabilities
(113,936
)
Noncontrolling interest
(6,569
)
Fair value of net assets acquired
1,731,414

 
 
Goodwill
958,527

 
$
2,689,941

 
 
Total consideration for the Business Combination included $1,777,740 of cash, $910,800 of equity in the acquired PQ Holdings entities and $1,400 of assumed stock awards of PQ Holdings. The fair value of the equity consideration was determined based on an estimated enterprise value using a market approach as of the date of the Business Combination, reduced by borrowings to arrive at the fair value of equity. The existing PQ Holdings credit facilities were not legally assumed as part of the Business Combination, and the extinguishment of the debt concurrent with the Business Combination was included as part of the consideration transferred (see Note 16 to these consolidated financial statements for further information). Acquisition costs of $1,583 are included in other operating expense, net in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2016.
The Company believes that its diverse range of industrial, consumer and governmental applications in which its products are used were the primary reasons that contributed to a total purchase price that resulted in the recognition of goodwill. The goodwill associated with the Business Combination is not deductible for tax purposes.

F-29
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



The valuation of the intangible assets acquired and the related weighted-average amortization periods are as follows:
 
 
Amount  
 
Weighted-Average
Expected Useful Life
(in years)  
Intangible assets subject to amortization:
 
 
 
 
Trademarks
 
$
35,400

 
15.0
Technical know-how
 
189,300

 
20.0
Contracts
 
19,800

 
5.3
Customer relationships
 
268,700

 
10.6
In-process research and development
 
6,800

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Total intangible assets subject to amortization
 
520,000

 
 
Trade names, not subject to amortization
 
151,100

 
Indefinite
Trademarks, not subject to amortization
 
82,900

 
Indefinite
 
 
 

 
 
Total
 
$
754,000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In accordance with the requirements of the purchase method of accounting for acquisitions, inventories were recorded at fair market value (which is defined as estimated selling prices less the sum of (a) costs of disposal and (b) a reasonable profit allowance for the selling effort of the acquiring entity), which was $58,683 higher than the historical cost. The Company’s cost of goods sold includes a pre-tax charge of $871 and $29,086 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, relating to the portion of the step-up on inventory sold during the period. A separate portion of the fair value step-up related to the domestic inventory accounted for under the LIFO method was included in inventory on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2016 as part of the new LIFO base layer on the acquired inventory (see Note 10 to these consolidated financial statements for further information).
The Company’s consolidated financial statements include PQ Holdings results of operations from May 4, 2016 through December 31, 2016. Sales and net loss attributable to PQ Holdings during this period are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016 and total $690,459 and $17,991, respectively.
Pro Forma Financial Information
The unaudited pro forma information has been derived from the Company’s historical consolidated financial statements and has been prepared to give effect to the Business Combination, assuming that the Business Combination occurred on January 1, 2015. These pro forma adjustments primarily relate to depreciation expense on stepped up fixed assets, amortization of acquired intangibles, cost of goods sold expense related to the sale of stepped up inventory, interest expense related to additional debt that would be needed to fund the Business Combination, and the estimated impact of these adjustments on the Company’s tax provision. The unaudited pro forma consolidated results of operations are provided for illustrative purposes and are not indicative of the Company’s actual consolidated results of operations or consolidated financial position. The unaudited pro forma results of operations do not reflect any operating efficiencies or potential cost savings which may result from the acquisitions.
 
 
Year ended
December 31, 2016
Pro forma sales
 
$
1,403,041

Pro forma net loss
 
(76,994
)
 
 
 
The pro forma net loss for the year ended December 31, 2016 excludes certain charges that were allocated to the pro forma results for the year ended December 31, 2015. These non-recurring charges include a debt prepayment penalty of $26,250, one-time refinancing charges of $4,747 and transaction fee charges of $1,795.

F-30
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



8. Acquisition:
Acquisitions are accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. Under the acquisition method, the purchase price is allocated to the identifiable net assets acquired based on the fair values of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date. The excess of the purchase price over the fair values of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded to goodwill.
On June 12, 2017 (the “Acquisition Date”), the Company acquired the facilities of Sovitec Mondial S.A. (“Sovitec”) located in Belgium, Spain, Argentina and France as part of a stock transaction (the “Acquisition”) for $41,572 in cash, excluding assumed debt. Based in Fleurus, Belgium, Sovitec is a high quality producer of engineered glass products used in transportation safety, metal finishing and polymer additives. The results of operations of Sovitec have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements since the Acquisition Date.
The following table sets forth the calculation and allocation of the purchase price to the identifiable net assets acquired with respect to the Acquisition, which was complete as of March 31, 2018:
 
 
Provisional Purchase
Price Allocation
 
Adjustments
 
Purchase
Price Allocation
Total consideration, net of cash acquired
 
$
41,572

 
$
—

 
$
41,572

 
 
 

 
 
 
 
Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:
 
 

 
 
 
 
Receivables
 
$
14,305

 
$
—

 
$
14,305

Inventories
 
7,645

 
1,603

 
9,248

Prepaid and other current assets
 
400

 
—

 
400

Property, plant and equipment
 
9,020

 
15,960

 
24,980

Other intangible assets
 
—

 
5,753

 
5,753

Other long-term assets
 
129

 
15,921

 
16,050

Fair value of assets acquired
 
31,499

 
39,237

 
70,736

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current debt
 
(6,420
)
 
—

 
(6,420
)
Accounts payable
 
(10,748
)
 
—

 
(10,748
)
Long-term debt
 
(10,189
)
 
—

 
(10,189
)
Deferred income taxes
 
—

 
(4,426
)
 
(4,426
)
Other long-term liabilities
 
(154
)
 
—

 
(154
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value of net assets acquired
 
3,988

 
34,811

 
38,799

Goodwill
 
37,584

 
(34,811
)
 
2,773

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
41,572

 
$
—

 
$
41,572

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of the Acquisition Date, the fair value of accounts receivable approximated historical cost. The gross contractual amount of accounts receivable at the Acquisition Date was $14,607, of which $302 was deemed uncollectible. The fair value of inventory is defined as estimated selling prices less the sum of (a) costs of disposal and (b) a reasonable profit allowance for the selling effort of the acquiring entity, which was $1,603 higher than the historical cost.

F-31
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



The Company’s cost of goods sold for the year ended December 31, 2018 includes a pre-tax charge of $1,603 relating to the step-up on inventory, $108 of additional amortization expense related to identified intangible assets and $421 of additional depreciation expense, which would have been recorded during the year ended December 31, 2017 if the adjustments to the provisional amounts had been recognized as of the Acquisition Date. The Company’s other expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2018 includes additional amortization expense related to identified intangible assets of $101 which would have been recorded during the year ended December 31, 2017 if the adjustments to the provisional amounts had been recognized as of the Acquisition Date. The Company’s provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2018 includes an additional $990 tax benefit associated with the year ended December 31, 2017, to reflect impacts as if the adjustments to the provisional amounts had been recognized as of the Acquisition Date. This amount is primarily a result of opening balance sheet adjustments recorded during the year ended December 31, 2018, which needed to be re-measured through the income statement because of income tax rate changes that occurred subsequent to the Acquisition Date.
The Company believes that the Acquisition will enable it to offer a more comprehensive, cost-effective and high-quality portfolio of products and services to its customers worldwide when, combined with anticipated synergies within its existing business, contributed to a total purchase price that resulted in the recognition of goodwill. All of the goodwill was assigned to the Company’s PM&C reporting segment. The goodwill associated with the Acquisition is not deductible for tax purposes.
The valuation of the intangible assets acquired and the related weighted-average amortization periods are as follows:
 
 
Amount
 
Weighted-Average
Expected Useful Life
(in years)
Intangible assets subject to amortization:
 
 
 
 
Trademarks
 
$
1,767

 
11
Technical know-how
 
1,892

 
11
Total intangible assets subject to amortization
 
3,659

 
 
Trade names, not subject to amortization
 
2,094

 
Indefinite
Total
 
$
5,753

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company’s consolidated financial statements include Sovitec’s results of operations from June 12, 2017 through December 31, 2017. Sales and net income attributable to Sovitec during this period are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017 and total $26,257 and $1,370, respectively.
Acquisition costs were immaterial for the year ended December 31, 2018 and were $2,515 for the year ended December 31, 2017. Acquisition costs are included in other operating expense, net in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.
Pro Forma Financial Information
The unaudited pro forma financial information for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 has been derived from the Company’s historical consolidated financial statements and prepared to give effect to the Acquisition, assuming that the Acquisition occurred on January 1, 2016. The unaudited pro forma consolidated results of operations are provided for illustrative purposes only and are not indicative of the Company’s actual consolidated results of operations had the Acquisition been made as of January 1, 2016. The unaudited pro forma results of operations do not reflect any operating efficiencies or potential cost savings which may result from the Acquisition.

F-32
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
 
2017
 
2016
Pro forma sales
 
$
1,488,528

 
$
1,105,479

Pro forma net income (loss)
 
58,774

 
(78,234
)
Pro forma net income (loss) attributable to PQ Group Holdings Inc.
 
57,814

 
(78,822
)
Pro forma basic income (loss) per share
 
$
0.52

 
$
(1.01
)
Pro forma diluted income (loss) per share
 
$
0.52

 
$
(1.01
)
 
 
 
 
 
The results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018 include the operating results of the combined company for the full period and therefore, there is no pro forma presentation for such periods included in the table above.
Certain non-recurring charges included in the Company’s results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2017 were allocated to the respective prior year periods for pro forma purposes. For the year ended December 31, 2017, non-recurring charges allocated to the prior year period include transaction fee charges of $2,515 which were excluded from the pro forma net income for the year ended December 31, 2017. Included in pro forma net income for the year ended December 31, 2017 is amortization expense of $367 and depreciation expense of $760 associated with the fair value step-up of identifiable intangible assets and property, plant and equipment, respectively. Included in pro forma net loss for the year ended December 31, 2016 is amortization expense of $364 and depreciation expense of $467 associated with the fair value step-up of identifiable intangible assets and property, plant and equipment, respectively.
9. Other Operating Expense, Net:
A summary of other operating expense, net is as follows: 
 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Amortization expense
 
$
35,025

 
$
32,010

 
$
25,263

Transaction and other related costs(1)
 
776

 
7,415

 
4,952

Restructuring and other related costs (Note 24)
 
6,208

 
8,490

 
12,630

Net loss on asset disposals
 
6,574

 
5,793

 
4,216

Intangible asset impairment charge (Note 14)
 
—

 
—

 
6,873

Management advisory fees (Note 26)
 
—

 
3,777

 
3,584

Insurance recoveries(2)
 
(5,480
)
 
—

 
—

Write-off of long-term supply contract obligation (Note 25)
 
(20,612
)
 
—

 
—

Other, net
 
6,959

 
6,740

 
4,783

 
 
$
29,450

 
$
64,225

 
$
62,301

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) 
Transaction and other related costs for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 primarily include transaction costs associated with the Company’s IPO, exclusive of the direct costs recorded in stockholders’ equity net of the proceeds from the offering (see Note 1 to these consolidated financial statements for further information) and the Acquisition (see Note 8). Transaction and other related costs for the year ended December 31, 2016 primarily include transaction costs directly attributable to the Business Combination (see Note 7) as well as other business development costs.
(2) 
During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recognized $6,450 of insurance recoveries in its consolidated statement of operations related to the Company’s claim for losses sustained during Hurricane Harvey in August 2017. For the year ended December 31, 2018, $5,480 was recorded as a gain in other operating expense, net, as reimbursement

F-33
Table of Contents

of expenses, $207 was recorded as a gain in net loss on asset disposals within other operating expense, net, for the Company’s previously recognized property losses, and $813 represented recoveries in excess of the Company’s property losses which was recorded as a non-operating gain in other expense, net, in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations.
10. Inventories:
Inventories are classified and valued as follows:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
Finished products and work in process
 
$
206,188

 
$
199,919

Raw materials
 
58,560

 
62,469

 
 
$
264,748

 
$
262,388

 
 
 
 
 
Valued at lower of cost or market:
 
 
 
 
LIFO basis
 
$
160,863

 
$
162,315

Valued at lower of cost and net realizable value:
 
 
 
 
FIFO or average cost basis
 
103,885

 
100,073

 
 
$
264,748

 
$
262,388

 
 
 
 
 
The domestic inventory acquired as part of the Business Combination is valued based on the LIFO method. Therefore, the fair value allocated to the acquired LIFO inventory was treated as the new base inventory value. If inventories valued under the LIFO basis had been valued using the FIFO method, inventories would have been $18,263 and $26,630 lower than reported as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, driven primarily by the purchase accounting fair value step-up of the LIFO inventory base value associated with the Business Combination. As of December 31, 2016, inventory quantities for one of the Company’s LIFO pools were reduced below their levels at the Business Combination date. As a result of this reduction, LIFO inventory costs charged to cost of goods sold were computed based on the lower base layer costs at the Business Combination date. The impact on cost of goods sold and net loss for the year ended December 31, 2016 was not material.

F-34
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



11. Investments in Affiliated Companies:
As a result of the Business Combination, the Company acquired investments in affiliated companies accounted for under the equity method. Affiliated companies accounted for on the equity method as of December 31, 2018 are as follows:
Company 
 
Country 
 
Percent
Ownership 
PQ Silicates Ltd.
 
Taiwan
 
50%
Zeolyst International
 
USA
 
50%
Zeolyst C.V.
 
Netherlands
 
50%
Quaker Holdings
 
South Africa
 
49%
Asociacion para el Estudio de las Tecnologias de Equipamiento de Carreteras, S.A. (“Aetec”)
 
Spain
 
20%
 
 
 
 
 
Following is summarized information of the combined investments(1):
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
Current assets
 
$
215,416

 
$
213,815

Noncurrent assets
 
248,288

 
235,440

Current liabilities
 
40,536

 
37,018

Noncurrent liabilities
 
56

 
1,417

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years ended December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Sales
 
$
352,599

 
$
317,197

 
$
206,072

Gross profit
 
126,945

 
132,812

 
91,761

Operating income
 
88,508

 
91,224

 
67,098

Net income
 
88,622

 
94,740

 
67,332

 
(1) 
Summarized information of the combined investments is presented at 100%; the Company’s share of the net assets and net income of affiliates is calculated based on the percent ownership specified in the table above.
The Company’s investments in affiliated companies balance as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 includes net purchase accounting fair value adjustments of $258,066 and $264,700, respectively, related to the Business Combination, consisting primarily of goodwill and intangible assets such as customer relationships, technical know-how and trade names. Consolidated equity in net income (loss) from affiliates is net of $6,634, $8,599 and $36,296 of amortization expense related to purchase accounting fair value adjustments for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

F-35
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



The following table summarizes the activity related to the Company’s investments in affiliated companies balance on the consolidated balance sheets:
 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
Balance at beginning of period
 
$
469,276

 
$
459,406

Acquisition
 
—

 
119

Investments in affiliated companies
 
5,000

 
9,000

Equity in net income of affiliated companies
 
44,245

 
47,371

Charges related to purchase accounting fair value adjustments
 
(6,634
)
 
(8,599
)
Dividends received
 
(40,890
)
 
(44,071
)
Foreign currency translation adjustments
 
(2,786
)
 
6,050

Balance at end of period
 
$
468,211

 
$
469,276

 
 
 
 
 
The Company had net receivables due from affiliates of $4,775 and $4,910 as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, which are included in prepaid and other current assets. Net receivables due from affiliates are generally non-trade receivables. Sales to affiliates were $2,823, $2,853 and $1,587 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The Company purchased goods of $645, $2,475 and $1,147 from affiliates, which is included in cost of goods sold during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
On December 18, 2013, PQ Holdings and its joint venture, Zeolyst International, entered into a ten year real estate tax abatement agreement with the Unified Government of Wyandotte County, Kansas. The agreement utilizes an Industrial Revenue Bond financing structure to achieve a 75% real estate tax abatement on the value of the improvements that were constructed during the expansion of PQ Holdings and Zeolyst International’s facilities at the jointly-operated Kansas City, Kansas plant. A similar tax abatement agreement has been executed on an annual basis since December 18, 2013 with respect to additional plant expansions during those years. The financing obligations and the industrial bonds receivable have been presented net, as the financing obligations and the industrial bonds meet the criteria for right of setoff conditions under GAAP.
12. Property, Plant and Equipment:
A summary of property, plant and equipment, at cost, and related accumulated depreciation is as follows:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
Land
 
$
190,772

 
$
191,006

Buildings
 
212,284

 
200,054

Machinery and equipment
 
1,125,117

 
1,005,025

Construction in progress
 
102,185

 
145,414

 
 
1,630,358

 
1,541,499

Less: accumulated depreciation
 
(421,379
)
 
(311,115
)
 
 
$
1,208,979

 
$
1,230,384

 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation expense was $132,640, $124,551 and $89,453 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

F-36
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)




13. Reportable Segments:
The Company has organized its business around two operating segments based on the review of discrete financial results for each of the operating segments by the Company’s chief operating decision maker (the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer), or CODM, for performance assessment and resource allocation purposes. Each of the Company’s operating segments represents a reportable segment under GAAP. The Company’s reportable segments are organized based on the nature and economic characteristics of the Company’s products. The Company’s two reportable segments are Environmental Catalysts and Services (“EC&S”) and Performance Materials and Chemicals (“PM&C”).
The PM&C segment is a silicates and specialty materials producer with leading supply positions for the majority of its products sold in North America, Europe, South America, Australia and Asia (excluding China) serving end uses such as personal and industrial cleaning products, fuel efficient tires (or green tires), surface coatings, and food and beverage. The two product groups included in the PM&C segment are performance materials and performance chemicals. The EC&S segment is a leading global innovator and producer of catalysts for the refinery, emission control, and petrochemical industries and is also a leading provider of catalyst recycling services to the North American refining industry. The three product groups included in the EC&S segment are silica catalysts, zeolyst catalysts, and refining services. The EC&S segment includes equity in net income from Zeolyst International and Zeolyst C.V. (collectively, the “Zeolyst Joint Venture”), each of which are 50/50 joint ventures with CRI Zeolites Inc. (a wholly-owned subsidiary of Royal Dutch Shell). The Zeolyst Joint Venture is accounted for using the equity method in the Company’s consolidated financial statements (see Note 10 to these consolidated financial statements for further information). Company management evaluates the EC&S segment’s performance, including the Zeolyst Joint Venture, on a proportionate consolidation basis. Accordingly, the revenues and expenses used to compute the EC&S segment’s adjusted earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization (“Adjusted EBITDA”) include the Zeolyst Joint Venture’s results of operations on a proportionate basis based on the Company’s 50% ownership level. Since the Company uses the equity method of accounting for the Zeolyst Joint Venture, these items are eliminated when reconciling to the Company’s consolidated results of operations.
The Company’s management evaluates the operating results of each reportable segment based upon Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA consists of EBITDA, which is a measure defined as net income before depreciation and amortization, interest expense and income taxes (each of which is included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations), and adjusted for certain items as discussed below.

F-37
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



Summarized financial information for the Company’s reportable segments and product groups is shown in the following table:
 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Sales:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Silica Catalysts
 
$
72,099

 
$
75,333

 
$
53,029

Refining Services
 
455,562

 
398,342

 
373,718

Environmental Catalysts & Services(1)
 
527,661

 
473,675

 
426,747

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance Chemicals
 
$
717,335

 
$
687,645

 
$
437,523

Performance Materials
 
378,279

 
324,225

 
206,522

Eliminations
 
(11,798
)
 
(10,021
)
 
(5,094
)
Performance Materials & Chemicals
 
1,083,816

 
1,001,849

 
638,951

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Inter-segment sales eliminations(2)
 
(3,323
)
 
(3,423
)
 
(1,521
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
$
1,608,154

 
$
1,472,101

 
$
1,064,177

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Segment Adjusted EBITDA:(3)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Environmental Catalysts & Services(4)   
 
$
257,566

 
$
243,587

 
$
196,825

Performance Materials & Chemicals
 
243,357

 
240,128

 
158,679

Total Segment Adjusted EBITDA(5)
 
$
500,923

 
$
483,715

 
$
355,504

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) 
Excludes the Company’s proportionate share of sales from the Zeolyst International and Zeolyst C.V. joint ventures (collectively, the “Zeolyst Joint Venture”) accounted for using the equity method (see Note 11 to these consolidated consolidated financial statements for further information). The proportionate share of sales is $156,687, $143,774 and $94,516 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
(2) 
The Company eliminates intersegment sales when reconciling to the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.
(3) 
The Company defines Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA adjusted for certain items as noted in the reconciliation below. Management evaluates the performance of its segments and allocates resources based on several factors, of which the primary measure is Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net income as an indicator of the Company’s operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA as defined by the Company may not be comparable with EBITDA or Adjusted EBITDA as defined by other companies.
(4) 
The Adjusted EBITDA from the Zeolyst Joint Venture included in the Environmental Catalysts and Services segment is $56,663 for the year ended December 31, 2018, which includes $42,854 of equity in net income plus $6,634 of amortization of investment in affiliate step-up plus $12,592 of joint venture depreciation, amortization and interest.
The Adjusted EBITDA from the Zeolyst Joint Venture included in the Environmental Catalysts and Services segment is $58,156 for the year ended December 31, 2017, which includes $46,252 of equity in net income plus $8,600 of amortization of investment in affiliate step-up plus $11,070 of joint venture depreciation, amortization and interest.
The Adjusted EBITDA from the Zeolyst Joint Venture included in the Environmental Catalysts and Services segment is $39,903 for the year ended December 31, 2016, which includes $3,313 of equity in net loss plus $36,296 of amortization of investment in affiliate step-up plus $6,920 of joint venture depreciation, amortization and interest.
(5) 
Total Segment Adjusted EBITDA differs from the Company’s consolidated Adjusted EBITDA due to unallocated corporate expenses.

F-38
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



A reconciliation of net income (loss) attributable to PQ Group Holdings to Segment Adjusted EBITDA is as follows:
 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Reconciliation of net income attributable to PQ Group Holdings Inc. to Segment Adjusted EBITDA
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) attributable to PQ Group Holdings Inc.
 
$
58,300

 
$
57,603

 
$
(79,746
)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
 
28,995

 
(119,197
)
 
10,041

Interest expense, net
 
113,723

 
179,044

 
140,315

Depreciation and amortization
 
185,234

 
177,140

 
128,288

Segment EBITDA
 
386,252

 
294,590

 
198,898

Unallocated corporate expenses
 
36,970

 
30,422

 
23,971

Joint venture depreciation, amortization and interest
 
12,592

 
11,070

 
6,920

Amortization of investment in affiliate step-up
 
6,634

 
8,600

 
36,296

Amortization of inventory step-up
 
1,603

 
871

 
29,086

Impairment of fixed assets, intangibles and goodwill
 
—

 
—

 
6,873

Debt extinguishment costs
 
7,751

 
61,886

 
13,782

Net loss on asset disposals
 
6,574

 
5,793

 
4,216

Foreign currency exchange loss (gain)
 
13,810

 
25,786

 
(3,558
)
LIFO expense
 
8,366

 
3,708

 
1,310

Management advisory fees
 
—

 
3,777

 
3,583

Transaction and other related costs
 
893

 
7,425

 
4,664

Equity-based compensation
 
19,464

 
8,799

 
7,042

Restructuring, integration and business optimization expenses
 
14,019

 
13,174

 
16,258

Defined benefit pension plan cost
 
(796
)
 
2,940

 
1,375

Gain on contract termination(1)
 
(20,612
)
 
—

 
—

Other
 
7,403

 
4,874

 
4,788

Segment Adjusted EBITDA
 
$
500,923

 
$
483,715

 
$
355,504

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) 
Includes the non-cash write-off of a long-term supply contract obligation (see Note 25), which was recorded as a reduction in other operating expense, net in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018.
The Company’s consolidated results include equity in net income from affiliated companies of $37,611 and $38,772 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and equity in net loss from affiliated companies of $2,612 for the year ended December 31, 2016. This is primarily comprised of equity in net income of $42,854, $46,252 and $3,313 in the EC&S segment from the Zeolyst Joint Venture for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The remaining equity in net income (loss) for the Company is included in the PM&C segment, which is attributed to smaller investments and was not material. The Company’s equity in net income from affiliates was more than offset by $36,296 of amortization expense related to purchase accounting fair value adjustments associated with the Zeolyst Joint Venture for the year ended December 31, 2016 as a result of the Business Combination valuation.

F-39
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



Capital expenditures for the Company’s reportable segments are shown in the following table:
 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Capital expenditures:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Environmental Catalysts & Services(1)
 
$
55,007

 
$
53,145

 
$
57,803

Performance Materials & Chemicals
 
75,476

 
84,783

 
71,293

Corporate(2)
 
1,205

 
2,554

 
(7,675
)
Capital expenditures per the consolidated statements of cash flows
 
$
131,688

 
$
140,482

 
$
121,421

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) 
Excludes the Company’s proportionate share of capital expenditures from the Zeolyst Joint Venture.
(2) 
Includes corporate capital expenditures, the cash impact from changes in capital expenditures in accounts payable and capitalized interest.
Total assets by segment are not disclosed by the Company because the information is not prepared or used by the CODM to assess performance and to allocate resources.
Sales and long-lived assets by geographic area are presented in the following tables. Sales are attributed to countries based upon location of products shipped.
 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Sales(1):
 
 
 
 
 
 
United States
 
$
963,722

 
$
874,764

 
$
705,348

Netherlands
 
127,803

 
118,567

 
79,821

United Kingdom
 
119,586

 
116,410

 
67,494

Other foreign countries
 
397,043

 
362,360

 
211,514

Total
 
$
1,608,154

 
$
1,472,101

 
$
1,064,177

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) 
Except for the United States, no sales in an individual country exceeded 10% of the Company’s total sales.

F-40
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)




 
 
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
Long-lived assets(1):
 
 
 
 
United States
 
$
865,799

 
$
891,861

Netherlands
 
52,461

 
52,882

United Kingdom
 
90,095

 
90,536

Other foreign countries
 
200,624

 
195,105

Total
 
$
1,208,979

 
$
1,230,384

 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) 
Long-lived assets include property, plant and equipment, net.
14. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets:
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 is summarized as follows:
 
 
Environmental
Catalysts &
Services
 
Performance
Materials &
Chemicals
 
Total 
Balance as of December 31, 2016
 
$
388,923

 
$
852,506

 
$
1,241,429

Goodwill recognized
 
—

 
37,584

 
37,584

Foreign exchange impact
 
2,410

 
24,533

 
26,943

Balance as of December 31, 2017
 
$
391,333

 
$
914,623

 
$
1,305,956

Goodwill recognized
 
—

 
649

 
649

Goodwill adjustments(1)
 
—

 
(34,811
)
 
(34,811
)
Foreign exchange impact and other
 
(1,682
)
 
(15,183
)
 
(16,865
)
Balance as of December 31, 2018
 
$
389,651

 
$
865,278

 
$
1,254,929

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) 
Represents the measurement period adjustments on the net assets acquired as part of the Acquisition (see Note 8 to these consolidated financial statements for further information regarding the Acquisition).
The Company completed its annual goodwill impairment assessments as of October 1, 2018 and 2017. For the annual assessments, the Company bypassed the option to perform the qualitative assessment and proceeded directly to performing the first step of the two-step goodwill impairment test for each of its reporting units. For each of the October 1, 2018 and 2017 assessments, the Company identified four reporting units, two in each of its operating segments (EC&S and PM&C).
The Company determined the fair value of its reporting units using a split between a market approach and an income, or discounted cash flow, approach. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Estimating the fair value of a reporting unit requires various assumptions including the use of projections of future cash flows and discount rates that reflect the risks associated with achieving those cash flows. The key assumptions used in estimating the fair value were the operating margin growth rates, revenue growth rates from implementation of strategic plans, the weighted average cost of capital, the perpetual growth rate, and the estimated earnings market multiples of each reporting unit. The market value was estimated using publicly traded comparable company values by applying their most recent annual EBITDA multiples to the reporting unit’s trailing twelve months EBITDA. The income approach value was estimated using a discounted cash flow approach. The assumptions about future cash flows and growth rates are based on management’s assessment of a number of factors including the reporting unit’s recent performance against budget as well as management’s ability to

F-41
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



execute on planned future strategic initiatives. Discount rate assumptions are based on an assessment of the risk inherent in those future cash flows.
As of October 1, 2018 and 2017, the fair values of each of the Company’s reporting units exceeded their respective carrying values and therefore, the second step of the two-step goodwill impairment test was not required.
In addition to the annual goodwill impairment assessment, the Company also performed the annual impairment test over its other indefinite-lived intangible assets as of October 1, 2018 and 2017. The fair values of these intangible assets were in excess of their carrying amounts as of the respective testing dates, and as such, there was no impairment of the Company’s indefinite-lived intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.
As a result of the Company’s 2016 test, the Company determined that the trade names related to its performance chemicals reporting unit within the PM&C segment and its catalysts reporting unit within the EC&S segment were impaired as of October 1, 2016. The impaired intangibles related to those identified as part of the Business Combination. The fair value of the respective trade names was determined using the relief-from-royalty method based on the discounted cash flows used in the goodwill impairment test. Slower sales growth rates for both reporting units led to the recognition of the impairment charges. Based on the testing performed, the Company recorded non-cash impairment charges of $5,350 related to trade names within the performance chemicals reporting unit and $1,523 related to trade names within the catalysts reporting unit for the year ended December 31, 2016. The impairment charges are included in the other operating expense, net line item of the Company’s consolidated statement of operations.
Gross carrying amounts and accumulated amortization for intangible assets other than goodwill are as follows:
 
December 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
 
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Net
Balance
 
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Net
Balance
Technical know-how
$
211,067

$
(32,112
)
$
178,955

 
$
212,599

$
(21,138
)
$
191,461

Customer relationships
361,150

(95,399
)
265,751

 
366,021

(63,860
)
302,161

Contracts
19,800

(13,139
)
6,661

 
19,800

(9,205
)
10,595

Trademarks
36,657

(6,451
)
30,206

 
35,202

(3,911
)
31,291

Permits
9,100

(7,432
)
1,668

 
9,100

(5,612
)
3,488

Total definite-lived intangible assets
637,774

(154,533
)
483,241

 
642,722

(103,726
)
538,996

Indefinite-lived trade names
157,813

—

157,813

 
158,059

—

158,059

Indefinite-lived trademarks
80,582

—

80,582

 
82,289

—

82,289

In-process research and development
6,800

—

6,800

 
6,800

—

6,800

Total intangible assets
$
882,969

$
(154,533
)
$
728,436

 
$
889,870

$
(103,726
)
$
786,144

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 
The Company amortizes technical know-how over periods that range from eleven to twenty years, customer relationships over periods that range from seven to fifteen years, trademarks over an eleven to fifteen year period, contracts over periods that range from two to sixteen years, and permits over five years.
Amortization of intangibles included in cost of goods sold on the consolidated statements of operations was $17,569, $20,579 and $13,573 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Amortization of intangibles included in other operating expense, net on the consolidated statements of operations was $35,025, $32,010 and $25,263 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

F-42
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



Estimated future aggregate amortization expense of intangible assets is as follows:
Year 
 
Amount 
2019
 
$
50,652

2020
 
47,101

2021
 
46,159

2022
 
46,092

2023
 
42,175

Thereafter
 
251,062

Total estimated future aggregate amortization expense
 
$
483,241

 
 
 
15. Accrued Liabilities:
The following table summarizes the components of accrued liabilities as follows:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
Compensation and bonus
 
$
52,296

 
$
49,988

Interest
 
21,933

 
15,936

Property tax
 
3,018

 
1,622

Environmental reserves (see Note 23)
 
4,693

 
5,790

Supply contract obligation (see Note 25)
 
—

 
1,638

Income taxes
 
2,123

 
1,166

Commissions and rebates
 
1,798

 
1,820

Pension, postretirement and supplemental retirement plans (see Note 20)
 
2,439

 
2,192

Other
 
11,709

 
13,765

 
 
$
100,009

 
$
93,917

 
 
 
 
 

F-43
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



16. Long-term Debt:
The summary of long-term debt is as follows:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
Term Loan Facility (U.S. dollar denominated)
 
$
—

 
$
916,153

Term Loan Facility (Euro denominated)
 
—

 
335,808

New Term Loan Facility
 
1,157,498

 
—

6.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2022
 
625,000

 
625,000

5.75% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2025
 
300,000

 
300,000

ABL Facility
 
—

 
25,000

Other
 
65,925

 
68,318

Total debt
 
2,148,423

 
2,270,279

Original issue discount
 
(18,584
)
 
(18,390
)
Deferred financing costs
 
(15,882
)
 
(21,403
)
Total debt, net of original issue discount and deferred financing costs
 
2,113,957

 
2,230,486

Less: current portion
 
(7,237
)
 
(45,166
)
Total long-term debt, excluding current portion
 
$
2,106,720

 
$
2,185,320

Senior Secured Credit Facilities
Concurrent with the Business Combination, the Company entered into senior secured credit facilities (collectively, the “Senior Secured Credit Facilities”) comprised of a $1,200,000 term loan facility, which consisted of a $900,000 U.S. dollar-denominated tranche and a $300,000 Euro-denominated (or €265,000) tranche (the “Term Loan Facility”), and a $200,000 asset-based revolving credit facility (the “ABL Facility”). The Term Loan Facility was issued at 99.0% of the principal amount. Borrowings under the Term Loan Facility bore interest at a rate equal to the LIBOR rate (or EURIBOR rate, as applicable) or the base rate elected by the Company at the time of the borrowing plus a margin of 4.75% or 3.75%, respectively. Further, the LIBOR rate and base rate elected under the facilities were subject to a floor of 1.00% and 2.00%, respectively. The Term Loan Facility required minimum scheduled quarterly principal payments equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount of the term loans made on the closing date of the Business Combination. The Term Loan Facility had a maturity date of November 4, 2022. The existing PQ Holdings credit facilities were not legally assumed as part of the Business Combination, and the extinguishment of the debt was included as part of the consideration transferred for the Business Combination (see Note 7 to these consolidated financial statements for further information).
Concurrent with entering into the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, the Company recorded $4,747 of new creditor and third-party financing costs as debt extinguishment costs. In addition, previous unamortized deferred financing costs of $6,252 and original issue discount of $989 associated with the previously outstanding debt were written off as debt extinguishment costs.
On November 14, 2016 (the “First Amendment Closing Date”), the Company entered into the First Amendment Agreement to the Term Loan Facility (the “First Amendment”) pursuant to which the Company, among other things: (a) refinanced the existing $900,000 U.S. dollar-denominated tranche by issuing a U.S. dollar-denominated replacement term loan in the amount of $927,750 and (b) refinanced the existing €265,000 (or $300,000) Euro-denominated tranche by issuing a Euro-denominated replacement term loan in the amount of €283,338. Included in the U.S. dollar-denominated replacement term loan was an additional $30,000 principal amount of borrowings. Included in the Euro-denominated replacement term loan was an additional €19,000 principal amount of borrowings. The borrowings under the First Amendment bore interest at a rate equal to the LIBOR rate plus a margin of 4.25% for U.S. dollar-denominated LIBOR Rate loans, the EURIBOR rate plus a margin of 4.00% for Euro-denominated LIBOR Rate loans, or the base rate plus a margin of 3.25% for base rate loans elected by the Company at the time of borrowing. These new replacement term loans had substantially the same terms under the original Term Loan Facility subject to the amendments contained in the First Amendment.

F-44
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



Concurrent with the First Amendment, the Company recorded $474 of new creditor and third-party financing costs as debt extinguishment costs. In addition, previous unamortized deferred financing costs of $564 and original issue discount of $756 associated with the previously outstanding debt were written off as debt extinguishment costs.
On August 7, 2017, the Company entered into the Second Amendment Agreement to the Term Loan Facility (the “Second Amendment”) and re-priced the then existing $927,750 U.S. dollar-denominated tranche and the then existing €283,338 Euro-denominated tranche of its term loans to reduce the applicable interest rates. The terms of the facilities were substantially consistent following the re-pricing, except that borrowings under the term loans bore interest at a rate equal to the LIBOR rate plus a margin of 3.25% with respect to U.S. dollar-denominated LIBOR rate loans and the EURIBOR rate plus a margin of 3.25% with respect to Euro-denominated EURIBOR rate loans. In addition, the LIBOR rate elected under the facilities was subject to a floor of 0% and the EURIBOR rate elected under the facilities was subject to a floor of 0.75%.
Concurrent with the Second Amendment, the Company recorded $199 of new creditor and third-party financing costs as debt extinguishment costs. In addition, previous unamortized deferred financing costs of $105 and original issue discount of $162 associated with the previously outstanding debt were written off as debt extinguishment costs.
On February 8, 2018 (the “Third Amendment Closing Date”), PQ Corporation (the “Borrower”), an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, refinanced its existing U.S. Dollar and Euro denominated senior secured term loan facilities with a new $1,267,000 senior secured term loan facility (the “New Term Loan Facility”) by entering into the Third Amendment Agreement to the Term Loan Facility (the “Third Amendment”), which amended and restated the Term Loan Credit Agreement dated as of May 4, 2016, among the Borrower, CPQ Midco I Corporation, Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Island Branch, as administrative agent and collateral agent, and the lenders and the other parties party thereto from time to time (as amended prior to the Third Amendment, the “Existing Credit Agreement” and as amended and restated by the Amendment, the “New Credit Agreement”).
The New Term Loan Facility bears interest at a floating rate of LIBOR plus 2.50% per annum and matures in February 2025, effectively lowering the interest rate margins compared to the refinanced term loan facilities, eliminating the interest rate floor that existed on the Euro-denominated tranche prior to refinancing, and extending the maturity of its senior secured term loan facility. The New Term Loan Facility requires scheduled quarterly amortization payments, each equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount of the loans under the New Term Loan Facility. Concurrent with the Third Amendment, the Company recorded $2,124 of new creditor and third-party financing costs as debt extinguishment costs. In addition, previous unamortized deferred financing costs of $1,403 and original issue discount of $2,352 associated with the previously outstanding debt were written off as debt extinguishment costs.
On the Third Amendment Closing Date, the Company also entered into multiple cross currency swap arrangements to hedge foreign currency risk. The swaps are designed to enable the Company to effectively convert a portion of its fixed-rate U.S. dollar denominated debt obligations into approximately €280,000 equivalent ($320,404 as of December 31, 2018). The swaps are expected to mature in February 2023.
The Company may at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay loans under the New Term Loan Facility in whole or in part without premium or penalty.
The New Term Loan Facility requires mandatory prepayments from (i) 50% of “Excess Cash Flow” (as defined in the New Credit Agreement) on an annual basis with step downs to lower percentages based on the Borrower’s leverage ratio, if applicable, (ii) net cash proceeds from the issuance or incurrence of certain indebtedness and (iii) net cash proceeds received from certain non-ordinary course disposition of assets and casualty events to the extent such net cash proceeds were not reinvested in the Company’s business within a certain specified time period. Prepayments are applied to remaining amortization installments in direct order of maturity. The remaining principal balance of the term loans are due upon maturity.
In addition, the New Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants and events of default, all of which are substantially the same as under the Existing Credit Agreement.
The Borrower and certain Canadian and European subsidiaries of the Borrower also have a $200,000 asset-based revolving credit facility (the “ABL Facility”) which provides for $150,000 in U.S. available borrowings, up to $10,000 in Canadian available borrowings and up to $40,000 of European available borrowings. Borrowings under the ABL Facility bear interest at a rate equal to the LIBOR rate or the base rate elected by the Company at the time of the borrowing plus a

F-45
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



margin of between 1.50%-2.00% or 0.50%-1.00%, respectively, depending on availability under the ABL Facility. In addition, there is an annual commitment fee equal to 0.375%, with a step-down to 0.25% based on the average usage of the revolving credit borrowings available. As of December 31, 2018, there were no revolving credit borrowings under the ABL Facility. Revolving credit borrowings are payable at the option of the Company throughout the term of the ABL Facility with the balance due May 4, 2021.
The Company has the ability to request letters of credit under the ABL Facility. The Company had $19,796 of letters of credit outstanding as of December 31, 2018, which reduce available borrowings under the ABL Facility by such amounts.
The New Term Loan Facility is guaranteed by CPQ Midco I Corporation, a subsidiary of the Company and the direct parent of the Borrower (“Holdings”) and substantially all of the Borrower’s wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries. The obligations under the New Term Facility are secured (i) by a first-priority security interest in, among other things, a pledge substantially all of the Borrower’s and the guarantors’ assets (other than collateral securing the ABL Facility on a first-priority basis) and (ii) by a second-priority security interest in receivables, inventory, deposit accounts and other collateral of the Borrower and the U.S. subsidiary guarantors securing the ABL Facility. The liens securing the Term Loan Facility and the guarantees are pari passu with the liens securing the Senior Secured Notes subject to the pari passu intercreditor agreement.
The obligations of the Borrower under the ABL Facility are guaranteed by Holdings and the same U.S. subsidiary guarantors that guarantee the New Term Loan Facility, the obligations of the Canadian Borrowers under the ABL Facility are guaranteed by certain other Canadian subsidiaries of the Borrower and the obligations of the European Borrowers under the ABL Facility are guaranteed by certain other European subsidiaries of the Borrower. The obligations of the borrowers and guarantors under the ABL Facility are secured (i) by a first-priority security interest in, among other things, substantially all of their receivables, inventory, deposit accounts and other collateral securing the ABL Facility on a first-priority basis and (ii) by a second-priority security interest in the property and assets of Holdings, the Borrower and the U.S. subsidiary guarantors that secure the Term Loan Facility. In addition, the ABL Facility is secured by the equity interests in, and substantially all of the assets of, certain foreign guarantors in connection with the Canadian dollar-denominated and Euro-denominated availability.
The Term Loan Facility and the ABL Facility contain various non-financial restrictive covenants. Each limits the ability of PQ Corporation and its restricted subsidiaries to incur certain indebtedness or liens, merge, consolidate or liquidate, dispose of certain property, make investments or declare or pay dividends, make optional payments, modify certain debt instruments, enter into certain transactions with affiliates, enter into certain sales and leasebacks, and certain other non-financial restrictive covenants. The ABL Facility also contains one financial covenant which applies when minimum availability under the ABL Facility exceeds a certain threshold. During such time, the Company is required to maintain a fixed-charge coverage ratio of at least 1.0 to 1.0. The Company is in compliance with all debt covenants as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
In September 2018, the Company prepaid $45,000 of outstanding principal balance on the New Term Loan Facility. The Company wrote off $258 of previously unamortized deferred financing costs and original issue discount of $606 as debt extinguishment costs. In December 2018, the Company prepaid $55,000 of outstanding principal balance on the New Term Loan Facility. The Company wrote off $301 of previously unamortized deferred financing costs and original issue discount of $707 as debt extinguishment costs. The prepayments were applied against the remaining scheduled installments of principal due in respect of the loans under the New Term Loan Facility in direct order of maturity.
6.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2022
Concurrent with the Business Combination, the Borrower issued $625,000 of 6.750% Senior Secured Notes due November 2022 (the “6.75% Senior Secured Notes”) in transactions exempt from or not subject to registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Rule 144A and Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933. The 6.75% Senior Secured Notes are guaranteed by guaranteed by PQ Holdings Inc. and by the U.S. subsidiary guarantors that guarantee the New Term Loan Facility and are secured by liens on the assets of the Borrower and the U.S. subsidiary guarantors on a pari passu with the liens securing the New Term Loan Facility subject to the pari passu intercreditor agreement. The guarantee by PQ Holdings Inc. is unsecured. The indenture relating to the 6.75% Senior Secured Notes contains various limitations on the Company’s and its restricted subsidiaries’ ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends or repay certain debt, make loans and investments, sell assets, create liens, enter into transactions with affiliates, enter into agreements restricting the Borrower’s subsidiaries ability to pay dividends, and merge and consolidate with other companies, among other things. Interest on the

F-46
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



6.75% Senior Secured Notes is payable on May 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing November 15, 2016. No principal payments are required with respect to the 6.75% Senior Secured Notes prior to their final maturity. The 6.75% Senior Secured Notes mature on November 15, 2022.
If any Event of Default (other than a default relating to certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency of PQ Corporation or certain of its subsidiaries) occurs and is continuing under the Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the then total outstanding notes by notice to the Company may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding notes to be due and payable immediately. If an event of default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency of the Company occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the 6.75% Senior Secured Notes shall become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the trustee or any holders.
The 6.75% Senior Secured Notes are redeemable, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the 6.75% Senior Secured Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date, if redeemed on or after any of the dates below until the subsequent date below:
Year
 
Percentage
May 15, 2019
 
103.375%
May 15, 2020
 
101.688%
May 15, 2021 and thereafter
 
100.000%
Upon the occurrence of a change of control, as defined, each holder will have the right to require the Company to purchase all or any part of such holder’s 6.75% Senior Secured Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest.
Senior Unsecured Notes - Redeemed in 2017
Concurrent with the Business Combination, the Borrower issued $525,000 aggregate principal amount of floating rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2022 (the “Senior Unsecured Notes”) in a concurrent private placement exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The notes were issued at 98.0% of the principal amount. The Senior Unsecured Notes were to mature on May 1, 2022.
In conjunction with the Company’s IPO, on October 3, 2017, the Borrower redeemed $446,208 in aggregate principal of the $525,000 of its Senior Unsecured Notes using the proceeds from the IPO. Following the redemption, $78,792 aggregate principal amount of the Senior Unsecured Notes remained outstanding. The Borrower paid a redemption premium of $32,284, which was recorded as debt extinguishment costs. In addition, previous unamortized deferred financing costs of $696 and original issue discount of $7,555 associated with the previously outstanding debt were written off as debt extinguishment costs.
On December 11, 2017, the Borrower redeemed the remaining $78,792 aggregate principal amount of the Senior Unsecured Notes with the proceeds from its issuance of the 5.75% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2025. The Borrower paid a redemption premium of $7,091, of which $6,043 was recorded as debt extinguishment costs. In addition, unamortized deferred financing costs of $108 and original issue discount of $1,176 associated with the previously outstanding debt were written off as debt extinguishment costs. Refer to the 5.75% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2025 section of this note for further information.
8.50% Senior Notes due 2022 - Redeemed in 2017
In December 2014, Eco Services issued $200,000 aggregate principal amount of 8.50% senior notes due 2022 (the “2022 Notes”) under an indenture dated October 24, 2014. The 2022 Notes were issued in a private transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Pursuant to the indenture governing the 2022 Notes, PQ Group Holdings assumed the obligations of Eco Services under the 2022 Notes following the Business Combination. The 2022 Notes were to mature on November 1, 2022 and were issued at 100% of the principal amount. On December 11, 2017, the Borrower redeemed the $200,000 aggregate principal amount of the 2022 Notes with the proceeds from its issuance of the 5.75% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2025. The Borrower paid a redemption premium of $8,500, of which $7,996 was

F-47
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



recorded as debt extinguishment costs. In addition, unamortized deferred financing costs of $5,207 associated with the previously outstanding debt were written off as debt extinguishment costs. Refer to the 5.75% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2025 section of this note for further information.
5.75% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2025
On December 11, 2017, the Borrower issued $300,000 aggregate principal amount of floating rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2025 (the “5.75% Senior Unsecured Notes”) in a private placement exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The 5.75% Senior Unsecured Notes mature on December 15, 2025. Interest on the 5.75% Senior Unsecured Notes is to be paid semi-annually on February 15 and August 15, commencing August 15, 2018, at an annual rate of 5.75%. The indenture relating to the 5.75% Senior Unsecured Notes contained various limitations on the Borrower’s and its restricted subsidiaries’ ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends or repay certain debt, make loans and investments, sell assets, create liens, enter into transactions with affiliates, enter into agreements restricting the Borrower’s subsidiaries ability to pay dividends, and merge and consolidate with other companies, among other things. No principal payments are required with respect to the Senior Secured Notes prior to their final maturity.
The obligations of the Borrower under the 5.75% Senior Unsecured Notes and the related indenture are guaranteed by its U.S. subsidiary guarantors that guarantee the New Term Loan Facility. The obligations of the Company under the 5.75% Senior Unsecured Notes and the indenture are unsecured.
If any Event of Default (other than a default relating to certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency of PQ Corporation or certain of its subsidiaries) occurs and is continuing under the Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the then total outstanding notes by notice to the Company may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding notes to be due and payable immediately. If an event of default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency of the Company occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the Senior Secured Notes shall become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the trustee or any holders.
At any time prior to December 15, 2020, the Borrower may, at its option and on one more occasions, redeem (a) up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the 5.75% Senior Unsecured Notes with the cash proceeds from certain equity offerings at a redemption price equal to the sum of 105.75% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, and (b) all or part of the 5.75% Senior Unsecured Notes at 100.00% of the aggregate principal amount redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and a make-whole premium (the “Applicable Premium”). The Applicable Premium is equal to the greater of: (a) 1% of the principal amount of notes redeemed, or (b) the excess, if any, of:
(1) the present value at the redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such notes at December 15, 2020 (as set forth in the table below), plus (ii) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such notes through December 15, 2020 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the applicable United States Treasury rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over
(2) the outstanding principal amount of such notes on the redemption date.
On or after December 15, 2020, the 5.75% Senior Unsecured Notes are redeemable, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the 5.75% Senior Unsecured Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date, if redeemed on or after any of the dates below until the subsequent date below:
Year
 
Percentage
December 15, 2020
 
102.875%
December 15, 2021
 
101.438%
December 15, 2022 and thereafter
 
100.000%
Upon the occurrence of a change of control, as defined, each holder will have the right to require the Company to purchase all or any part of such holder’s Senior Secured Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

F-48
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



Other Debt
New Markets Tax Credit Financing
On October 24, 2013, PQ Holdings’ (and now the Company’s) subsidiary Potters Industries, LLC (“Potters”) entered into a NMTC financing arrangement with JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A. and several of its affiliates (“Chase”) and TX CDE V LLC, an affiliate of Texas LIC Development Company LLC d/b/a Texas Community Development Capital (“TX CDE”) to fund the expansion of Potters’ manufacturing facility in Paris, Texas (the “2013 NMTC Agreement”). The NMTC program, which is administered by the United States Treasury Department, requires certain balance sheet commitments. The 2013 NMTC Agreement will provide the Company with certain monetary benefits as an offset to specifically identified capital expenditures. The 2013 NMTC Agreement requires that certain commitments and covenants be maintained over a period of seven years in order to legally recognize the benefit. Chase agreed to contribute $6,634 and an additional $15,632 in funds lent to Chase by Potters Holdings II, L.P. to TX CDE. TX CDE, in turn, lent $21,000 in the form of $5,368 and $15,632 of notes to Potters, which used the proceeds to finance the expansion of Potters’ manufacturing facility in Paris, Texas. The capital expenditures associated with the 2013 NMTC Agreement were completed in 2014. The $21,000 of debt related to the 2013 NMTC was assumed as part of the Business Combination and was outstanding as of December 31, 2018.
On May 17, 2016, Potters entered into a NMTC financing arrangement with U.S. Bank N.A. and several of its affiliates (“USB”) and MRC XX LLC, an affiliate of Midwest Renewable Capital, LLC (“MRC”), to fund the expansion of Potters’ manufacturing facility in Augusta, Georgia (the “May 2016 NMTC Agreement”). The May 2016 NMTC Agreement provides the Company with certain monetary benefits as an offset to specifically identified capital expenditures. The May 2016 NMTC Agreement requires that certain commitments and covenants be maintained over a period of seven years in order to legally recognize the benefit. USB agreed to contribute $3,732 and an additional $7,822 in funds lent to USB by Potters Holdings II, L.P. to MRC. MRC, in turn, lent $11,000 in the form of $7,823, $1,311 and $1,866 of notes to Potters, which used the proceeds to finance the expansion of Potters’ manufacturing facility in Augusta, Georgia. The $11,000 was outstanding as of December 31, 2018. The capital expenditures associated with the May 2016 NMTC Agreement were completed in 2017.
On December 29, 2016, Potters entered into a second NMTC financing arrangement with USB and MRC whereby USB agreed to contribute $3,815 and an additional $7,775 in funds lent to USB by Potters Holdings II, L.P. to MRC. MRC, in turn, lent $11,000 in the form of $7,775, $1,402 and $1,823 of notes to Potters, which will use the proceeds as working capital for another expansion of Potters’ manufacturing facility in Paris, Texas (the “December 2016 NMTC Agreement”). The $11,000 was outstanding as of December 31, 2018. Potters expended the proceeds of the notes as working capital in 2017.
On June 22, 2017, Potters, entered into a NMTC financing arrangement with U.S. Bank N.A. (“USB”), one of USB’s affiliates (“USB Investment Fund”) and Business Conduit No. 28, LLC, an affiliate of Community Reinvestment Fund, Inc. (“CRF”). USB contributed $3,054 to USB Investment Fund, and Potters Leveraged Lender LLC, an indirect subsidiary of the Company, lent USB Investment Fund $6,221. USB Investment Fund then contributed $9,000 to CRF, which in turn lent $8,820 to Potters pursuant to a credit agreement (the “June 2017 NMTC Agreement”). Potters used the $8,820 in proceeds to acquire equipment for the expansion of Potters’ manufacturing facility in Paris, Texas. The June 2017 NMTC Agreement provides the Company with certain monetary benefits as an offset to specifically identified capital expenditures. The June 2017 NMTC Agreement requires that certain commitments and covenants are maintained over a period of seven years in order to legally recognize the benefit. The $8,820 was outstanding as of December 31, 2018. The capital expenditures associated with the June 2017 NMTC Agreement were completed in 2018.
In connection with the aforementioned NMTC financing arrangements, the Company provided indemnifications related to its actions or inactions which cause either a NMTC disallowance or recapture event. In the event that the Company causes either a recapture or disallowance of the tax credits expected to be generated under this program, then the Company will be required to repay the disallowed or recaptured tax credits plus an amount sufficient to pay the taxes on such repayment to the counterparty of the agreement. This indemnification covers the Company’s actions and inactions prior the end of the seven-year term of each agreement. The maximum potential amount of future payments under this indemnification is approximately $24,649. The Company currently believes that the likelihood of a required payment under this indemnification is remote.

F-49
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



Sovitec Credit Line
On June 12, 2017, the Company acquired Sovitec and assumed its obligations to Belfius Bank NV (“Belfius”). On June 8, 2017, Sovitec entered into a credit agreement with Belfius governing a €14,500 credit line which is divided into four tranches. Tranche A was issued in the amount of €7,500 in the form of a Euro roll-over credit with a maturity date of December 31, 2021. Tranche B was issued in the amount of €3,000 in the form of a Euro roll-over credit with a full principal payment due on its maturity date of September 30, 2022. A working capital line of credit (“Working Capital”) of €3,000 was issued under the form of straight loans with a maturity date up to 90 days after borrowings are made on the line. A capital expenditure line of credit (“CAPEX line”) of €1,000 was issued under the form of straight loans with a maturity date of September 30, 2021. Tranche A is subject to principal payments of €750 made on September 30 and December 31 of each year. Borrowings under the credit agreement bear rates based on Sovitec’s ratio of net debt to Normalized EBITDA. Normalized EBITDA is defined as the Sovitec consolidated operating profit before non-recurring items (i.e. items non-related to normal operations of the last twelve month period and provided an acceptable description of the one-off character of those items is given) and before taxation, depreciation and amortization. Interest rate margins are subject to being reset on June 30 of each year. Interest rates reset based on three net debt to Normalized EBITDA ratio ranges of less than 2, between 2 and 3 or greater than 3. Rates for each tranche of debt reset based on 1 to 9 month EURIBOR rates (not lower than zero) plus a margin that can range between 1.10% to 1.55% for Tranche A, 1.85% to 2.15% for Tranche B, 0.90% and 1.20% for Working Capital and 1.25% and 1.80% for the CAPEX line.
As of December 31, 2018, the interest rate on the credit agreements are as follows: Tranche A, 1.10%, Tranche B, 1.85%, Working Capital, 0.90% and CAPEX 1.25%. As of December 31, 2018, the following principal balances are outstanding on each debt instrument: Tranche A, $5,148, Tranche B, $3,433, Working Capital, $1,945 and CAPEX $1,144.
Loans and guarantees under the credit agreement are secured by (1) a first priority security interest on the Sovitec properties located Fleurus, Belgium and Florange, France and (2) 100% of the nominative shares in Sovitec’s wholly owned parent company, Sovitec International B.V. The credit agreement contains various non-financial and financial covenants. Each limits the ability of Sovitec and its restricted subsidiaries to incur certain indebtedness or liens, merge, consolidated or liquidate, dispose of certain property, make investments or declare or pay dividends. The credit agreement also contains one financial covenant which requires maintaining a maximum net debt/EBITDA ratio of 3:1 during the first three years of the agreement and afterwards a maximum 2.5:1 ratio. The Company is in compliance with all debt covenants as of December 31, 2018.
Notes Payable
The Company also has several note payable agreements denominated in Japanese Yen which enables the Company to borrow up to a total of 260,000 Japanese Yen, or $2,358. Borrowings bear interest at either TIBOR (“Tokyo Interbank Offered Rate”) plus a margin or the short-term prime rate. The terms of the agreements vary and are renewable upon expiration of the term with the balances due in 2019. Borrowings under the agreement are payable at the option of the Company throughout the term of the agreements. Borrowings outstanding under these agreements were $2,358 and $2,306 as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
Certain of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries maintain other note payable agreements. These agreements are not further described as they are not significant to the consolidated financial statements.
Fair Value of Debt
The fair value of a financial instrument is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the fair value of the senior secured term loans and senior secured and unsecured notes was $2,010,023 and $2,236,280, respectively. The fair value is classified as Level 2 based upon the fair value hierarchy (see Note 5 to these consolidated financial statements for further information on fair value measurements).

F-50
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



Aggregate Long-term Debt Maturities
The aggregate long-term debt maturities are:
Year 
 
Amount 
2019
 
$
7,237

2020
 
1,718

2021
 
1,717

2022
 
628,433

2023
 
3,689

Thereafter
 
1,505,629

 
 
$
2,148,423

 
 
 
17. Other Long-term Liabilities:
The following table summarizes the components of other long-term liabilities as follows:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
Pension benefits
 
$
75,430

 
$
69,914

Supply contract (see Note 25)
 
—

 
20,612

Other postretirement benefits
 
3,233

 
4,051

Supplemental retirement plans
 
10,763

 
11,667

Reserve for uncertain tax positions
 
3,176

 
4,244

Asset retirement obligation
 
4,224

 
4,094

Other
 
7,999

 
5,889

 
 
$
104,825

 
$
120,471

 
 
 
 
 
18. Financial Instruments:
The Company uses (1) interest rate related derivative instruments to manage its exposure related to changes in interest rates on its variable-rate debt instruments (2) commodity derivatives to manage its exposure to commodity price fluctuations, and (3) foreign currency related derivative instruments to manage its foreign currency exposure to its net investments in certain foreign operations. The Company does not speculate using derivative instruments.
By using derivative financial instruments to hedge exposures to changes in interest rates, commodity prices and foreign currency, the Company exposes itself to credit risk and market risk. Credit risk is the failure of the counterparty to perform under the terms of the derivative contract. When the fair value of a derivative contract is an asset, the counterparty owes the Company, which creates credit risk for the Company. When the fair value of a derivative contract is a liability, the Company owes the counterparty and, therefore, the Company is not exposed to the counterparty’s credit risk in those circumstances. The Company minimizes counterparty credit risk in derivative instruments by entering into transactions with high quality counterparties. The derivative instruments entered into by the Company do not contain credit-risk-related contingent features.
Market risk is the adverse effect on the value of a derivative instrument that results from a change in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices. The market risk associated with interest rate and commodity price contracts is managed by establishing and monitoring parameters that limit the types and degree of market risk that may be undertaken.
Use of Derivative Financial Instruments to Manage Commodity Price Risk. The Company is exposed to risks in energy costs due to fluctuations in energy prices, particularly natural gas. The Company has a hedging program in the United States

F-51
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



which allows the Company to mitigate exposure to natural gas volatility with natural gas swap agreements. Fair value is determined based on estimated amounts that would be received or paid to terminate the contracts at the reporting date based on quoted market prices of comparable contracts. The respective current and non-current liabilities are recorded in accrued liabilities and other long-term liabilities and the respective current and non-current assets are recorded in prepaid and other current assets and other long-term assets, as applicable, in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. As the derivatives are designated and qualify as cash-flow hedges, the gains or losses on the natural gas swaps are recorded in stockholders’ equity as a component of other comprehensive income (loss) (“OCI”), net of tax. Reclassifications of the gains and losses on natural gas hedges into earnings are included in production cost and subsequently charged to cost of goods sold in the consolidated statements of operations in the period in which the associated inventory is sold. As of December 31, 2018, the Company’s natural gas swaps had a remaining notional quantity of 3.9 million MMBTU to mitigate commodity price volatility through December 2021.
Use of Derivative Financial Instruments to Manage Interest Rate Risk. The Company is exposed to fluctuations in interest rates on its senior secured credit facilities. Changes in interest rates will not affect the market value of such debt but will affect the amount of the Company’s interest payments over the term of the loans. Likewise, an increase in interest rates could have a material impact on the Company’s cash flow. The Company hedges the interest rate fluctuations on debt obligations through interest rate cap agreements. The Company records these agreements at fair value as assets or liabilities in its consolidated balance sheet. As the derivatives are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges, the gains or losses on the interest rate cap agreements are recorded in stockholders’ equity as a component of OCI, net of tax. Reclassifications of the gains and losses on the interest rate cap agreements into earnings are recorded as part of interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations as the Company makes its interest payments on the hedged portion of its senior secured credit facilities. Fair value is determined based on estimated amounts that would be received or paid to terminate the contracts at the reporting date based on quoted market prices.
In July 2016, the Company entered into interest rate cap agreements, paying a premium of $1,551 to mitigate interest rate volatility from July 2016 through July 2020 by employing varying cap rates, ranging from 1.50% to 3.00% on $1,000,000 of notional variable-rate debt. The cap rate in effect at December 31, 2018 was 2.50%. In November 2018, the Company entered into additional interest rate cap agreements to mitigate interest rate volatility from July 2020 through July 2022, with a cap rate of 3.50% on $500,000 of notional variable-rate debt.
Use of Derivative Financial Instruments to Manage Foreign Currency Risk. The Company is exposed to risks related to its net investments in foreign operations due to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, particularly between the United States dollar and the Euro. In connection with the February 2018 term loan refinancing (see Note 16 to these consolidated financial statements), the Company entered into multiple cross currency interest rate swap arrangements with an aggregate notional amount of €280,000 ($320,404 as of December 31, 2018) to hedge this exposure on the net investments of certain of its Euro-denominated subsidiaries. The Company records these swap agreements at fair value as assets or liabilities in its consolidated balance sheet. As the derivatives are designated and qualify as net investment hedges, changes in the fair value of the swaps attributable to changes in the spot exchange rates are recognized in cumulative translation adjustment (“CTA”) within OCI and are held there until the hedged net investments are sold or substantially liquidated. Changes in the fair value of the swaps attributable to the cross currency basis spread are excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness and are recorded in current period earnings. Upon such sale or liquidation, the amount recognized in CTA is reclassified to earnings and reported in the same line item as the gain or loss on the liquidation of the net investments.

F-52
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



The fair values of derivative instruments held as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 are shown below:
 
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
Balance sheet location 
 
2018
 
2017
Derivative assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Natural gas swaps
 
Prepaid and other current assets
 
$
21

 
$
—

Interest rate caps
 
Prepaid and other current assets
 
1,358

 
44

Interest rate caps
 
Other long-term assets
 
546

 
999

 
 
 
 
1,925

 
1,043

Derivatives designed as net investment hedges:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cross currency swaps
 
Prepaid and other current assets
 
5,499

 
—

Cross currency swaps
 
Other long-term assets
 
13,344

 
—

 
 
 
 
18,843

 
—

Total derivative assets
 
 
 
$
20,768

 
$
1,043

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Natural gas swaps
 
Accrued liabilities
 
$
36

 
$
318

Natural gas swaps
 
Other long-term liabilities
 
148

 
130

Interest rate caps
 
Other long-term liabilities
 
1,842

 
—

Total derivative liabilities
 
 
 
$
2,026

 
$
448

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

F-53
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



The following table shows the effect of the Company’s derivative instruments designated as hedges on accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”) and the statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:
 
 
 
 
Years ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
 
Location of gain (loss) reclassified from AOCI into income
 
Amount of gain (loss) recognized in OCI on derivatives
 
Amount of gain (loss) reclassified from AOCI into income
 
Amount of gain (loss) recognized in OCI on derivatives
 
Amount of gain (loss) reclassified from AOCI into income
 
Amount of gain (loss) recognized in OCI on derivatives
 
Amount of gain (loss) reclassified from AOCI into income
Interest rate caps
 
Interest (expense) income
 
$
(981
)
 
$
(256
)
 
$
(4,760
)
 
$
(40
)
 
$
4,250

 
$
—

Natural gas swaps
 
Cost of goods sold
 
$
637

 
$
353

 
$
(1,300
)
 
$
(222
)
 
$
(802
)
 
$
(1,433
)
 
 
 
 
$
(344
)
 
$
97

 
$
(6,060
)
 
$
(262
)
 
$
3,448

 
$
(1,433
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table shows the effect of the Company’s cash flow hedge accounting on the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:
 
 
Location and amount of gain (loss) recognized in income on cash flow hedging relationships
 
 
Years ended December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
 
Cost of goods sold
 
Interest (expense) income
 
Cost of goods sold
 
Interest (expense) income
 
Cost of goods sold
 
Interest (expense) income
Total amounts of income and expense line items presented in the statement of operations in which the effects of cash flow hedges are recorded
 
$
(1,226,520
)
 
$
(113,723
)
 
$
(1,095,265
)
 
$
(179,044
)
 
$
(810,085
)
 
$
(140,315
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The effects of cash flow hedging:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gain (loss) on cash flow hedging relationships:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest contracts:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amount of gain (loss) reclassified from AOCI into income
 
—

 
(256
)
 
—

 
(40
)
 
—

 
—

Commodity contracts:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amount of gain (loss) reclassified from AOCI into income
 
353

 
—

 
(222
)
 
—

 
(1,433
)
 
—


F-54
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



The following table shows the effect of the Company’s net investment hedges on AOCI and the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:
 
Amount of gain (loss) recognized in OCI on derivative
 
Location of (gain) loss reclassified from AOCI into income
 
Amount of (gain) loss reclassified from AOCI into income
 
Location of gain (loss) recognized in income on derivative (amount excluded from effectiveness testing)
 
Amount of gain (loss) recognized in income on derivative (amount excluded from effectiveness testing)
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
2018
2017
2016
 
 
2018
2017
2016
 
 
2018
2017
2016
Cross currency swaps
$
18,843

$
—

$
—

 
(Gain) loss on sale of subsidiary
 
$
—

$
—

$
—

 
Interest (expense) income
 
$
7,898

$
—

$
—

Amounts of unrealized losses in AOCI that are expected to be reclassified to the consolidated statement of operations over the next twelve months are $640 as of December 31, 2018.
19. Income Taxes:
The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “TCJA”) was enacted on December 22, 2017 and certain provisions became effective January 1, 2018. The TCJA imposed significant changes to U.S. tax law, such as lowering U.S. corporate income tax rates, implementing a territorial tax system and levying a one-time transition tax on deemed repatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries.
In response to the TCJA, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”) to address the application of U.S. GAAP in situations when a registrant did not have the necessary information available, prepared, or analyzed (including computations) in reasonable detail to complete the accounting for certain income tax effects of the TCJA. As amounts were refined, SAB 118 allowed registrants to record provisional adjustments during a measurement period that extended beyond one year of the TCJA enactment date. In accordance with SAB 118, the Company has finalized the impacts of the transition tax as of December 31, 2018 and has recorded a measurement period adjustment of $2,102 as a benefit to tax expense. There was no cash tax outlay associated with the final transition tax amount, as the Company elected to utilize NOL carryforwards to offset the associated taxable income.
The TCJA also established other new provisions that became effective in 2018. These include, but are not limited to, (1) a new provision designed to tax low-taxed income of foreign subsidiaries (i.e., “GILTI”), which allows for the possibility of using foreign tax credits ("FTCs") and a deduction of up to 50% to offset any resulting income tax liability (subject to some limitations); (2) limitations on the deductibility of certain executive compensation (“162(m)”); (3) limitations on the deductibility of interest expense (“163(j)”); and (4) limitations on the use of FTCs to reduce the U.S. income tax liability. While many of these provisions are expected to have an impact on the Company’s tax expense and deferred taxes for the year ended December 31, 2018 and future periods, the Company expects the GILTI provisions and 163(j) to have the most significant impact. While significant additional guidance regarding U.S. tax reform has been put forth during the year ended December 31, 2018, at this time the overall impact of the TCJA on the Company’s future income tax provision continues to remain uncertain.
With respect to GILTI, the Company has experienced significant impact to tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2018 because of its substantial U.S. NOL balance and being unable to avail itself of both U.S. foreign tax credits and the GILTI special deduction (“Section 250 Deduction”). The December 31, 2018 impact to tax expense with respect to GILTI is $15,444. Based on FASB guidance, the Company is permitted to make an accounting policy election to either (1) treat the taxes incurred as a result of the GILTI provision as a current-period expense when incurred or (2) factor such amounts into its measurement of deferred taxes. The Company has elected to treat any expense incurred as a current-period expense.
With respect to 163(j), the Company has experienced a significant disallowance with respect to its current year interest expense. The Company’s 163(j) interest disallowance is $57,705 for the year ended December 31, 2018. This disallowance has no impact to overall tax expense, given that any disallowed interest deductions are permitted to be carried forward

F-55
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



indefinitely and, as such, are set up as deferred tax assets. The Company has evaluated the realizability of this deferred tax asset, and believes it is more-likely-than-not that it will be realized, using reversal of existing taxable temporary differences.
Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling interest within or outside the United States are shown below:
 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Domestic
 
$
3,935

 
$
(137,147
)
 
$
(84,094
)
Foreign
 
84,681

 
76,513

 
14,977

Total
 
$
88,616

 
$
(60,634
)
 
$
(69,117
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The provision (benefit) for income taxes as shown in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations consists of the following:
 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Current:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
 
$
—

 
$
—

 
$
—

State
 
2,470

 
806

 
91

Foreign
 
23,080

 
20,209

 
10,088

 
 
25,550

 
21,015

 
10,179

 
 
 

 
 

 
 
Deferred:
 
 

 
 

 
 
Federal
 
12,854

 
(135,970
)
 
8,654

State
 
(784
)
 
(1,817
)
 
292

Foreign
 
(8,625
)
 
(2,425
)
 
(9,084
)
 
 
3,445

 
(140,212
)
 
(138
)
 
 
 

 
 

 
 
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
 
$
28,995

 
$
(119,197
)
 
$
10,041

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

F-56
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



A reconciliation of income tax expense (benefit) at the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to actual income tax expense is as follows:
 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Tax at statutory rate
 
$
18,610

 
$
(21,222
)
 
$
(24,191
)
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit
 
1,203

 
(7,754
)
 
(4,110
)
Repatriation of non-US earnings
 
14,187

 
(24,912
)
 
4,576

Change in tax status-Eco Services-Passthrough to C-Corporation
 
—

 
—

 
33,891

Changes in uncertain tax positions
 
(996
)
 
974

 
(2,383
)
Change in valuation allowances
 
5,075

 
6,771

 
2,577

Rate changes
 
(4,016
)
 
(63,319
)
 
—

Change in state effective rates
 
691

 
(340
)
 
(290
)
Foreign withholding taxes
 
1,828

 
978

 
1,505

Foreign tax rate differential
 
2,191

 
(13,634
)
 
(3,040
)
Non-deductible transaction costs
 
84

 
1,679

 
667

Permanent difference created by foreign exchange gain or loss
 
(7,550
)
 
3,503

 
1,686

Research and development tax credits
 
(1,173
)
 
—

 
—

Other, net
 
(1,139
)
 
(1,921
)
 
(847
)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
 
$
28,995

 
$
(119,197
)
 
$
10,041

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The total tax provision (benefit) of $28,995, $(119,197) and $10,041 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, on the Company’s consolidated pre-tax income (loss) for the period differs from the U.S. statutory tax rate of 21%. This difference is principally due to the impacts of U.S. tax reform (including GILTI), the effect of permanent differences related to foreign currency exchange gain or loss, foreign income tax in jurisdictions with statutory rates different than the U.S. rate, state taxes, non-deductible transaction costs, foreign withholding taxes, changes in valuation allowance, and changes in uncertain tax positions.
Prior to the Business Combination on May 4, 2016, Eco Services was a single member limited liability company and taxed as a partnership for federal and state income tax purposes. As such, all income tax liabilities and/or benefits of Eco Services were passed through to their members. Because Eco Services was taxed as a partnership, it did not record deferred taxes on the basis difference on their financial statements. Following the Business Combination on May 4, 2016, Eco Services had a change in tax status and is now taxed as a C-Corporation subject to federal and state corporate level income taxes at prevailing corporate tax rates. As Eco Services had not previously recorded deferred taxes on the basis difference, the Company recognized net deferred tax liabilities of $33,891 for the year ended December 31, 2016 primarily related to basis differences in depreciable fixed assets and intangible assets based upon prevailing corporate tax rates.
Deferred incomes taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and the amounts recognized for income tax purposes. U.S. GAAP requires that deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to be applied to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to reverse in the future. As a result of the reduction in the U.S. corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%, the Company was required to remeasure existing deferred tax balances using the new U.S. statutory tax rate in 2017.


F-57
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



Deferred tax assets (liabilities) are comprised of the following:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
Deferred tax assets:
 
 
 
 
Net operating loss carryforwards
 
$
116,607

 
$
144,267

Section 163j interest disallowance carryforward
 
13,387

 
—

Pension
 
16,397

 
16,255

Post retirement health
 
1,385

 
561

Transaction costs
 
708

 
1,183

Natural gas contracts and interest rate swaps
 
335

 
225

Unrealized translation losses
 
3,737

 
5,065

US research and development credits
 
1,173

 
—

Other
 
38,855

 
38,290

Valuation allowance
 
(48,711
)
 
(64,945
)
 
 
$
143,873

 
$
140,901

 
 
 

 
 

Deferred tax liabilities:
 
 

 
 

Depreciation
 
$
(92,911
)
 
$
(86,532
)
Undistributed earnings of non-US subsidiaries
 
(6,648
)
 
(8,334
)
Inventory
 
(10,432
)
 
(11,324
)
Intangible assets
 
(174,327
)
 
(184,937
)
Cross currency swaps
 
(4,654
)
 
—

Other
 
(32,230
)
 
(36,810
)
 
 
$
(321,202
)
 
$
(327,937
)
 
 
 

 
 

Net deferred tax liabilities
 
$
(177,329
)
 
$
(187,036
)
 
 
 
 
 
Included in the 2018 and 2017 deferred tax asset and liability amounts for depreciation, intangible assets, inventory, natural gas contracts, unrealized transaction losses, and other above is $45,251 and $45,873, respectively, of a net deferred tax liability related to the Company’s investment in Potters, which is a partnership for federal income tax purposes. The Company and one of its subsidiaries own in aggregate 100% of Potters and the assets and liabilities of Potters are included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company.
The $177,329 in net deferred tax liabilities as of December 31, 2018 consists of $18,795 in non-current deferred tax assets and $196,124 in net non-current deferred tax liabilities. The $187,036 in net deferred tax liabilities as of December 31, 2017 consists of $2,300 in non-current deferred tax assets and $189,336 in net non-current deferred tax liabilities.
The change in net deferred tax liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 was primarily related to the decrease in deferred tax liabilities resulting from the revaluing of domestic deferred tax amounts, pursuant to U.S. tax reform lowering the statutory tax rate, establishing a deferred tax asset with respect to 163(j), as well as the change in book amortization of intangibles with no corresponding tax basis and movement in valuation allowances with respect to acquired Sovitec entities.

F-58
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



The following are changes in the deferred tax valuation allowance during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017:
 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
Beginning Balance
 
$
64,945

 
$
38,271

Additions
 
5,314

 
34,863

Reductions
 
(21,548
)
 
(8,189
)
Ending Balance
 
$
48,711

 
$
64,945

 
 
 
 
 
Included in the additions line above is $20,753 related to fair value adjustments recorded to goodwill as part of the initial Acquisition purchase accounting analysis for the year ended December 31, 2017. Included in the reductions line above is $20,038 related to fair value adjustments recorded to goodwill as part of the finalization of the Acquisition purchase accounting for the year ended December 31, 2018.
The net change in the total valuation allowance was a decrease of $16,234 in 2018. The valuation allowance at December 31, 2018 was primarily related to foreign and state net operating loss carryforwards and tax credits that, in the judgment of management, are not more likely than not to be realized. In assessing the ability to realize deferred tax assets, management considered whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considered the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities (including the impact of available carryback and carryforward periods), projected future taxable income, and tax-planning strategies that are prudent in making this assessment. In order to fully realize deferred tax assets, the Company will need to generate future taxable income prior to the expiration of the net operating loss and credit carryforwards. The amount of the deferred tax assets considered realizable, however, could be reduced in the near term if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are reduced.
Management considered certain earnings in non-U.S. subsidiaries to be available for repatriation in the future. The tax cost associated with non-U.S. subsidiary earnings and distributions for the year ended December 31, 2018 has been recorded as tax expense for the period. In this regard the Company expects to deduct, rather than credit, foreign tax expense in computing the U.S. tax effects of repatriation from non-U.S. subsidiaries in 2018. The unremitted earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries and affiliates that have not been permanently reinvested amount to $168,304 and $210,979 as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The deferred foreign withholding tax liability on these undistributed earnings is estimated to be $6,648 and $8,334 as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. As a result of U.S. tax reform, the liability on unremitted earnings as of December 31, 2018 is only related to foreign withholding taxes, as all earnings and profits were deemed to be repatriated for U.S. income tax purposes as a result of U.S. Tax Reform.
The cumulative unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries outside the United States in excess of the $168,304 are considered permanently reinvested, for which no withholding taxes have been provided. Such earnings are expected to be reinvested indefinitely and, as a result, no deferred tax liability has been recognized with regard to such earnings. Determination of the deferred withholding tax liability on these unremitted earnings is not practicable, principally because such liability, if any, is dependent on circumstances existing if and when remittance occurs.

F-59
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



The following table summarizes the activity related to the Company’s gross unrecognized tax benefits:
 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
Balance at beginning of period
 
$
11,431

 
$
16,128

Increases related to prior year tax positions
 
—

 
68

Decreases related to prior year tax positions
 
(1,538
)
 
(5,508
)
Increases related to current year tax positions
 
282

 
743

Balance at end of period
 
$
10,175

 
$
11,431

 
 
 
 
 
The total unrecognized tax benefits of $10,175 and $11,431 were generated from legacy PQ Corporation. If these amounts are recognized in future periods, it would affect the effective tax rate on income from continuing operations for the years in which they are recognized.
Interest and penalties recognized related to uncertain tax positions amounted to $42 and $52 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. To the extent interest and penalties are not assessed with respect to uncertain tax positions, amounts accrued will be reduced and reflected as a reduction of the overall income tax provision in the period for which the event occurs requiring the adjustment. The $1,088 and $1,270 in accrued interest and penalties as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, is recorded in other long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.
Due to the Business Combination, the Company files numerous consolidated and separate income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and in many state and foreign jurisdictions. The following describes the open tax years, by major tax jurisdiction, as of December 31, 2018:
Jurisdiction 
 
Period 
United States-Federal
 
2007-Present
United States-State
 
2007-Present
Canada(1)
 
2010-Present
Germany
 
2015-Present
Netherlands
 
2012-Present
Mexico
 
2014-Present
United Kingdom
 
2012-Present
Brazil
 
2014-Present
 
 
 
 
(1)  
Includes federal as well as local jurisdictions
Given that certain U.S. companies have net operating loss carryforwards, the statute for examination by taxing authorities in the United States, and certain state jurisdictions, will remain open for a period following the use of such net operating loss carryforwards, extending the period for examination beyond the years indicated above.
The Company has subsidiaries in various states, provinces and countries that are currently under audit for years ranging from 2007 through 2017. To date, no material adjustments have been proposed as a result of these audits. As of December 31, 2018, the Company does not believe that there are any positions for which it is reasonably possible that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within the next 12 months.
The Company has a NOL available of $284,237 to reduce future federal taxes payable. The current federal carry-forward period for those NOL’s is 20 years because they were generated prior to U.S. tax reform being enacted. In light of tax reform, any net operating losses incurred after December 31, 2017 will be allowed to carry forward indefinitely. As a result of the 2014 change in control, $144,357 of the $284,237 are subject to the limitations of Section 382 of the Internal

F-60
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



Revenue Code (“IRC”). Although subject to the limitations of IRC §382, management believes it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the entire $144,357 in pre-transaction NOLs in future years. The remaining $139,880 relates to periods after the 2014 change in control and would not be subject to limitation under IRC §382.
For state income tax purposes, the Company incurred net operating losses of $21,594 for 2018 that may be carried forward at a minimum period of 5 years, and in certain circumstances indefinitely, among the states in which the Company is subject to tax to reduce future state income taxes payable. Cumulative state net operating losses carrying forward into 2019 are $681,010. A valuation allowance of $17,718 has been applied against the total $33,179 of state net operating loss deferred tax assets, leaving losses of $15,461 that have been recognized for financial accounting purposes for the portion of those losses that the Company believes, on a more likely than not basis, will be realized.
Foreign net operating losses of $131,453, of which $586 will begin to expire in 2019, $2,205 will begin to expire in 2026, $92 will begin to expire in 2028, $7,616 will begin to expire in 2029 with the remaining $120,954 carrying forward indefinitely, are available to reduce future foreign income taxes payable. A valuation allowance of $11,940 has been applied to $31,431 of deferred tax assets related to foreign net operating loss carry-forwards, leaving a net deferred tax asset relating to foreign net operating losses of $19,491 that has been recognized for financial accounting purposes.
Cash payments for income taxes, net of refunds, are as follows:
 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Domestic
 
$
2,160

 
$
1,647

 
$
373

Foreign
 
21,682

 
27,552

 
16,608

 
 
$
23,842

 
$
29,199

 
$
16,981

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

F-61
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



20. Benefit Plans:
The Company sponsors defined benefit pension plans covering employees in the United States and certain employees at its foreign subsidiaries. Benefits for a majority of the plans are based on average final pay and years of service. The Company’s funding policy is to fund the minimum required contribution under local statutory requirements.
The Company sponsors unfunded plans to provide certain health care benefits to retired employees in the United States and Canada. The plans pay a stated percentage of medical expenses reduced by deductibles and other coverage. The plans are unfunded and obligations are paid out of the Company’s operations.
The Company also has defined benefit supplementary retirement plans which provide benefits for certain U.S. employees in excess of qualified plan limitations. The obligations are paid out of the Company’s general assets, including assets held in a Rabbi trust, or restoration plan assets.
The Company uses a December 31 measurement date for all of its defined benefit pension, postretirement medical and supplementary retirement plans. The following discussion includes information for the Eco Services benefit plans for all periods presented, and the acquired PQ Holdings benefit plans beginning on the date of the Business Combination.
The Eco Services benefit plans include two defined benefit pension plans and one retiree health plan, all based in the U.S. The PQ Holdings benefit plans include a U.S. defined benefit pension plan as well as the defined benefit pension plans for all of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries, two retiree health plans (one each in the U.S and Canada), and the Company’s defined benefit supplementary retirement plans.
Of the Company’s three defined benefit pension plans covering employees in the U.S., only the Eco Services Hourly Pension Plan continues to accrue benefits for certain participants. All future accruals were frozen for the PQ Corporation Retirement Plan as of December 31, 2006 and for the Eco Services Pension Equity Plan as of December 31, 2016. With respect to the Company’s three retiree health plans, the PQ Holdings plans in the U.S. and Canada were closed to new retirees as of December 31, 2006. The Eco Services Postretirement Life and Dental Plan was closed to new retirees effective July 1, 2017. The Company’s defined benefit supplementary retirement plans were frozen to future accruals as of December 31, 2006.

F-62
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



Defined Benefit Pension Plans
The following tables summarize changes in the benefit obligation, plan assets and funded status of the Company’s significant defined benefit pension plans as well as the components of net periodic benefit cost, including key assumptions:
 
 
U.S.  
 
Foreign  
 
 
December 31,
 
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
Change in benefit obligation:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Benefit obligation at beginning of period
 
$
261,102

 
$
247,418

 
$
119,710

 
$
106,025

Service cost
 
1,019

 
1,219

 
3,566

 
3,686

Interest cost
 
9,599

 
10,115

 
3,340

 
3,271

Participant contributions
 
—

 
—

 
570

 
493

Plan amendments
 
—

 
—

 
179

 
—

Plan curtailments
 
(952
)
 
—

 
(340
)
 
—

Plan settlements
 
—

 
(2,264
)
 
(1,071
)
 
—

Benefits paid
 
(11,453
)
 
(9,591
)
 
(2,569
)
 
(2,967
)
Expenses paid
 
—

 
—

 
(363
)
 
(319
)
Net transfer in
 
—

 
—

 
1,535

 
—

Actuarial (gains) losses
 
(13,004
)
 
14,205

 
(5,432
)
 
(2,169
)
Translation adjustment
 
—

 
—

 
(7,022
)
 
11,690

Benefit obligation at end of the period
 
$
246,311

 
$
261,102

 
$
112,103

 
$
119,710

 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Change in plan assets:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period
 
$
218,374

 
$
198,915

 
$
96,518

 
$
86,145

Actual return on plan assets
 
(12,854
)
 
27,554

 
(540
)
 
217

Employer contributions
 
1,688

 
3,760

 
4,249

 
3,781

Employee contributions
 
—

 
—

 
570

 
493

Plan settlements
 
—

 
(2,264
)
 
(1,071
)
 
—

Benefits paid
 
(11,453
)
 
(9,591
)
 
(2,569
)
 
(2,967
)
Expenses paid
 
—

 
—

 
(363
)
 
(319
)
Acquisitions
 
—

 
—

 
1,013

 
—

Translation adjustment
 
—

 
—

 
(6,020
)
 
9,168

Fair value of plan assets at end of the period
 
$
195,755

 
$
218,374

 
$
91,787

 
$
96,518

 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Funded status of the plans (underfunded)
 
$
(50,556
)
 
$
(42,728
)
 
$
(20,316
)
 
$
(23,192
)
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 


F-63
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of:
 
 
U.S.  
 
Foreign  
 
 
December 31,
 
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
Noncurrent asset
 
$
—

 
$
—

 
$
4,670

 
$
3,503

Current liability
 
—

 
—

 
(748
)
 
(673
)
Noncurrent liability
 
(50,556
)
 
(42,728
)
 
(24,238
)
 
(26,022
)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
 
1,218

 
10,499

 
(1,829
)
 
(2,871
)
Net amount recognized
 
$
(49,338
)
 
$
(32,229
)
 
$
(22,145
)
 
$
(26,063
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) consist of:
 
 
U.S.  
 
Foreign  
 
 
December 31,
 
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
Prior service cost
 
$
—

 
$
—

 
$
(170
)
 
$
—

Net gain (loss)
 
1,618

 
13,943

 
(2,133
)
 
(3,923
)
Gross amount recognized
 
1,618

 
13,943

 
(2,303
)
 
(3,923
)
Deferred income taxes
 
(400
)
 
(3,444
)
 
474

 
1,052

Net amount recognized
 
$
1,218

 
$
10,499

 
$
(1,829
)
 
$
(2,871
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Components of net periodic benefit cost consist of:
 
 
U.S.  
 
Foreign  
 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Service cost
 
$
1,019

 
$
1,219

 
$
2,130

 
$
3,566

 
$
3,686

 
$
2,106

Interest cost
 
9,599

 
10,115

 
7,680

 
3,340

 
3,271

 
2,224

Expected return on plan assets
 
(12,851
)
 
(12,277
)
 
(9,293
)
 
(3,311
)
 
(3,208
)
 
(2,038
)
Amortization of net (gain) loss
 
—

 
—

 
—

 
49

 
(9
)
 
(10
)
Curtailment gain recognized
 
(576
)
 
—

 
(1,311
)
 
(340
)
 
—

 
(517
)
Settlement (gain) loss recognized
 
—

 
(48
)
 
152

 
(11
)
 
—

 
—

Net periodic expense (benefit)
 
$
(2,809
)
 
$
(991
)
 
$
(642
)
 
$
3,293

 
$
3,740

 
$
1,765

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
All components of net periodic benefit cost other than service cost are presented within other expense (income), net in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. There is a nominal amount of estimated net actuarial gains and prior service costs for the Company’s defined benefit pension plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into net periodic benefit cost in 2019.
The total accumulated benefit obligation as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 for the Company’s U.S. pension plans was $244,580 and $257,882, respectively. The total accumulated benefit obligation as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 for the Company’s foreign pension plans was $107,910 and $114,095, respectively.

F-64
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



The following table presents selected information about the Company’s pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets:
 
 
U.S.  
 
Foreign  
 
 
December 31,
 
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
Projected benefit obligation
 
$
246,311

 
$
261,102

 
$
82,656

 
67,750

Accumulated benefit obligation
 
244,580

 
257,882

 
78,862

 
64,526

Fair value of plan assets
 
195,755

 
218,374

 
57,670

 
42,632

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Significant weighted average assumptions used in determining the pension obligations include the following:
 
 
U.S.  
 
Foreign 
 
 
December 31,
 
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018
 
2017
Discount rate
 
4.32
%
 
3.74
%
 
3.01
%
 
2.91
%
Rate of compensation increase(1)
 
3.00
%
 
3.00
%
 
2.44
%
 
2.57
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Significant weighted average assumptions used in determining net periodic benefit cost include the following:
 
 
U.S.  
 
Foreign  
 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Discount rate
 
3.74
%
 
4.24
%
 
4.02
%
 
2.91
%
 
2.99
%
 
5.16
%
Rate of compensation increase(1)
 
3.00
%
 
3.00
%
 
3.10
%
 
2.57
%
 
2.97
%
 
3.95
%
Expected return on assets
 
6.00
%
 
6.37
%
 
6.34
%
 
3.52
%
 
3.58
%
 
5.62
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) 
Includes only plans not frozen to benefit accruals for the respective periods.
The discount rate for each of the U.S. plans was determined by utilizing a yield curve model. The model develops a spot rate curve based on the yields available from a broad-based universe of high quality corporate bonds. The discount rate is then set as the weighted average spot rate, using the respective plan’s expected benefit cash flows as the weights.
In determining the expected return on U.S. plan assets, the Company considers the relative weighting of plan assets, the historical performance of total plan assets and individual asset classes, and expected future performance. In addition, the Company may consult with and consider the opinions of our external advisors in developing appropriate return benchmarks.

F-65
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



The investment objective for the U.S. plans is to generate returns sufficient to meet future obligations. The strategy to meet the objective includes generating attractive returns using higher returning assets such as equity securities and balancing risk using less volatile assets such as fixed income securities. The U.S. plans invest in an allocation of assets across the two broadly-defined financial asset categories of equity and fixed income securities. The target allocations for the plan assets across the three U.S. plans are as follows: 45% equity securities and 55% fixed income investments for the PQ Corporation Retirement Plan; 40% equity securities and 60% fixed income investments for the Eco Services Pension Equity Plan; and 45% equity securities and 55% fixed income investments for the Eco Services Hourly Pension Plan.
Similar considerations are applied to the investment objectives of the non-U.S. plans as well as the asset classes available in each location and any legal restrictions on plan investments.
The Company classifies plan assets based upon a fair value hierarchy (see Note 5 to these consolidated financial statements for further information). The classification of each asset within the hierarchy is based on the lowest level input that is significant to its measurement. The fair value hierarchy consists of three levels as follows:
•
Level 1—Values are unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in active markets accessible at the measurement date. Active markets provide pricing data for trades occurring at least weekly and include exchanges and dealer markets. Level 1 assets primarily include investments in publicly traded equity securities and mutual funds. These securities (or the underlying investments of the funds) are actively traded and valued using quoted prices for identical securities from the market exchanges.
•
Level 2—Inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices from those willing to trade in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by market data for the term of the instrument. Such inputs include market interest rates and volatilities, spreads and yield curves. Level 2 assets primarily consist of fixed-income securities and comingled funds that are not actively traded or whose underlying investments are valued using observable marketplace inputs. The fair value of plan assets invested in fixed-income securities is generally determined using valuation models that use observable inputs such as interest rates, bond yields, low-volume market quotes and quoted prices for similar assets. Plan assets that are invested in comingled funds are valued using a unit price or net asset value (“NAV”) that is based on the underlying investments of the fund.
•
Level 3—Certain inputs are unobservable (supported by little or no market activity) and significant to the fair value measurement. Unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s best estimate of what hypothetical market participants would use to determine a transaction price for the asset or liability at the reporting date. Level 3 assets include investments covered by insurance contracts and real estate funds valued using significant unobservable inputs.

F-66
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



The following tables set forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, plan assets at fair value:
 
 
December 31, 2018
 
 
Total
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
Cash and cash equivalents(1)
 
$
57,000

 
$
56,925

 
$
75

 
$
—

Equity securities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

U.S. investment funds
 
35,103

 
35,103

 
—

 
—

International investment funds
 
44,508

 
24,040

 
20,468

 
—

Fixed income securities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Government securities
 
10,121

 
—

 
10,121

 
—

Corporate bonds
 
77,229

 
72,216

 
5,013

 
—

Investment fund bonds
 
25,152

 
7,665

 
17,487

 
—

Other:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Insurance contracts
 
38,429

 
—

 
33,408

 
5,021

Total
 
$
287,542

 
$
195,949

 
$
86,572

 
$
5,021

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2017
 
 
Total
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
1,072

 
$
934

 
$
138

 
$
—

Equity securities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

U.S. investment funds
 
56,309

 
43,625

 
12,684

 
—

International investment funds
 
70,308

 
28,827

 
41,481

 
—

Fixed income securities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Government securities
 
11,433

 
—

 
11,433

 
—

Corporate bonds
 
82,585

 
77,685

 
4,900

 
—

Investment fund bonds
 
54,263

 
7,719

 
46,544

 
—

Other:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Insurance contracts
 
38,922

 
—

 
34,772

 
4,150

Total
 
$
314,892

 
$
158,790

 
$
151,952

 
$
4,150

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) 
Level 1 balance includes $55,905 of cash and cash equivalents held by two of the Company’s U.S. defined benefit pension plans. The investments in equity securities and fixed income securities previously held by these plans were liquidated into cash and cash equivalents in December 2018 in preparation for a transfer of plan assets to a new custodian. This transfer was completed in January 2019.
The changes in the Level 3 pension plan assets are as follows for the years ended December 31:

F-67
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



 
 
Insurance Contracts
 
 
2018
 
2017
Beginning balance
 
$
4,150

 
$
3,286

Actual return on plan assets
 
10

 
(41
)
Benefits paid
 
(385
)
 
(48
)
Contributions
 
461

 
466

Exchange rate changes and other
 
785

 
487

Ending balance
 
$
5,021

 
$
4,150

 
 
 
 
 
The Company expects to contribute $972 to the U.S. pension plans and $4,334 to the foreign pension plans in 2019.
The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:
Year
 
U.S.
 
Foreign 
2019
 
$
15,369

 
$
3,115

2020
 
16,253

 
2,769

2021
 
16,966

 
2,952

2022
 
15,894

 
3,366

2023
 
15,823

 
3,630

Years 2024-2028
 
78,304

 
23,111

 
 
 
 
 
Certain of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries maintain other defined benefit plans that are consistent with statutory practices. These plans are not included in the disclosures above as they are not significant to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Supplemental Retirement Plans
The following tables summarize changes in the benefit obligation, plan assets and funded status of the Company’s defined benefit supplementary retirement plans, as well as the components of net periodic benefit cost, including key assumptions:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
Change in benefit obligation:
 
 
 
 
Benefit obligation at beginning of period
 
$
12,781

 
$
13,225

Interest cost
 
450

 
489

Benefits paid
 
(1,070
)
 
(1,179
)
Actuarial (gains) losses
 
(293
)
 
246

Benefit obligation at end of period
 
$
11,868

 
$
12,781

 
 
 

 
 

Change in plan assets:
 
 

 
 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period
 
$
—

 
$
—

Employer contributions
 
1,070

 
1,179

Benefits paid
 
(1,070
)
 
(1,179
)
Fair value of plan assets at end of period
 
$
—

 
$
—

 
 
 
 
 
Funded status of the plans (underfunded)
 
$
(11,868
)
 
$
(12,781
)
 
 
 
 
 

F-68
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
Current liability
 
$
(1,105
)
 
$
(1,115
)
Noncurrent liability
 
(10,763
)
 
(11,667
)
Accumulated other comprehensive income
 
795

 
573

Net amount recognized
 
$
(11,073
)
 
$
(12,209
)
 
 
 
 
 
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income consist of:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
Net gain
 
$
1,055

 
$
761

Gross amount recognized
 
1,055

 
761

Deferred income taxes
 
(260
)
 
(188
)
Net amount recognized
 
$
795

 
$
573

 
 
 
 
 
Components of net periodic benefit cost consist of:
 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Interest cost
 
$
450

 
$
489

 
$
328

Net periodic expense
 
$
450

 
$
489

 
$
328

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest cost is presented within other expense (income), net in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. There are no estimated net actuarial gains for the Company’s defined benefit supplementary retirement plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost in 2019.
The accumulated benefit obligation of the Company’s defined benefit supplemental retirement plans as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 was $11,868 and $12,781, respectively.
The discount rate used in determining the defined benefit supplemental retirement plan obligation was 4.20% and 3.60% as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The discount rate used in determining net periodic benefit cost was 3.60%, 3.90% and 3.40% for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. There was no rate of compensation increase for any of the periods presented, as all future accruals were frozen for the defined benefit supplementary retirement plans as of December 31, 2006.
The Company expects to contribute $1,105 to the defined benefit supplementary retirement plans in 2019.

F-69
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:
Year 
 
Amount
2019
 
$
1,105

2020
 
1,076

2021
 
1,045

2022
 
1,009

2023
 
970

Years 2024-2028
 
4,276

 
 
 
Other Postretirement Benefit Plans
The following tables summarize changes in the benefit obligation, plan assets and funded status of the Company’s other postretirement benefit plans as well as the components of net periodic benefit cost, including key assumptions:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
Change in benefit obligation:
 
 
 
 
Benefit obligation at beginning of period
 
$
4,612

 
$
4,620

Service cost
 
16

 
21

Interest cost
 
150

 
174

Employee contributions
 
251

 
251

Plan amendments
 
(271
)
 
—

Benefits paid
 
(1,061
)
 
(923
)
Medical subsidies received
 
74

 
—

Premiums paid
 
(66
)
 
(3
)
Actuarial (gains) losses
 
172

 
418

Translation adjustment
 
(63
)
 
54

Benefit obligation at end of period
 
$
3,814

 
$
4,612

 
 
 

 
 

Change in plan assets:
 
 

 
 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period
 
—

 
—

Employer contributions
 
802

 
675

Employee contributions
 
251

 
251

Benefits paid
 
(1,061
)
 
(923
)
Medical subsidies received
 
74

 
—

Premiums paid
 
(66
)
 
(3
)
Fair value of plan assets at end of period
 
$
—

 
$
—

 
 
 
 
 
Funded status of the plans (underfunded)
 
$
(3,814
)
 
$
(4,612
)
 
 
 
 
 

F-70
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
Current liability
 
$
(581
)
 
$
(561
)
Noncurrent liability
 
(3,233
)
 
(4,051
)
Accumulated other comprehensive income
 
830

 
885

Net amount recognized
 
$
(2,984
)
 
$
(3,727
)
 
 
 
 
 
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income consist of:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
Prior service credit
 
$
525

 
$
366

Net gain
 
500

 
719

Gross amount recognized
 
1,025

 
1,085

Deferred income taxes
 
(195
)
 
(200
)
Net amount recognized
 
$
830

 
$
885

 
 
 
 
 
Components of net periodic benefit cost consist of:
 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Service cost
 
$
16

 
$
21

 
$
37

Interest cost
 
150

 
174

 
151

Amortization of prior service credit
 
(112
)
 
(78
)
 
—

Amortization of net gain
 
(26
)
 
(45
)
 
(17
)
Net periodic expense
 
$
28

 
$
72

 
$
171

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
All components of net periodic benefit cost other than service cost are presented within other expense (income), net in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The estimated prior service credit for the Company’s retiree health plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost in 2019 is $130. The estimated net actuarial gain for the Company’s retiree health plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost in 2019 is $32.
The discount rate used in determining the other postretirement benefit plan obligation was 3.53% and 3.74% as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The discount rate used in determining net periodic benefit cost was 3.53%, 3.74% and 3.92% for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

F-71
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



Assumed health care cost trend rates were as follows:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
Immediate trend rate
 
6.59%
 
6.84%
Ultimate trend rate
 
4.50%
 
4.50%
Year that the rate reaches ultimate trend rate
 
2035
 
2035
 
 
 
 
 
A 1% change in the assumed health care cost trend would have increased (decreased) the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation as of December 31, 2018 and the periodic postretirement benefit cost for the year then ended as follows:
 
 
1% Increase
 
1% Decrease
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation
 
$
157

 
$
(138
)
Periodic postretirement benefit cost
 
6

 
(5
)
 
 
 
 
 
The Company expects to contribute $581 to the retiree health plans in 2019.
The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:
Year 
 
Amount
2019
 
$
581

2020
 
514

2021
 
388

2022
 
313

2023
 
272

Years 2024-2028
 
915

 
 
 
There are no expected Medicare subsidy receipts expected in future periods.
Certain of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries maintain other postretirement benefit plans that are consistent with statutory practices. These plans are not included in the disclosures above as they are not significant to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Defined Contribution Plans
The Company also has defined contribution plans covering domestic employees of the Company and certain subsidiaries. The Company recorded expenses of $12,585, $13,103 and $6,864 related to these plans for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
21. Earnings per Share:
During the period January 1, 2016 to May 4, 2016, the date of the Business Combination, the Company was structured as a single member LLC, with capital contributions from affiliates of CCMP, the Company’s board of managers and management represented by a class of membership units (“Eco Services Class A Units” or “Eco Services membership units”). During this period, Eco Services also granted incentive awards to certain employees, directors and affiliates in the form of Class B Units of Eco Services (the “Eco Services Class B Units”), which provided recipients with the option to purchase Eco Services Class A Units upon the attainment of certain vesting and other restrictions (see Note 22 to these consolidated financial statements for further information regarding the Company’s equity incentive plans). At the date of the Business Combination, the existing Eco Services Class A Units and legacy PQ Holdings equity were converted to common stock of PQ Group Holdings. None of the Eco Class B Units had been exercised prior to the Business Combination,

F-72
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



and all Eco Class B Units converted to common stock options of PQ Group Holdings at the date of the Business Combination (see Note 22).
Basic earnings per share is calculated as income (loss) available to common stockholders, divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. The weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period for the computation of basic earnings per share excludes restricted stock awards that have legally been issued but are nonvested during the period, as the sale of these shares is prohibited pending satisfaction of certain vesting conditions by the award recipients in order to earn the rights to the shares (see Note 22 to these consolidated financial statements for further information regarding outstanding nonvested restricted stock awards).
Diluted earnings per share is calculated as income (loss) available to common stockholders, divided by the weighted average number of common and potential common shares outstanding during the period for each class of common stock, if dilutive. Potential shares reflect unvested restricted stock awards and restricted stock units with service conditions as well as options to purchase common stock, which have been included in the diluted earnings per share calculation using the treasury stock method.
For both the basic and dilutive weighted average shares calculations, as a result of the Business Combination, the number of Eco Services membership units outstanding from January 1, 2016 through May 4, 2016, the date of the Business Combination, were computed on the basis of the weighted average units outstanding for Eco Services during the respective periods multiplied by the exchange ratio established for common stock as part of the Business Combination.
The reconciliation from basic to diluted weighted average shares outstanding is as follows:
 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Weighted average shares outstanding – Basic
 
133,380,567

 
111,299,670

 
78,016,005

Dilutive effect of unvested common shares and restricted stock units with service conditions and assumed stock option exercises and conversions
 
1,304,364

 
369,367

 
—

Weighted average shares outstanding – Diluted
 
134,684,931

 
111,669,037

 
78,016,005

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

F-73
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



Basic and diluted earnings per share are calculated as follows:
 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Numerator:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) attributable to PQ Group Holdings Inc.
 
$
58,300

 
$
57,603

 
$
(79,746
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Denominator:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average shares outstanding – Basic
 
133,380,567

 
111,299,670

 
78,016,005

Weighted average shares outstanding – Diluted
 
134,684,931

 
111,669,037

 
78,016,005

Net income (loss) per share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic income (loss) per share
 
$
0.44

 
$
0.52

 
$
(1.02
)
Diluted income (loss) per share
 
$
0.43

 
$
0.52

 
$
(1.02
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The table below presents the details of the Company’s equity-based awards outstanding at the end of each respective year that were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Restricted stock awards with performance only targets not yet achieved
 
1,643,760

 
1,769,447

 
1,731,522

Stock options with performance only targets not yet achieved
 
586,253

 
586,523

 
417,086

Anti-dilutive restricted stock awards and restricted stock units
 
10,296

 
—

 
751,410

Anti-dilutive stock options
 
863,063

 
621,747

 
1,381,352

Restricted stock awards and stock options with performance only vesting conditions are not included in the dilution calculation, as the performance targets have not been achieved as of the end of the respective years. Anti-dilutive awards are not included in the dilution calculation, as their inclusion would have the effect of increasing diluted income per share.
22. Stock-Based Compensation:
Eco Services Class B Units
Prior to the Business Combination, the Company recognized stock-based compensation expense for incentive awards issued under the Eco Services Group Holdings Incentive Unit Agreement dated December 29, 2014 (the “Incentive Unit Agreement”). Under the Incentive Unit Agreement, the Company granted Eco Services Class B Units to certain employees, directors and affiliates of the Company. As of December 31, 2015 and immediately prior to the date of the Business Combination on May 4, 2016, there were 25,093 of Eco Services Class B Units outstanding with an exercise price of $1,000/unit.
Of this total, 10,674 Eco Services Class B Units granted to employees (the “Management Awards”) had two vesting criteria, in which 50% were subject to a service (time-based) vesting condition and 50% were subject to a performance condition based upon the occurrence of specific liquidity events. The Eco Services Class B Units subject to the service condition vested 25% annually, with the first annual vesting date of December 1, 2015. The remaining 14,419 of Eco Services Class B Units awarded to directors and affiliates (the “Director Awards”) were subject to a service vesting condition only, consistent with that of the Management Awards. The Eco Services Class B Units did not have a contractually defined maximum term.

F-74
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



PQ Group Holdings Awards
In conjunction with the Business Combination, the Company adopted an equity incentive plan, namely the PQ Group Holdings Inc. Stock Incentive Plan (“2016 Plan”). Under the terms of the 2016 Plan, the Company is authorized to issue a total of 8,017,038 shares for common stock awards to employees, directors and affiliates of the Company. Immediately preceding the IPO as of September 30, 2017, awards with respect to 7,644,518 shares of common stock had been issued under the 2016 Plan. In connection with the IPO, the Company’s board of directors adopted the PQ Group Holdings Inc. 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2017 Plan”). Subsequent to the IPO, all equity incentive awards are granted under the 2017 Plan. The number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2017 Plan is 7,344,000 shares, which amount is increased by the 372,520 shares remaining available for grant under the 2016 Plan as of the 2017 Plan adoption. Shares that become available for issuance pursuant to the 2016 Plan as a result of forfeiture, cancellation or termination for no consideration will be available for future awards under the 2017 Plan. Shares underlying awards granted under the 2017 Plan that are forfeited, canceled, terminated for no consideration, settled in cash or are withheld for exercise, taxes, etc. will not be deemed as delivered and will also be available for future issuance under the 2017 Plan. At December 31, 2018, 5,396,119 shares of common stock were available for issuance under the 2017 Plan.
Stock Options
As part of the Business Combination, the 25,093 of outstanding Eco Services Class B Units at the date of the Business Combination were canceled and replaced with 1,378,302 of options to purchase PQ Group Holdings common stock at an exercise price of $8.04/share. The Eco Services Class B Units were replaced by common stock options in accordance with a formula to convert such awards, plus a vested cash component. The terms of the new awards were substantially identical to those in effect prior to the Business Combination, except for adjustments to the underlying number of shares (based on the conversion ratio) and the exercise price, which was based on PQ Group Holdings common stock. Additionally, although the Eco Services Class B Units did not have a contractually defined maximum term, the maximum term of the common stock options is ten years.
The Company accounted for the cancellation and replacement (including a cash component) as a combination of a modification and a cash settlement. This resulted in no incremental compensation cost recognized at the time of the modification, but led to an acceleration of $1,174 of previously measured but unrecognized compensation cost.
In addition to the Eco Services Class B Units that were canceled and replaced at the time of the Business Combination, the Company exchanged the outstanding option awards of PQ Holdings for options of PQ Group Holdings in connection with the merger. The terms of the PQ Group Holdings awards were substantially identical to those of the PQ Holdings awards, including the number of underlying shares and vesting conditions, with the exception of an exercise price of $8.04/share for the common stock options. There are various vesting conditions associated with the exchanged awards, including satisfaction of certain service and performance based conditions.
Beginning with the date of the Business Combination of May 4, 2016 through the Company’s IPO, the Company granted common stock options with either service or performance vesting conditions, all with a maximum contractual term of ten years. Starting on October 2, 2017 in connection with the Company’s IPO and subsequent to this date, the Company’s stock option grants have been subject to graded vesting conditions based on service and a maximum contractual term of ten years.

F-75
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



The following table summarizes the activity of common stock options for the period from the date of the Business Combination of May 4, 2016 through the year ended December 31, 2018, which includes both the Eco Services Class B Units that were canceled and replaced, as well as the PQ Holdings options that were exchanged as part of the Business Combination:
 
 
Number of Options
 
Weighted Average Exercise Price
 
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (in years)
 
Aggregate Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)
Granted/assumed on May 4, 2016 in connection with the Business Combination
 
1,738,527

 
$
7.80

 
 
 
 
Granted
 
538,908

 
$
8.05

 
 
 
 
Forfeited
 
(478,997
)
 
$
7.49

 
 
 
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2016
 
1,798,438

 
$
7.96

 

 

Granted
 
1,051,496

 
$
13.70

 

 

Exercised
 
(32,366
)
 
$
8.04

 
 
 

Forfeited
 
(102,398
)
 
$
7.98

 
 
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2017
 
2,715,170

 
$
10.18

 

 

Granted
 
241,316

 
$
17.50

 
 
 
 
Exercised
 
(15,332
)
 
$
8.51

 
 
 
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2018
 
2,941,154

 
$
10.79

 
7.71
 
$
14,452

Exercisable at December 31, 2018
 
1,629,969

 
$
10.19

 
7.71
 
$
8,748

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The aggregate intrinsic value per the above table represents the difference between the fair value the Company’s common stock on the last trading day of the reporting period (determined in accordance with the plan terms) and the exercise price of in-the-money stock options multiplied by the respective number of stock options as of that date. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 and the resulting tax benefits recognized by the Company were not material for either year. Additionally, cash proceeds received by the Company during the year ended December 31, 2018 were not material. The Company did not receive any cash proceeds from the exercise of stock options during the year ended December 31, 2017, as the Company withheld shares in satisfaction of the exercise price and taxes due.
The fair values of PQ Group Holdings common stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 were determined on the respective grant dates using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Expected term (in years)
 
5.75

 
5.85

 
5.00

Expected volatility
 
26.38
%
 
34.85
%
 
45.79
%
Risk-free interest rate
 
2.86
%
 
2.00
%
 
1.54
%
Expected dividend yield
 
0.00
%
 
0.00
%
 
0.00
%
Weighted average grant date fair value of options granted
 
$
5.47

 
$
4.71

 
$
3.33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
With the limited experience of the Company with respect to historical exercise and forfeiture rates or patterns, the expected term for stock option grants in 2016 was estimated in the context of the service award vesting period as well as the timeframe for a liquidity event for the performance awards, along with the ten-year contractual maximum term, while the Company was still privately held. Beginning in 2017, the Company used the simplified method for plain vanilla stock options to estimate the expected term assumption, since the Company lacks sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the expected term due to the limited period of time its common stock

F-76
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



has been publicly traded. The application of the simplified method involves calculating the average of the time-to-vesting period and the total contractual life of the options.
The Company applied a consistent methodology for the remainder of the assumptions in the Black-Scholes option pricing model for stock option grants during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016. The expected volatility was compared to a range of the actual stock price volatility of a peer group of companies. The risk-free interest rate was based on U.S. Treasury rates in effect at the time of the grant commensurate with the expected term. There was no dividend yield assumption since the Company has not paid dividends nor does it have an expectation of future dividend payouts.
Restricted Stock Awards and Restricted Stock Units
In addition to the exchange of the PQ Holdings options at the date of the Business Combination on May 4, 2016, the Company also exchanged unvested PQ Holdings restricted stock awards for 2,444,070 shares of restricted stock awards of PQ Group Holdings. The restricted stock awards were issued at substantially identical terms to the original PQ Holdings awards, with the exception of a new price ascribed to the shares.
The restricted stock awards were subject to the same vesting requirements as the original awards, which included awards with vesting conditions based on (1) service only, (2) performance only, or (3) a combination of service and performance conditions, dependent on which event occurs first. The vesting requirements for the majority of these awards were based upon the achievement of a performance condition. As defined in the award agreements, each award subject to the performance condition fully vests upon the occurrence of a defined liquidity event upon which certain investment funds affiliated with CCMP receive proceeds exceeding certain thresholds. Although achievement of the performance condition is subject to continued service with the Company, the terms of awards issued with performance conditions stipulate that the performance vesting condition can be attained for a period of six months following separation from service. The same performance vesting condition for the Company’s restricted stock awards also governs the achievement of the performance vesting condition for the Company’s stock options. With the exception of 14,498 and 21,067 of restricted stock awards granted on December 27, 2018 and October 2, 2017, respectively, both of which immediately vested and were valued based on the average of the high and low trading prices of the Company’s common stock on the NYSE on the preceding trading day, based on the Company’s policy for valuing such awards, all of the Company’s restricted stock awards were granted prior to the IPO. As a result, the Company valued the pre-IPO restricted stock awards at grant using multiples of EBITDA and the income approach, based on a discounted free cash flow model.
In addition to restricted stock awards, the Company has granted restricted stock units as part of its equity incentive compensation program. The value of the restricted stock unit grants were based on the average of the high and low trading prices of the Company’s common stock on the NYSE on the preceding trading day, based on the Company’s policy for valuing such awards, and have graded vesting conditions based on service.
The following table summarizes the activity of restricted stock awards and restricted stock units for the period from the date of the Business Combination of May 4, 2016 through the year ended December 31, 2018, which includes the PQ Holdings restricted stock awards that were exchanged as part of the Business Combination:

F-77
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



 
 
Restricted Stock Awards
 
Restricted Stock Units
 
 
Number of
Shares
 
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value (per share)
 
Number of
Units
 
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value (per share)
Granted/assumed on May 4, 2016 in connection with the Business Combination
 
2,444,070

 
$
9.27

 
—

 
$
—

Granted
 
266,955

 
$
12.32

 
—

 
$
—

Vested
 
(207,915
)
 
$
12.32

 
—

 
$
—

Forfeited
 
(20,178
)
 
$
10.52

 
—

 
$
—

Nonvested as of December 31, 2016
 
2,482,932

 
$
9.34

 
—

 
$
—

Granted
 
51,907

 
$
16.11

 
1,654,690

 
$
16.97

Vested
 
(187,837
)
 
$
12.84

 
—

 
$
—

Forfeited
 
(250,365
)
 
$
12.03

 
—

 
$
—

Nonvested as of December 31, 2017
 
2,096,637

 
$
8.87

 
1,654,690

 
$
16.97

Granted
 
14,498

 
$
13.80

 
161,598

 
$
16.12

Vested
 
(223,298
)
 
$
12.18

 
(797,859
)
 
$
16.97

Forfeited
 
(117,177
)
 
$
8.04

 
(19,643
)
 
$
16.97

Nonvested as of December 31, 2018
 
1,770,660

 
$
8.39

 
998,786

 
$
16.83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business Combination and Equity Restructuring
The exchange of the PQ Holdings stock options and restricted stock awards for similar awards of PQ Group Holdings in the context of the Business Combination was accounted for as a modification of the awards. As a result, the cost of the replacement awards of PQ Group Holdings represented a combination of both pre- and post-merger services. The amount attributable to services prior to the Business Combination in connection with the modification was $1,400, and is considered part of the consideration transferred in the Business Combination (see Note 7 to these consolidated financial statements for further information). The remainder of the cost is attributed to post-merger services and is being recognized over the respective remaining vesting periods.
The Company’s equity restructuring which occurred prior the IPO (see Note 1 to these consolidated financial statements for further information) also constituted an event subject to modification accounting for stock-based compensation awards. However, the change to the equity incentive awards of the Company was designed to preserve the fair value of the awards before and after the reclassification and stock split (based on the existing antidilution provisions of the 2016 Plan), and included the same terms and were classified in the same manner as the equity awards preceding the modification. As a result, no incremental compensation cost was recognized by the Company.
Total Stock-Based Compensation Expense
For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, total stock-based compensation expense for the Company (inclusive of both the Eco Services Class B Units prior to the Business Combination and the awards replaced or exchanged at the consummation of the Business Combination) was $19,464, $8,799 and $7,029, respectively. The income tax benefit recognized in the statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $4,809, $3,345 and $2,660.
As of December 31, 2018, there was $2,484,141 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock options subject to service vesting conditions. As of December 31, 2018, there was $342,724 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested restricted stock awards subject to service vesting conditions. As of December 31, 2018, there was $13,945,550 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested restricted stock units. No expense has been recognized for any stock-based compensation awards subject to the performance condition for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, as the performance-based criteria was not achieved nor considered probable of achievement.

F-78
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



Awards issued with performance conditions vest based on the occurrence of a defined liquidity event upon which certain investment funds affiliated with CCMP receive proceeds exceeding certain thresholds. All of the Company’s equity incentive awards with performance-based vesting, whether in the form of stock options or restricted stock awards, are subject to achievement of the same performance condition. If an exit event occurs that exceeds the defined threshold, then all performance-based awards of the Company vest 100%, with no potential for partial vesting or excess achievement. If an exit event or events occur with no further possibility of meeting the defined threshold, then all of the Company’s awards subject to the performance vesting condition will be forfeited. In addition to the defined liquidity event, subsequent to the Company’s IPO, the performance vesting condition can also be achieved if the average closing trading price of the Company’s common stock on the NYSE over any consecutive ten-day trading period equals or exceeds a price that would be equivalent to the achievement of the threshold proceeds to CCMP. See Note 21 to these consolidated financial statements for further information on the number of awards outstanding subject to performance-based vesting.
23. Commitments and Contingent Liabilities:
Environmental Contingencies
There is a risk of environmental impact in chemical manufacturing operations. The Company’s environmental policies and practices are designed to comply with existing laws and regulations and to minimize the possibility of significant environmental impact. The Company is also subject to various other lawsuits and claims with respect to matters such as governmental regulations, labor and other actions arising out of the normal course of business. While management believes that the liabilities resulting from such lawsuits and claims are not probable or reasonably estimable, certain accruals have been reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements, some of which are described in detail within this note.
The Company has recorded a reserve of $873 and $1,245 as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, to address remaining subsurface remedial and wetlands/marsh management activities at the Company’s Martinez, CA site. Although currently a sulfuric acid regeneration plant, the site originally was operated by Mountain Copper Company (“Mococo”) as a copper smelter. Also, the site sold iron pyrite to various customers and allowed their customers to deposit waste iron pyrite cinder and slag on the site. The property is adjacent to Peyton Slough, where Mococo had a permitted discharge point from its process. In 1997, the San Francisco Bay Regional Water Quality Control Board (“RWQCB”) required characterization and remediation of Peyton Slough for Copper, Zinc and Acidic Soils. Various remediation activities were undertaken and completed, and the site has received final concurrence from the Army Corps with respect to the completed work. The RWQCB has agreed that Eco Services has achieved the goals for vegetative cover, but the current marsh condition is not sustainable without continued operation of the tide gates. The Company is continuing to work with the RWQCB on a plan to involve the County and work towards development of an alliance for operating, maintaining and funding the tide gates in the future.
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company has recorded a reserve of $984 and $1,220, respectively, for subsurface remediation and the Soil Vapor Extraction Project at the Company’s Dominguez, CA site. In the 1980s and 1990s, the EPA and the Los Angeles Regional Water Quality Control Board conducted investigations of the site due to historic chlorinated pesticide and chlorinated solvent use. Soil and groundwater beneath the site were impacted by chlorinated solvents and associated breakdown products, petroleum hydrocarbons, chlorinated pesticides and metals. A Corrective Measures Plan approved in October 2011 requires (1) soil vapor extraction (“SVE”) in affected areas, (2) covering of unpaved areas containing pesticide impacted soil, and (3) annual groundwater monitoring of the perched water-bearing zone. Installation of the SVE unit has been completed and startup has occurred. The California Department of Toxic Substances Control (“DTSC”) has granted conditional approval of the Company’s soil management, and monitoring and maintenance plans. Most recently, the DTSC is requiring the Company to delineate the PCE plume on the eastern boundary of the site. The Company has submitted an action plan to address this matter and is awaiting comments from the DTSC.

F-79
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



Leases
The Company has entered into various lease agreements for the rental of office and plant facilities, railcars, machinery and equipment, substantially all of which are classified as operating leases. Total rent expense under these agreements was $25,082, $22,704 and $16,315 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
Total rent due under non-cancelable operating lease commitments as of December 31, 2018 is:
Year
 
Amount
2019
 
$
18,457

2020
 
14,344

2021
 
11,432

2022
 
8,354

2023
 
6,198

Thereafter
 
17,477

 
 
$
76,262

 
 
 
Purchase Commitments
The Company has entered into short and long-term purchase commitments for various key raw materials and energy requirements. The purchase obligations include agreements to purchase goods that are enforceable and legally binding, and that specify all significant terms. The purchase commitments covered by these agreements are with various suppliers and total approximately $56,642 as of December 31, 2018. Purchases under these agreements are expected to be as follows:
Year
 
Amount
2019
 
$
28,485

2020
 
19,820

2021
 
2,039

2022
 
1,450

2023
 
1,305

Thereafter
 
3,543

 
 
$
56,642

 
 
 
Letters of Credit
At December 31, 2018, the Company had outstanding letters of credit of $19,796. Letters of credit are guarantees of payment to third parties. The Company’s letters of credit are used primarily as collateral for various items, including environmental, energy and insurance payments. The letters of credit are supported by the Company’s ABL facility.


F-80
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



24. Restructuring and Other Related Costs:
The following table presents the components of restructuring and other related costs for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 included in other operating expense, net, in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations:
 
 
Years ended
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Severance and other employee costs related to Eco Services restructuring plan
 
$
—

 
$
830

 
$
5,093

Severance and other employee costs related to performance materials plant closure
 
885

 
4,711

 
—

Other related costs
 
5,323

 
2,949

 
7,537

 
 
$
6,208

 
$
8,490

 
$
12,630

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eco Services Restructuring Plan
On July 30, 2014, Eco Services, a newly formed Delaware limited liability company and indirect subsidiary of certain investment funds affiliated with CCMP, entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with Solvay USA, Inc. (“Solvay”), a Delaware corporation, which provided for the sale, transfer and assignment by Solvay and the acquisition, acceptance and assumption by Eco Services, of substantially all of the assets of Solvay’s Eco Services business unit of Solvay’s regeneration and virgin sulfuric acid production business operations in the United States (the “2014 Acquisition”). Prior to the Asset Purchase Agreement with Solvay, Eco Services operated as a business unit within Solvay, which is an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Solvay SA.
Subsequent to the 2014 Acquisition, the Company initiated a restructuring plan designed to improve organizational efficiency and streamline the operations of Eco Services as a stand-alone company. The primary impact of the plan to the Company’s consolidated results of operations was the recognition of severance costs related to a reduction-in-force. These costs included benefits payable under ongoing Company severance plan arrangements, whereby payments are attributable to employee services rendered with benefits that accumulate over time. The liabilities and associated charges related to these severance costs are recognized by the Company when payment of the benefits becomes probable and estimable. The restructuring plan was substantially complete in early 2017.
Costs related to the restructuring plan affected employees in the Company’s EC&S segment, although these costs are excluded from the segment’s measure of profitability of Adjusted EBITDA (see Note 13 to these consolidated financial statements for further information).
Performance Materials Plant Closure
In September 2017, the Company approved and announced a plan to consolidate its manufacturing operations in Europe for the performance materials product group and close its facility in Kirchheimbolanden, Germany, and subsequently reduced production. The plan was part of the Company’s overall strategy with respect to the Acquisition (see Note 8 to these consolidated financial statements) and the realization of cost and other synergies in connection with the transaction.
As a result of a change in the market and increased customer demand for the products produced at this facility, the Company intends to keep the facility open and expanded production at this facility during the third quarter of 2018 from the previously reduced levels. However, the Company continues to pay its obligations to the individuals originally separated from service as part of the reorganization, with additional payments anticipated through 2019, primarily for individuals who extended their separation dates as a result of the decision to continue operations at the facility. Costs related to the restructuring plan affected employees in the Company’s PM&C segment, although these costs are excluded from the segment’s measure of profitability of Adjusted EBITDA (see Note 13 to these consolidated financial statements for further information). The Company considers the restructuring plan related to the original decision to close the facility substantially complete, with no additional restructuring charges anticipated.

F-81
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



Rollforward of Restructuring Liabilities
The activity in the accrued liability balance associated with the Company’s restructuring plans, all of which related to severance and other employee costs, was as follows for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:
 
 
Eco Services
Restructuring Plan
 
Performance Materials
Plant Closure
 
Total Restructuring
Charges
Balance at December 31, 2015
 
$
1,293

 
$
—

 
$
1,293

Restructuring charges
 
5,093

 
—

 
5,093

Cash payments
 
(4,743
)
 
—

 
(4,743
)
Balance at December 31, 2016
 
$
1,643

 
$
—

 
$
1,643

Restructuring charges
 
830

 
4,711

 
5,541

Cash payments
 
(2,258
)
 
(1,588
)
 
(3,846
)
Balance at December 31, 2017
 
$
215

 
$
3,123

 
$
3,338

Restructuring charges
 
—

 
581

 
581

Other adjustments
 
—

 
304

 
304

Cash payments
 
(215
)
 
(2,738
)
 
(2,953
)
Balance at December 31, 2018
 
$
—

 
$
1,270

 
$
1,270

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Related Costs
The Company incurred severance and other costs of $5,323, $2,949 and $7,537 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. These costs were not associated with formal restructuring plans and primarily related to severance charges for certain executives and employees, transition/duplicate staffing, professional fees and other expenses related to the Company’s organizational changes.
25. Long-term Supply Contract:
As part of Solvay’s 2004 sale of its Specialty Phosphates business, Solvay agreed to continue to supply sulfuric acid to a customer in support of the phosphoric acid production for its specialty phosphates business under a preexisting supply agreement. This non-cancelable agreement extends to 2031, and was assumed by the Company in connection with the 2014 Acquisition.
The liability associated with this unfavorable supply agreement was recorded at a fair value of $27,300 in connection with the 2014 Acquisition. The fair value was determined using the income method based on the differential of the estimated margin over the cost of the sulfuric acid per the market as compared to the below market margin included in the supply agreement, and the application of this excess differential to the anticipated volumes over the term of the agreement using a commensurate discount rate. In December 2018, the customer to the supply agreement ceased production and closed the facility which utilized the Company’s sulfuric acid under the agreement. As such, all orders for sulfuric acid under the agreement were discontinued in December 2018. Although the agreement is not cancelable, the likelihood is remote that the Company will be further obligated to supply the customer under the agreement since this is the only facility subject to the agreement, and there are no transfer or substitution rights under the agreement to another facility. As a result, the Company wrote-off the remaining supply contract liability of $20,612 at December 31, 2018 and recorded a corresponding gain to other operating expense, net as of December 31, 2018. The liability was $22,250 at December 31, 2017.
26. Related Party Transactions:
The Company maintains certain policies and procedures for the review, approval and ratification of related party transactions to ensure that all transactions with selected parties are fair, reasonable and in the Company’s best interests. All significant relationships and transactions are separately identified by management if they meet the definition of a related party or a related party transaction. Related party transactions include transactions that occurred during the year, or are

F-82
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



currently proposed, in which the Company was or will be a participant, and for which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. All related party transactions are reviewed, approved and documented by the appropriate level of the Company’s management in accordance with these policies and procedures.
On December 29, 2014, PQ Holdings, CCMP and PQ Corporation entered into a consulting agreement relating to the provision of certain financial and strategic advisory services and consulting services. Similarly, the consulting agreement between PQ Holdings, INEOS Capital Partners and PQ Corporation was amended and restated. Under the new consulting agreements, the Company agreed to pay an annual management fee of $5,000 distributed to CCMP and INEOS AG equal to the Pro Rata Percentage, as defined, between CCMP and INEOS AG. These consulting agreements were terminated upon completion of the Company’s IPO on October 3, 2017. The Company recorded $3,777 and $3,584 of management advisory fees in other operating expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
Transactions with Board of Directors
In connection with the offering by PQ Corporation of $525,000 aggregate principal amount of Senior Unsecured Notes due 2022 in May 2016, a member of the Company’s board of directors purchased $4,000 in principal amount of such notes. Interest accrued on the notes at an annual rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 10.75%, with a 1.0% LIBOR floor, payable and reset quarterly. The director received interest payments in respect of the notes totaling $362 and $300 during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The notes were partially redeemed in October 2017 in connection with the Company’s IPO, and redeemed in full in December 2017 in connection with the Company’s issuance and sale of the $300,000 Senior Unsecured Notes due 2025 (see Note 16). The director received $4,000 of principal amount of such notes as well as $338 related to the prepayment penalties in connection with these two transactions.
Joint Venture Agreement
The Company entered into a joint venture agreement (the “ZI Partnership Agreement”) in 1988 with CRI Zeolites Inc., a Royal Dutch Shell plc affiliate, to form Zeolyst International, our 50/50 joint venture partnership (the “Partnership”). Under the terms of the ZI Partnership Agreement, the Partnership leases certain land used in its Kansas City production facilities from PQ Corporation. This lease, which has been recorded as an operating lease, provided for rental payments of $295, $295 and $187 during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The terms of this lease are evergreen as long as the ZI Partnership Agreement is in place. The Partnership recognized sales to the Company of $645, $2,475 and $1,191 during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016. respectively.
The Partnership purchases certain of its raw materials from the Company and is charged for various manufacturing costs incurred at the Company’s Kansas City production facility. The amount of these costs charged to the Partnership were $16,869, $17,470 and $10,707 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Certain administrative, marketing, engineering, management-related, and research and development services are provided to the Partnership by the Company. During the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Partnership was charged $12,727, $12,248 and $8,169, respectively, for these services. In addition, the Partnership was charged certain product demonstration costs of $1,768, $2,175 and $1,663 during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. These charges to the Partnership are recorded as reductions in either cost of goods sold or selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations, depending on the nature of the expenditures.
Other
From time to time, the Company makes sales to portfolio companies of funds that are affiliated with CCMP and companies that are affiliated with INEOS Capital Partners. The Company had sales of $5,587 and $8,396 to companies affiliated with INEOS Capital Partners during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Sales were immaterial to companies affiliated with INEOS Capital Partners during the years ended December 31, 2016.

F-83
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



27. Quarterly Financial Summary (Unaudited):
The following tables summarize the Company’s quarterly financial results during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017:
 
 
2018
 
 
First
Quarter
 
Second
Quarter
 
Third
Quarter
 
Fourth
Quarter
Sales
 
$
366,197

 
$
434,713

 
$
427,203

 
$
380,041

Gross profit
 
78,121

 
108,404

 
107,500

 
87,609

Operating income
 
28,189

 
49,054

 
48,854

 
57,459

Net income
 
556

 
16,159

 
14,436

 
28,470

Net income attributable to PQ Group Holdings Inc.
 
214

 
15,782

 
14,185

 
28,119

Net income per share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic income per share
 
$
0.00

 
$
0.12

 
$
0.11

 
$
0.21

Diluted income per share
 
$
0.00

 
$
0.12

 
$
0.11

 
$
0.21

Weighted average shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
133,154,144

 
133,222,463

 
133,336,352

 
133,765,294

Diluted
 
133,884,983

 
134,209,740

 
134,576,162

 
134,987,604

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2017
 
 
First
Quarter
 
Second
Quarter
 
Third
Quarter
 
Fourth
Quarter(1)
Sales
 
$
332,931

 
$
389,267

 
$
391,829

 
$
358,074

Gross profit
 
82,712

 
107,414

 
102,559

 
84,151

Operating income
 
37,652

 
55,080

 
46,385

 
26,771

Net income (loss)
 
(2,315
)
 
(1,670
)
 
(3,016
)
 
65,564

Net income (loss) attributable to PQ Group Holdings Inc.
 
(2,454
)
 
(1,609
)
 
(3,345
)
 
65,011

Net income (loss) per share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic income (loss) per share
 
$
(0.02
)
 
$
(0.02
)
 
$
(0.03
)
 
$
0.49

Diluted income (loss) per share
 
$
(0.02
)
 
$
(0.02
)
 
$
(0.03
)
 
$
0.49

Weighted average shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
103,947,888

 
104,015,815

 
104,096,837

 
133,138,140

Diluted
 
103,947,888

 
104,015,815

 
104,096,837

 
133,895,646

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)  
Net income includes a provisional net tax benefit of $64,343 as a result of the rate reduction from the TCJA, which was enacted during the quarter ended December 31, 2017. Refer to Note 19 of these consolidated financial statements for further information.

F-84
Table of Contents

PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)



28. Supplemental Cash Flow Information:
The following table presents supplemental cash flow information for the Company:
 
 
Years ended December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Cash paid during the year for:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income taxes, net of refunds
 
$
23,842

 
$
29,199

 
$
16,981

Interest(1)
 
105,057

 
170,131

 
132,579

Non-cash investing activity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital expenditures acquired on account but unpaid as of the year end
 
23,498

 
18,762

 
18,161

Non-cash financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity consideration for the Business Combination (Note 7)
 
—

 
—

 
910,800

Debt assumed in the Business Combination (Note 7)
 
—

 
—

 
22,911

Debt assumed in the Acquisition (Note 8)
 
—

 
16,609

 
—

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)
Excludes capitalized interest and the net interest proceeds on swaps designated as net investment hedges, which are included within cash flows from investing activities in the Company’s consolidated statements of cash flows.
The following table provides a reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash reported within the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 to the total of the same amounts shown in the consolidated statements of cash flows for the years then ended:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
57,854

 
$
66,195

 
$
70,742

Restricted cash included in prepaid and other current assets
 
1,872

 
1,048

 
14,335

Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash shown in the consolidated statements of cash flows
 
$
59,726

 
$
67,243

 
$
85,077

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
29. Subsequent Events:
On February 21, 2019, the Company announced that it will change the structure of its internal organization to create four independent businesses in order to promote increased visibility to business unit performance, optimize the Company’s product portfolio and create efficiencies. The reorganization, which will be effective as of March 1, 2019, will lead to the recognition of four operating and reportable segments as follows:
•Catalyst (including the Zeolyst Joint Venture)
•Performance Chemicals
•Performance Materials
•Refining Services
Beginning with the quarter ending March 31, 2019, the segment results and disclosures will reflect the new segment structure for all periods presented. For the purposes of the Company’s goodwill impairment testing, the four new segments align with the Company’s existing reporting units at which level goodwill has been assigned and tested (see Note 14 to these consolidated financial statements for information regarding the Company’s reporting units and annual goodwill impairment test).
Other than the change to the Company’s segments, the Company has evaluated subsequent events since the balance sheet date and determined that there are no additional items to disclose.

F-85
Table of Contents


SCHEDULE I
PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES (PARENT)
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands)

 
Years ended
December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Stock compensation expense
$
19,464

 
$
8,799

 
$
7,029

Equity in net (income) loss from subsidiaries
(77,764
)
 
(66,402
)
 
72,717

Net income (loss)
58,300

 
57,603

 
(79,746
)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
 
 
 
 
 
Pension and postretirement benefits
(7,958
)
 
(101
)
 
6,865

Net (loss) gain from hedging activities
(330
)
 
(3,590
)
 
4,557

Foreign currency translation
(35,127
)
 
61,713

 
(65,781
)
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
(43,415
)
 
58,022

 
(54,359
)
Comprehensive income (loss)
$
14,885

 
$
115,625

 
$
(134,105
)
 
 
 
 
 
 

See accompanying notes to condensed financial statements.


F-86
Table of Contents

SCHEDULE I
PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES (PARENT)
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 
December 31,
2018
 
December 31,
2017
ASSETS
 
 
 
Total current assets
$
—

 
$
—

Investment in subsidiaries
1,659,560

 
1,628,000

Total assets
$
1,659,560

 
$
1,628,000

LIABILITIES
 
 
 
Total current liabilities
$
—

 
$
—

Total liabilities
—

 
—

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
 
 
Common stock ($0.01 par); authorized shares 450,000,000; issued shares 135,758,269 and 135,244,379 on December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively; outstanding shares 135,592,045 and 135,244,379 on December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively
1,358

 
1,352

Preferred stock ($0.01 par); authorized shares 50,000,000; no shares issued or outstanding on December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017
—

 
—

Additional paid-in capital
1,674,703

 
1,655,114

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)
25,523

 
(32,777
)
Treasury stock, at cost; shares 166,224 and 0 on December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively
(2,920
)
 
—

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income
(39,104
)
 
4,311

Total PQ Group Holdings Inc. equity
1,659,560

 
1,628,000

Total liabilities and equity
$
1,659,560

 
$
1,628,000

 
 
 
 

See accompanying notes to condensed financial statements.



F-87
Table of Contents

SCHEDULE I
PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES (PARENT)
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)

 
Years ended
December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)
$
58,300

 
$
57,603

 
$
(79,746
)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Equity in net (income) loss from subsidiaries
(77,764
)
 
(66,402
)
 
72,717

Stock compensation expense
19,464

 
8,799

 
7,029

Net cash provided by operating activities
—

 
—

 
—

Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Investment in subsidiaries
—

 
(480,696
)
 
—

Net cash used in investing activities
—

 
(480,696
)
 
—

Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
IPO proceeds
—

 
507,500

 
—

IPO costs
—

 
(26,804
)
 
—

Net cash provided by financing activities
—

 
480,696

 
—

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
—

 
—

 
—

Net change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
—

 
—

 
—

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period
—

 
—

 
—

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period
$
—

 
$
—

 
$
—

 
 
 
 
 
 

See accompanying notes to condensed financial statements.



F-88
Table of Contents

SCHEDULE I
PQ GROUP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES (PARENT)
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
NOTES TO CONDENSED SCHEDULE I

1. Description of PQ Group Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries
On August 17, 2015, PQ Holdings Inc. (“PQ Holdings”), Eco Services Operations LLC (“Eco Services”), certain investment funds affiliated with CCMP Capital Advisors, LLC (now known as CCMP Capital Advisors, LP; “CCMP”), and stockholders of PQ Holdings and Eco Services entered into a reorganization and transaction agreement pursuant to which the companies consummated a series of transactions to reorganize and combine the businesses of PQ Holdings and Eco Services (the “Business Combination”), under a new holding company, PQ Group Holdings Inc. (“PQ Group Holdings” or the “Parent Company”). The Business Combination was consummated on May 4, 2016.
In accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”), Eco Services is the accounting predecessor to PQ Group Holdings. Certain investment funds affiliated with CCMP held a controlling interest position in Eco Services prior to the Business Combination. In addition, certain investment funds affiliated with CCMP owned a non-controlling interest in PQ Holdings prior to the Business Combination and the merger with Eco Services constituted a change in control under the PQ Holdings credit agreements and bond indenture that were in place at the time of the Business Combination. Therefore, Eco Services is deemed to be the accounting acquirer. These Parent Company condensed financial statements are the continuation of Eco Services’ business prior to the Business Combination.
PQ Group Holdings is a holding company that conducts substantially all of its business operations through its wholly owned subsidiary, PQ Corporation. As specified in certain of PQ Corporation’s debt agreements entered into concurrently with the Business Combination, there are restrictions on the ability of PQ Corporation to make payments to its stockholder, PQ Group Holdings, on behalf of their equity interests (refer to Note 16 to the PQ Group Holdings consolidated financial statements for further information regarding PQ Corporation debt).
2. Basis of Presentation
The accompanying condensed Parent Company financial statements are required in accordance with Rule 4-08(e)(3) of Regulation S-X. These condensed financial statements have been presented on a “parent-only” basis. Under a parent-only presentation, the Parent Company’s investment in its consolidated subsidiary is presented under the equity method of accounting. Under the equity method, the investment in subsidiary is stated at cost plus contributions and equity in undistributed income (loss) of the subsidiary, less distributions received since the date of acquisition. For purposes of presenting net income, this presentation assumes that the Parent Company was in existence for the full year ended December 31, 2016, the year of the Business Combination. These parent-only financial statements should be read in conjunction with PQ Group Holdings’ audited consolidated financial statements.
3. Stock-Based Compensation
Refer to Note 22 of the notes to the PQ Group Holdings consolidated financial statements for a description of stock-based compensation.
4. Common Stock
Refer to Note 21 of the notes to the PQ Group Holdings consolidated financial statements for a description of common stock.


F-89
Table of Contents


Report of Independent Auditors


To the Management Committee of Zeolyst International:

We have audited the accompanying financial statements of Zeolyst International (the “Partnership”), which comprise the balance sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the related statements of operations and accumulated earnings, changes in partners’ capital, and cash flows for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018.

Management's Responsibility for the Financial Statements
Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ Responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.
An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on our judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, we consider internal control relevant to the Partnership’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Partnership’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Partnership as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018 in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Emphasis of Matter
As discussed within Footnote 13 to the financial statements, the Partnership has significant related party transactions. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter.


/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
March 1, 2019



F-90
Table of Contents

ZEOLYST INTERNATIONAL
BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands)

 
December 31,
2018
 
12/31/2017
ASSETS
 
 
 
Cash
$
39,629

 
$
13,304

Trade receivables, net:
 
 
 
Receivables from third parties
26,994

 
25,302

Receivables from affiliates
27,267

 
43,837

Non-trade receivables from affiliates
1,895

 
2,475

Inventories
92,889

 
98,438

Other current assets
749

 
290

Total current assets
189,423

 
183,646

Property, plant and equipment, net
133,810

 
132,258

Intangible assets
9,150

 
6,067

Other long-term assets
906

 
1,125

Total assets
$
333,289

 
$
323,096

LIABILITIES
 
 
 
Trade accounts payable
$
11,939

 
$
9,095

Accounts payable to affiliates
11,921

 
10,022

Other current liabilities
6,051

 
4,873

Total current liabilities
29,911

 
23,990

Other long-term liabilities
—

 
1,436

Total liabilities
29,911

 
25,426

Commitments and contingencies (Note 12)
 
 
 
PARTNERS’ CAPITAL
 
 
 
Contributed capital
54,930

 
54,930

Accumulated earnings
248,448

 
242,740

Net partners’ capital
303,378

 
297,670

Total liabilities and partners' capital
$
333,289

 
$
323,096

 
 
 
 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-91
Table of Contents

ZEOLYST INTERNATIONAL
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND ACCUMULATED EARNINGS
(in thousands)

 
Years ended
December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Sales
$
209,083

 
$
178,751

 
$
168,875

Related party sales
104,291

 
108,798

 
93,655

Total sales
313,374

 
287,549

 
262,530

Cost of goods sold
88,551

 
75,597

 
63,591

Related party cost of goods sold
99,653

 
80,992

 
78,316

Total cost of goods sold
188,204

 
156,589

 
141,907

Gross profit
125,170

 
130,960

 
120,623

Selling, general and administrative expenses (SG&A)
1,476

 
5,777

 
3,069

Related party SG&A
35,635

 
31,744

 
34,018

Operating income
88,059

 
93,439

 
83,536

Interest expense, net
100

 
105

 
169

Other expense, net
2,251

 
830

 
505

Net income
85,708

 
92,504

 
82,862

Accumulated earnings at beginning of year
242,740

 
238,236

 
180,374

Dividends paid
(80,000
)
 
(88,000
)
 
(25,000
)
Accumulated earnings at end of year
$
248,448

 
$
242,740

 
$
238,236

 
 
 
 
 
 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.


F-92
Table of Contents

ZEOLYST INTERNATIONAL
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN PARTNERS’ CAPITAL
(in thousands)

 
Contributed capital
 
Accumulated earnings
 
Net partners' capital
PQ Corporation:
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2015
$
27,465

 
$
90,187

 
$
117,652

Dividends paid
 
 
(12,500
)
 
(12,500
)
Net income
 
 
41,431

 
41,431

Balance, December 31, 2016
$
27,465

 
$
119,118

 
$
146,583

Dividends paid
 
 
(44,000
)
 
(44,000
)
Net income
 
 
46,252

 
46,252

Balance, December 31, 2017
$
27,465

 
$
121,370

 
$
148,835

Dividends paid
 
 
(40,000
)
 
(40,000
)
Net income
 
 
42,854

 
42,854

Balance, December 31, 2018
27,465

 
$
124,224

 
$
151,689

CRI Zeolites Inc.:
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2015
$
27,465

 
$
90,187

 
$
117,652

Dividends paid
 
 
(12,500
)
 
(12,500
)
Net income
 
 
41,431

 
41,431

Balance, December 31, 2016
$
27,465

 
$
119,118

 
$
146,583

Dividends paid
 
 
(44,000
)
 
(44,000
)
Net income
 
 
46,252

 
46,252

Balance, December 31, 2017
$
27,465

 
$
121,370

 
$
148,835

Dividends paid
 
 
(40,000
)
 
(40,000
)
Net income
 
 
42,854

 
42,854

Balance, December 31, 2018
$
27,465

 
$
124,224

 
$
151,689

Total partners' capital at December 31, 2015
$
54,930

 
$
180,374

 
$
235,304

Total partners' capital at December 31, 2016
$
54,930

 
$
238,236

 
$
293,166

Total partners' capital at December 31, 2017
$
54,930

 
$
242,740

 
$
297,670

Total partners' capital at December 31, 2018
$
54,930

 
$
248,448

 
$
303,378

 
 
 
 
 
 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.


F-93
Table of Contents

ZEOLYST INTERNATIONAL
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)

 
Years ended
December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$
85,708

 
$
92,504

 
$
82,862

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
15,954

 
14,260

 
13,066

Loss on sale or disposal of capital assets
101

 
178

 
26

Impairment of cost investment
—

 
3,000

 
—

Net change in returns allowance
(205
)
 
88

 
(445
)
Net change in inventory reserve
—

 
867

 
—

Working capital changes that provided (used) cash:
 
 
 
 
 
Receivables, including affiliates
15,663

 
14,275

 
(16,589
)
Inventories
5,549

 
(1,119
)
 
(14,726
)
Other current assets
(459
)
 
1,038

 
219

Accounts payable, including affiliates
(718
)
 
(7,377
)
 
4,263

Other current liabilities
1,178

 
(3,795
)
 
(3,669
)
Other long-term liabilities
—

 
—

 
(952
)
Other long-term assets
6

 
(230
)
 
—

Net cash provided by operating activities
122,777

 
113,689

 
64,055

Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
(12,452
)
 
(9,465
)
 
(23,982
)
Purchase of license
(4,000
)
 
(6,500
)
 
—

Net cash used in investing activities
(16,452
)
 
(15,965
)
 
(23,982
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from line of credit
7,000

 
5,000

 
31,142

Payments on line of credit
(7,000
)
 
(5,000
)
 
(46,142
)
Payments of cash dividends
(80,000
)
 
(88,000
)
 
(25,000
)
Net cash used in financing activities
(80,000
)
 
(88,000
)
 
(40,000
)
Net change in cash
26,325

 
9,724

 
73

Cash at beginning of period
13,304

 
3,580

 
3,507

Cash at end of period
$
39,629

 
$
13,304

 
$
3,580

Non-cash investing activity:
 
 
 
 
 
Capital expenditures acquired on account but unpaid
$
5,461

 
$
3,904

 
$
3,173

 
 
 
 
 
 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.


F-94
Table of Contents

ZEOLYST INTERNATIONAL
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands)



1. Organization:
Zeolyst International, a General Partnership (“Partnership”) was formed in 1988 pursuant to a Joint Venture Agreement (“the Agreement”) between PQ Corporation (“PQ”) and CRI Zeolites Inc. (“CRI”), a Royal Dutch Shell affiliate (collectively, the “Partners”). The percentage interests as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 are as follows:
PQ
50%
CRI
50%
The Partnership was formed pursuant to the Kansas Uniform Partnership Act. The Agreement specifies that the partners share equally in capital contributions. The Agreement states that the profits and losses of the Partnership will be allocated in accordance with the partners’ interests in the Partnership. The intent of the Partnership is to develop, manufacture, and sell zeolites and zeolite-containing catalysts.
The Partnership has significant transactions with its partners and related affiliates. Refer to the Related Party Transactions footnote for further disclosure.
2. Partnership Business:
The Partnership manufactures zeolites and zeolytic catalysts that are used by refiners to capture impurities in the processing of petroleum and other chemicals. The filtration ability of zeolites placed into a customer’s chemical process generally extends two to three years. As a result, a significant portion of the Partnership’s customer base tends to change on an annual basis. A significant percentage of the base materials purchased for the Partnership’s manufacturing process is acquired from related parties. In addition, a significant portion of the Partnership’s sales is transacted through Criterion Catalyst Company (“Criterion”) which is a subsidiary of CRI. The Partnership compensates Criterion with a 2% sales commission on specific sales transactions.
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:
These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. These financial statements are accounted for on a historical cost basis and do not reflect the results of any purchase accounting adjustments recorded in the Partners’ respective consolidated financial statements.
Cash and Cash Equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include investments with original terms to maturity of 90 days or less from the time of purchase.
Trade Accounts Receivables and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts: Trade accounts receivables are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The Partnership maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. Allowances for doubtful accounts are based on historical experience and known factors regarding specific customers. If the financial condition of the Partnership’s customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances would be required. Account balances are charged off against the allowance when it is probable the receivable will not be recovered.
Inventories: Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, valued on the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. The Partnership establishes reserves for slow-moving and obsolete inventory.
Property, Plant and Equipment: Property, plant, and equipment are carried at cost and include expenditures for new facilities and major renewals and betterments. Interest is capitalized on capital projects as applicable. Maintenance, repairs and minor renewals are charged to expense as incurred. When assets are sold or otherwise disposed of, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is included in the results of operations.
Depreciation is generally provided on the straight-line method based on estimated useful lives of the assets, ranging up to 33 years for buildings and improvements and 10 years for machinery and equipment.
We perform an impairment review of property, plant and equipment and other long-lived assets when events and circumstances indicate that those assets may be impaired by comparing the carrying amount of the assets to their fair value.

F-95
Table of Contents

ZEOLYST INTERNATIONAL
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands)


Fair value is determined using quoted market prices where available, or other techniques including discounted cash flows. The Partnership’s estimates of future cash flows involve assumptions concerning future operating performance, economic conditions, and technological changes that may affect the future useful lives of the assets.
Intangibles and Other Long-term Assets: Other long-term assets primarily include investments, at cost and spare parts. In April 2018, the Partnership made a $4,000 strategic investment to buy down royalty obligations related to certain license agreements. On May 10, 2017, the Partnership made a $6,500 strategic investment for license of materials-based solutions for catalytic and separations processes. These investments are accounted for under the cost method of accounting. In December 2017, the Partnership wrote down a $3,000 investment in a technology developer and licensor of materials-based solutions for catalytic and separations processes.
Revenue Recognition: In determining the appropriate amount of revenue to be recognized as the Partnership fulfills its obligations under its agreements, the Partnership performs the following steps: (i) identification of the contract with the customer; (ii) determination of whether the promised goods or services are performance obligations, including whether they are distinct in the context of the contract; (iii) measurement of the transaction price; (iv) allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations based on estimated selling prices; and (v) recognition of revenue when (or as) the Partnership satisfies each performance obligation.
The Partnership identifies a contract when an agreement with a customer creates legally enforceable rights and obligations, which occurs when a contract has been approved by both parties, the parties are committed to perform their respective obligations, each party’s rights and payment terms are clearly identified, commercial substance exists and it is probable that the Partnership will collect the consideration to which it is entitled.
The Partnership may offer rebates to customers who have reached a specified volume of optional purchases. The Partnership recognizes rebates given to customers as a reduction of revenue based on an allocation of the cost of honoring rebates earned and claimed to each of the underlying revenue transactions that result in progress by the customer toward earning the rebate. Rebates are recognized at the time revenue is recorded. The Partnership measures the rebate obligation based on the estimated amount of sales that will result in a rebate at the adjusted sales price per the respective sales agreement.
The Partnership recognizes revenue when all essential elements of the sales order have shipped and both title and risk of loss has passed to the customer. Hydrocracking and specialty catalyst orders are typically filled by a number of individual shipments, and those shipments may span the end of a fiscal quarter or year. If a portion of the order has not shipped and it is essential to the functionality of the customer’s end use, revenue is recognized when the order is completed. A shipment is considered essential if each individual shipment has no value to the customer on a stand-alone basis and if the remaining shipment is not considered inconsequential and perfunctory.
The Partnership reserves 3% of the Hydrocracking sales due to a clause in the contract that allows customers to return up to 5% of the unused products they purchase within 90 days, and based on historical experience. The total sales returns reserve as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 amounted to $534 and $737, respectively.
Shipping and Handling Costs: The Partnership classifies costs related to shipping and handling of products shipped to customers as cost of goods sold.
Research and Development: Research and development costs of $17,566, $16,011 and $16,033 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, were expensed as incurred and reported in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying statements of operations.
Foreign Exchange Transactions: The functional currency of the Partnership is the U.S. Dollar. The Partnership enters into transactions that are denominated in other currencies. Gains and losses on foreign currency transactions are included in other (income) / expense, net on the statements of operations. Foreign exchange losses of $1,726, gains of $2,569 and losses of $264 were recognized for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
Fair Value Measurements: The Partnership’s financial assets and liabilities are reflected in the financial statements at fair value. Fair value is defined as the price at which an asset could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing market participants. A liability’s fair value is defined as the amount that would be paid to transfer the liability to a market participant, not the amount that would be paid to settle the liability with a creditor. The Partnership’s cash balances approximate fair value due to their short-term maturity.

F-96
Table of Contents

ZEOLYST INTERNATIONAL
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands)


Use of Estimates: The preparation of the Partnership’s financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
4. Recently Issued Accounting Standards:
In August 2016, the FASB issued guidance which clarifies the classification of certain cash receipts and cash payments in the statement of cash flows, including debt prepayment or extinguishment costs and distributions from certain equity method investees. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 and should be applied retrospectively to each period presented. The Partnership adopted the new guidance on January 1, 2018 as required. The new guidance did not have a material impact on its financial statements.
In February 2016, the FASB issued guidance (with subsequent targeted amendments) that modifies the accounting for leases. Under the new guidance, a lessee will recognize assets and liabilities for most leases (including those classified under existing GAAP as operating leases, which based on current standards are not reflected on the balance sheet), but will recognize expenses similar to current lease accounting. The new guidance also requires companies to provide expanded disclosures regarding leasing arrangements. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. The new guidance must be adopted using a modified retrospective transition method. The Partnership can choose to apply the new guidance at the beginning of the earliest period presented in the financial statements, or at the date of adoption, with a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings and no recast of prior period results presented within the Partnership’s financial statements. The Partnership has elected to apply the new guidance as of the date of adoption.
The Partnership has operating lease agreements for which it expects to recognize right of use asset and corresponding liabilities on its balance sheet upon adoption of the new guidance. The Partnership is currently finalizing its lease portfolio analysis which will result in an immaterial increase in total assets and liabilities in its consolidated balance sheets. The Partnership does not believe that the new guidance will have a material impact on its results of operations or cash flows. The new guidance provides practical expedients, which the Partnership is currently finalizing its evaluation.
In May 2014, the FASB issued accounting guidance (with subsequent targeted amendments) that will significantly enhance comparability of revenue recognition practices across entities, industries, jurisdictions and capital markets. The core principle of the guidance is that revenue recognized from a transaction or event that arises from a contract with a customer should reflect the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled in exchange for goods or services provided. To achieve that core principle, the new guidance sets forth a five-step revenue recognition model that will need to be applied consistently to all contracts with customers, except those that are within the scope of other topics in the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”). Also required are enhanced disclosures to help users of financial statements better understand the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows from contracts with customers. The enhanced disclosures include qualitative and quantitative information about contracts with customers, significant judgments made in applying the revenue guidance, and assets recognized related to the costs to obtain or fulfill a contract. The new requirements are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. The Partnership evaluated the key aspects of its revenue streams for impact under the new guidance and performed a detailed analysis of its customer agreements to quantify the changes under the guidance. The Partnership concluded that the guidance did not have a material impact on its existing revenue recognition practices upon adoption on January 1, 2018. The Partnership implemented the guidance under the modified retrospective transition method of adoption. Comparative information has not been restated and continues to be reported under the accounting standards in effect for those periods. The impact of adoption of the new revenue recognition guidance was immaterial for the year ended December 31, 2018, and there was no transition adjustment required upon adoption. See Note 5 to these financial statements for additional disclosures required by the new guidance.

F-97
Table of Contents

ZEOLYST INTERNATIONAL
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands)




5. Revenue from Contracts with Customers:
As described in Note 3, the Partnership applies the five-step revenue recognition model to each contract with its customers.
Evidence of a contract between the Partnership and its customers may take the form of a master service agreement (“MSA”), a MSA in combination with an underlying purchase order, a combination of a pricing quote with an underlying purchase order or an individual purchase order received from a customer. The Partnership and certain of its customers enter into MSAs that establish the terms, including prices, under which orders to purchase goods may be placed. In cases where the MSA contains a distinct order for goods or contains an enforceable minimum quantity to be purchased by the customer, the Partnership considers the MSA to be evidence of a contract between the Partnership and its customer as the MSA creates enforceable rights and obligations. In cases where the MSA does not contain a distinct order for goods, the Partnership’s contract with a customer is the purchase order issued under the MSA. Customers of the Partnership may also negotiate orders via pricing quotes, which typically detail product pricing, delivery terms and payment information. When a customer procures goods under this method, the Partnership considers the combination of the pricing quote and the purchase order to create enforceable rights and obligations. Absent either a MSA or pricing quote, the Partnership considers an individual purchase order to create enforceable rights and obligations.
The Partnership identifies a performance obligation in a contract for each promised good that is separately identifiable from other promises in the contract and for which the customer can benefit from the good. The Partnership’s contracts have a single performance obligation, which is the promise to transfer individual goods to the customer. Single performance obligations are satisfied according to the shipping terms noted within the MSA or purchase order.
As described above, the Partnership’s MSAs with its customers may outline prices for individual products or contract provisions. Revenue from product sales are recorded at the sales price, which includes estimates of variable consideration for which reserves are established and which result from discounts, returns or other allowances that are offered within contracts between the Partnership and its customers.
The Partnership recognizes revenues when performance obligations under the terms of a contract with its customer are satisfied, which generally occurs at a point in time by transferring control of a product to the customer. The Partnership determines the point in time when a customer obtains control of a product and the Partnership satisfies the performance obligation by considering factors including when the Partnership has a right to payment for the product, the customer has legal title to the product, the Partnership has transferred possession of the product, the customer has assumed the risks and rewards of ownership of the product and the customer has accepted the product. Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration the Partnership expects to receive in exchange for transferring goods. The Partnership does not have any significant payment terms as payment is received at, or shortly after, the point of sale.
Contract Assets and Liabilities
A contract asset is a right to consideration in exchange for goods that the Partnership has transferred to a customer when that right is conditional on something other than the passage of time. A contract liability exists when the Partnership receives consideration in advance of performance obligations. The Partnership has not recorded any contract assets or contract liabilities on its balance sheet as of December 31, 2018.
Practical Expedients and Accounting Policy Elections
The Partnership has elected to use certain practical expedients and has made certain accounting policy elections as permitted under the new revenue recognition guidance. Certain of the Partnership’s contracts with customers are based on an individual purchase order; thus, the duration of these contracts are for one year or less. The Partnership has made an accounting policy election to omit certain disclosures related to remaining performance obligations for contracts which have an initial term of one year or less.

F-98
Table of Contents

ZEOLYST INTERNATIONAL
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands)


The Partnership uses an output method to recognize revenues related to performance obligations. These performance obligations, as described above, are satisfied within a calendar year. As such, the Partnership has elected to utilize the “as-invoiced” practical expedient, which permits the Partnership to recognize revenue in the amount to which it has a right to invoice the customer, provided that the amount corresponds directly with the value provided by the performance obligation as completed to date.
When the Partnership performs shipping and handling activities after the transfer of control to the customer (e.g. when control transfers prior to delivery), they are considered fulfillment activities as opposed to separate performance obligations, and the Partnership recognizes revenue upon the transfer of control to the customer. Accordingly, the costs associated with these shipping and handling activities are accrued when the related revenue is recognized under the Partnership’s policy election. The Partnership expenses incremental costs of obtaining a contract as incurred if the expected amortization period of the asset that the Partnership would have recognized is one year or less. Sales, value added and other taxes the Partnership collects concurrent with revenue producing activities are excluded from revenues.
Disaggregated Revenue
The following table disaggregates the Partnership’s sales by end use for the year ended December 31, 2018:
End Use
 
Total
 
 
 
Fuels and Emission Controls
 
$
219,249

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Packaging & Engineered Plastics
 
94,125

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
$
313,374


6. Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts:
The components of accounts receivable are as follows:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
Trade accounts receivable
 
$
54,795

 
$
69,876

Allowance
 
(534
)
 
(737
)
 
 
$
54,261

 
$
69,139

 
 
 
 
 
7. Inventories:
Inventories were classified and valued as follows:    
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
Finished products and work in process
 
$
84,794

 
$
92,905

Raw materials and containers
 
8,095

 
5,533

 
 
$
92,889

 
$
98,438

 
 
 
 
 

F-99
Table of Contents

ZEOLYST INTERNATIONAL
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands)


8. Property, Plant and Equipment:
A summary of property, plant and equipment, at cost, and related accumulated depreciation is as follows:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
Land and buildings
 
$
49,609

 
$
49,508

Machinery and equipment
 
180,415

 
179,933

Construction in progress
 
18,632

 
6,468

 
 
248,656

 
235,909

Less: accumulated depreciation
 
(114,846
)
 
(103,651
)
 
 
$
133,810

 
$
132,258

 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation expense was $16,260, $13,580 and $12,628 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. Disposal of assets reduced PP&E and accumulated depreciation by $5,166, $7,299, and $314, respectively with a $101, $178, and $26 reduction to earnings for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively.
9. Other Current Liabilities:
A summary of other current liabilities is as follows:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
Accrued royalties and license fees
 
$
4,419

 
$
2,862

Accrued commissions
 
1,225

 
819

Accrued other
 
407

 
1,192

 
 
$
6,051

 
$
4,873

 
 
 
 
 
10. Revolver:
On March 2, 2016, the Partnership entered into a five-year revolving line of credit facility of $60,000, which carries an initial interest rate of LIBOR. The agreement expires on March 1, 2021. The interest rate on the facility is LIBOR plus an interest margin ranging from 0.75% to 1.00% per annum based on the Partnership’s debt to EBITDA ratio. A commitment fee is paid to the bank for this agreement. As of December 31, 2018, availability under this agreement was $60,000.
The revolving credit agreement contains certain restrictions and covenants that require the Partnership to maintain a minimum partners’ equity, as defined, of $100,000 plus 10% of net income, and a minimum EBITDA of $40,000 on a last twelve month basis measured quarterly. The Partnership was in compliance with all covenants during 2018.
Cash payments for interest were approximately $101, $108 and $180 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction. The carrying amount of the revolving line of credit approximates fair value because it is a short- term liquidity tool to fund operations, which is drawn down and paid back with cash generated from operations.
11. Partners’ Contributions:
In accordance with the Agreement, in the event that cash flow from operations is insufficient to meet the Partnership’s requirements, following a majority vote by the Management Committee of the Partnership to request capital from the partners, the partners will provide additional capital to enable the Partnership to meet its obligations. No such contributions

F-100
Table of Contents

ZEOLYST INTERNATIONAL
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands)


were made during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, or 2016 as the Partnership had the ability to finance operations through cash flow from operations and borrowings under the Partnership’s revolving line of credit facility.
12. Income Taxes:
As a partnership, Zeolyst International is not liable for the payment of taxes on income in the U.S. Net income and losses are allocated to the respective partners on an annual basis, and it is the partners’ responsibility to pay income taxes, if any, thereon according to their respective tax positions.
13. Commitments and Contingent Liabilities:
In 1998, the Partnership entered into a ten year tolling agreement (“the Tolling Agreement”) with CRI Belgium, a related party, for the manufacture of specialty extruded products. Effective January 2004, the 1998 Tolling Agreement was replaced by a new evergreen ten-year tolling agreement with CRI Belgium. Both parties can terminate this agreement without cause with twenty-four months’ notice. The Partnership pays CRI Belgium a daily charge rate based on the actual days of production. This charge is included in related party cost of goods sold and totaled $23,381, $19,241 and $18,330 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. In addition, for certain capital expenditures, that are beneficial to the Partnership, the parties will mutually agree on future adjustments to the daily charge rates or propose an alternative method of the Partnership’s contribution to those costs.
During 2007, the Partnership entered into a License Agreement with a third party to obtain exclusive licensing rights to use the technology in the manufacturing, using and selling of Powder catalyst and Shaped catalyst. The consideration for the licensing rights includes (1) a down payment of $3,200 payable in six annual installments to acquire the product license, and (2) royalty payments at a rate of 10% of the Powder and Shaped Net Sale price during the royalty period. The $3,200 is payable as follows: $500 was paid at the date of the agreement, $500 at first, second, and third anniversaries of the agreement, and $600 at the fourth and fifth anniversary of the agreement. The product license intangible is being amortized over the life of the agreement on a straight-line basis, which is estimated to be 15 years. Amortization expense of $213 was recognized in 2018, 2017 and 2016. The royalty period of 10 years began in 2013, immediately after the date on which the Partnership had cumulatively produced the first 250 metric tons of Powder and Shaped catalyst. If at the end of the Royalty Period, the cumulative of running royalties actually paid by the Partnership is less than $3,000, the Partnership will be obligated to pay the difference between the $3,000 and the actual cumulative running royalty amount. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017 there were $2,153 and $2,283, respectively, liabilities recorded related to this agreement.
During 2013 the Partnership entered into a Sublicense Agreement with a third party to obtain patent and know-how licensing rights to make, use, import, and sell the Licensed Process and Products in the Licensed field. The consideration for the licensing rights includes a payment of $1,500 payable in three installments. The $1,500 is payable as follows: $500 will be paid at the date of the first successful sale of commercialized product, or 36 months from execution of the license agreement, $500 after sale of 0.5 million pounds of product, or 48 months from execution of the license agreement, and $500 after sale of 1.0 million pounds of product, or 60 months from execution of the license agreement. In October 2016, the agreement was amended to extend payment terms. The payment of $1,500 is payable as follows: $500 will be paid at the date of the first successful sale of commercialized product, or 69 months from execution of the license agreement, $500 after sale of 0.5 million pounds of product, or 81 months from execution of the license agreement, and $500 after sale of 1.0 million pounds of product, or 93 months from execution of the license agreement. The product license intangible will be amortized prospectively with this change in estimated life. Amortization expense of $12, $36 and $225 was recognized in the years ending December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. This agreement was terminated in 2018 with no payments due to third party. Amortization credit of $1,448 was recognized in the year ending December 31, 2018.
14. Related Party Transactions:
Policies and Procedures
The Partnership maintains certain policies and procedures for the review, approval, and ratification of related party transactions. All significant relationships and transactions are separately identified by management if they meet the definition of a related party or a related party transaction. Related party transactions include transactions that occurred during the year, in which the Partnership was or will be a participant and which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect

F-101
Table of Contents

ZEOLYST INTERNATIONAL
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands)


material interest. Due to the nature of the Partnership, material related party transactions are identified on a transaction-based approach. The types of transactions identified and reviewed include, but are not limited to, sales of products, purchases of inventory, tolling costs, sales and marketing costs, research and development, and management-related fees. All related party transactions are reviewed, approved and documented by the appropriate level of the Partnership’s management in accordance with these policies and procedures.
PQ
Under the terms of the Agreement, the Partnership leases certain land used in its Kansas City production facilities from PQ. This lease, which has been recorded as an operating lease, provided for rental payments of $295, $295, and $280 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The rent expense is included in the related party cost of goods sold line item in the accompanying statements of operations. The terms of this lease are evergreen as long as the Partnership agreement is in place. The Partnership recognized sales to PQ of $645, $2,475, and $1,191 in the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. The Partnership purchases certain of its raw materials from PQ and is charged for various manufacturing costs incurred at the PQ Kansas City production facility. The amount of these costs charged to the Partnership during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 were $16,869, $17,470 and $15,514, respectively. These costs are a component of production costs and are included in the related party cost of goods sold line item in the accompanying statements of operations when the inventory is sold. Certain administrative, marketing, engineering, management-related, and research and development services are provided to the Partnership by PQ. During the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Partnership was charged $12,727, $12,248 and $12,325, respectively, for these services. These amounts are included in the related party selling, general and administrative line item in the accompanying statements of operations. In addition, certain product demonstration costs of $1,768, $2,175 and $2,169 during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, were recorded in the related party cost of goods sold line of the accompanying statements of operations.
At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the accounts payable to affiliates consisted of $3,047 and $2,594 due to PQ. Included in trade accounts receivable at December 31, 2018 and 2017 was $360 and $69, respectively due from PQ.
On December 18, 2013, PQ and ZI, entered into a real estate tax abatement agreement with the Unified Government of Wyandotte County and Kansas City, Kansas that will utilize an Industrial Revenue Bond financing structure to achieve a 75% real estate tax abatement on the value of the improvements that will be constructed during the expansion of PQ’s and ZI’s facilities at the jointly-operated Kansas City, Kansas plant. In accordance with ASC 210-20-45, the financing obligation and the industrial bond receivable have been presented on a net basis.
CRI and Royal Dutch Shell Affiliates
Royal Dutch Shell affiliates include CRI, Criterion, Shell Development Company, Shell Research and Technology Center-Amsterdam, CRI Center Marketing Asia Pacific, Shell International Oil Products, CRI Belgium and CRI Technology Services. As described in Note 2, a significant portion of the Partnership’s sales are transacted through Criterion. During the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 the Partnership recognized sales transacted through Criterion of $103,646, $106,325 and $92,463, respectively. The Partnership purchases certain of its raw materials and is charged for tolling, customer distribution and packaging costs incurred by Criterion. The amount of these costs charged to the Partnership during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 were $31,383, $23,965 and $22,364, respectively. These costs are a component of production costs and are included in the related party cost of goods sold line item in the accompanying statements of operations when the inventory is sold. Certain engineering, management-related, broker-related, and research and development services are provided to the Partnership by CRI and Royal Dutch Shell affiliates. During the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Partnership was charged $22,908, $19,496 and $21,694, respectively, for these services. These amounts are included in the related party selling, general and administrative line item in the accompanying statements of operations.
At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the accounts payable to affiliates balance consisted of $8,873 and $7,428, respectively, due to CRI and Shell affiliates. Included in trade accounts receivable at December 31, 2018 and 2017 was $26,907 and $43,768, respectively, of receivables related to sales transacted through Criterion, as described above.

F-102
Table of Contents

ZEOLYST INTERNATIONAL
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands)


Zeolyst C.V.
Zeolyst C.V. is a limited partnership formed in 1993 pursuant to a joint venture agreement between PQ Zeolites B.V. and CRI for the purpose of the production of Zeolite powders. The Partnership entered into an agreement with Zeolyst C.V. to purchase Zeolite powders manufactured by Zeolyst C.V. Under the terms of the agreement, products manufactured by Zeolyst C.V. are supplied solely to the Partnership. The Partnership has performed a qualitative and quantitative analysis and concluded that for Zeolyst C.V. for which it holds a variable interest but will not absorb a majority of the expected losses or residual returns, the Partnership is not the primary beneficiary and therefore, this VIE was not consolidated in the Partnership’s consolidated financial statements. The Partnership has no unfunded commitments or guarantees as a result of its involvement with Zeolyst C.V. The total carrying value of assets and liabilities for Zeolyst C.V was $125,412 and $9,636 as of December 31, 2018 and was $120,866 and $11,986 as of December 31, 2017, respectively. The Partnership currently does not have any exposure to any losses by Zeolyst C.V. The Partnership has purchased $49,338, $37,087 and $37,989 through the sales agreement during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. These costs are a component of production costs and are included in the related party cost of goods sold line item in the accompanying statements of operations when the inventory is sold.
At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the accounts receivable from affiliates balance consisted of $1,895 and $2,475, respectively, due from Zeolyst C.V.
15. Subsequent Events:
The Partnership has evaluated subsequent events from the balance sheet date through March 1, 2019 and determined there are no further items to disclose.

F-103